Document:

exv10w1

Exhibit 10.1

EXECUTION COPY

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

          EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) dated as of June 28, 2010, between BIOGEN IDEC INC., a
Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and GEORGE A. SCANGOS, Ph.D. (the “Executive”).

          WHEREAS, the Company wishes to employ the Executive to serve as the Company’s Chief Executive
Officer, and the Executive is willing to be employed and serve in such capacity; and

          WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive wish to set forth in this Agreement the terms and
conditions upon which the Executive will be employed.

          THEREFORE, the Company and the Executive hereby agree as follows:

1. Employment, Duties and Acceptance.

     1.1 Employment; Duties. The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive for the
Term (as defined in Section 2), to render services to the Company in the capacity of Chief
Executive Officer and to perform such other duties consistent with such position (including service
as a director or officer of any Affiliate of the Company) as may be assigned by the Board of
Directors (the “Board”). The Executive’s title shall be Chief Executive Officer. The Executive
shall have all of the duties and authorities customarily and ordinarily exercised by executives in
the Chief Executive Officer position at entities of the Company’s size and nature. The Executive
shall be assigned no duties or authorities that are materially inconsistent with, or that
materially impair the Executive’s ability to discharge, the foregoing duties and authorities. The
Executive shall be the most senior officer of the Company and shall report solely to the Board.
All other senior officers of the Company shall report directly to the Executive (unless otherwise
determined by the Executive, or as required by applicable law or the principles of good corporate
governance). The Company agrees (i) that the Executive will be elected to the Board upon, or
promptly following, the Effective Date and (ii) to nominate the Executive for re-election to the
Board at the expiration of each term of office, and the Executive shall serve as a member of the
Board for each period for which he is so elected.

     1.2 Acceptance. The Executive hereby accepts such employment and agrees to render the
services described above on an exclusive basis to the Company. During the Term, and consistent
with Section 1.1, the Executive agrees to serve the Company faithfully and to the best of the
Executive’s ability and to use the Executive’s best efforts, skill and ability to promote the
interests of the Company in a manner consistent with the Executive’s position. The Executive also
agrees to devote the Executive’s entire business time, energy and skill to such employment, except
for vacation time (as set forth in Section 3.6), absence for sickness or similar disability, and
time spent performing services for any charitable, religious or community organizations, so long as
such services do not materially interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder,
create a conflict of interest or violate Section 5. The Executive may not serve on the board of
directors of any other for-profit business or organization without the prior consent of the Board.

     1.3 Fiduciary Duties to the Company. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the
Executive owes a fiduciary duty of loyalty to the Company to act at all times in the best interest
of the Company in a manner consistent with the Executive’s position. In keeping with the
Executive’s fiduciary duties to the Company, the Executive agrees that the Executive shall not
knowingly become involved in a conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest with the
Company, or upon discovery thereof, allow

 

 

such a conflict or potential conflict to continue, without first obtaining approval in
accordance with policies and procedures of the Company.

     1.4 Compliance with Policies. The Executive shall comply with all duly adopted
Company policies in the performance of the Executive’s duties, as such policies may be in effect
from time to time and which have been previously provided to the Executive in writing or otherwise
made available to him. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, the policies
presently applicable to the Executive include the Company’s insider trading policy, a policy that
requires senior executives to trade in Company stock only pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan
and the Company’s CEO stock ownership requirement (with 5 years to obtain the specified ownership
levels).

     1.5 Location. The duties to be performed by the Executive hereunder shall be
performed primarily at the Company’s headquarters offices in Weston, Massachusetts, subject to
reasonable travel requirements consistent with the nature of the Executive’s duties from time to
time on behalf of the Company. The Executive shall relocate to the Boston, Massachusetts area not
later than the first anniversary of the Effective Date. The Company shall reimburse the Executive
for relocation expenses in accordance with its relocation policy applicable to senior executives;
provided, however, that notwithstanding the terms of the relocation policy, (i) the Executive shall
not be required to repay relocation expenses if the Executive’s employment is terminated due to an
Involuntary Employment Action as defined in this Agreement; (ii) “Cause” shall mean only Cause as
defined in this Agreement, and the “misconduct” provisions of the relocation policy shall not
apply; and (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated between the first and second
anniversaries of the Effective Date, the Executive shall be required to repay 50% of relocation
expenses multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days between the date of
termination and the second anniversary of the Effective Date and the denominator of which is 366,
so that no amount is repayable after such second anniversary.

2. Term of Employment.

     The term of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement (the “Term”) shall commence on
July 15, 2010 (the “Effective Date”), and shall end on July 15, 2013, unless extended as provided
in the following sentence. On July 15 of each year commencing July 15, 2013, the Term shall be
automatically extended for an additional year until July 15 of the following year unless either the
Company or the Executive notifies the other party in writing not later than the April 1 of such
year that the notifying party has elected not to extend the Term, in which event the Term shall end
on July 15 of such year. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2, the Term
shall terminate on the date the Executive’s employment is terminated as provided in Section 4 (and,
for the avoidance of doubt, such notification shall not preclude a termination of employment
pursuant to Section 4 prior to the then scheduled expiration of the Term).

3. Compensation and Benefits.

     3.1 Salary. During the Term, the Company agrees to pay to the Executive a base
salary, payable in arrears in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices, at the
initial annual rate of $1,200,000 (as adjusted in accordance with this Section 3.1, the “Base
Salary”). The Executive’s Base Salary will be subject to annual review by the Compensation and
Management Development Committee of the Board (the “Committee”) and the Board according to the
Company’s typical schedule for all senior executives, with future increases subject to the
discretion of the Board based on performance. The Base Salary under this Agreement, including
subsequent upward adjustments, may not be decreased thereafter without the prior written consent of
Executive, except for decreases that do not exceed ten percent and which are applicable to all of
the executive officers of the Company. All payments of Base Salary or

2

 

other compensation hereunder shall be less such deductions or withholdings as are required by
applicable law and regulations.

     3.2 Signing Bonus. Within five business days of the Effective Date, the Company shall
pay the Executive a signing bonus (the “Signing Bonus”) in the amount of $500,000, which shall be
repaid to the Company in accordance with the Company’s Cash Sign-On Bonus Agreement; provided,
however, that the Company’s form of Cash Sign-On Bonus Agreement shall be revised to provide that
(i) the Executive shall not be required to repay the Signing Bonus if the Executive’s employment is
terminated due to an Involuntary Employment Action as defined in this Agreement; (ii) “Cause” shall
mean only Cause as defined in this Agreement, and the “misconduct” provisions of the form of Cash
Sign-On Bonus Agreement shall not apply; and (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated
between the first and second anniversaries of the Effective Date, the Executive shall be required
to repay 50% of the Signing Bonus multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of
days between the date of termination and the second anniversary of the Effective Date and the
denominator of which is 366, so that no amount is repayable after such second anniversary.

     3.3 Annual Bonus. For each calendar year that ends during the Term, the Executive
shall be entitled to participate in the Biogen Idec Inc. 2008 Performance-Based Management
Incentive Plan (the “MIP”) and/or such other annual bonus plan as may be adopted by the Company for
senior executives of the Company (collectively, and including the MIP, the “Bonus Program”). The
Executive’s annual bonus under the Bonus Program for any year is herein referred to as the “Annual
Bonus” and, except for any applicable Company and individual goals, shall otherwise only be
conditioned upon the Executive remaining employed by the Company through the last business day of
the calendar year in which the award was earned; provided that nothing contained herein shall be
construed to limit the Committee’s authority to adjust the Annual Bonus in accordance with the
Bonus Program. The Executive’s target Annual Bonus under the Bonus Program (the “Annual Bonus
Target”) shall be no less than 125% of the Executive’s Base Salary for each calendar year that ends
during the Term. The actual amount of the Executive’s Annual Bonus for 2010 shall be prorated from
the Effective Date through the end of 2010, and further adjusted based upon the achievement of the
Company goals (which are described as Corporate goals in the Bonus Program documents) previously
established by the Committee for 2010 and of the individual goals, as agreed and assessed by the
Committee and approved by the Board after consultation with the Executive. The actual amount of
any Annual Bonus for subsequent years shall be determined by and in accordance with the terms of
Company’s then-current Bonus Program, provided that the terms and conditions of any such Bonus
Program shall be no less favorable to the Executive than to other Company senior executives
generally. Payment of any Annual Bonus shall be made in a single lump sum cash within the sooner
of 90 days following the end of the performance period and March 15 of the calendar year following
the calendar year in which the award was earned.

     3.4 Long-Term Incentive. As of the Effective Date, the Executive shall receive a
grant under the Biogen Idec Inc. 2008 Omnibus Equity Plan (the “OEP”), with a value of $6,750,000,
of which fifty percent of the value shall consist of Restricted Stock Units and fifty percent shall
consist of Market Stock Units, as such terms are defined in the OEP. Such grant shall be subject
to all terms and conditions applicable to grants under the OEP, shall be evidenced by grant
agreements in the form customarily used for OEP grants and shall be subject to the performance,
payout and vesting conditions previously established by the Committee for 2010. Commencing with
2011, the Executive shall be eligible to receive additional grants under the OEP or such other long
term incentive and/or equity incentive plans as the Company may adopt for its senior executives
generally (collectively, and including the OEP, the “LTI Program”) in such amounts as the Committee
may determine in its sole discretion. Any awards granted to the Executive under the LTI Program
shall contain terms and conditions no less favorable to the Executive than to other Company senior
executives generally; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to limit the Committee’s
discretion to establish individual performance goals applicable to the

3

 

Executive. The Executive shall be a “Designated Employee” (and have any other similar
designation) for all awards granted to him under the LTI Program. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in the LTI Program or any applicable award agreement, the definitions of Cause,
Disability, Involuntary Employment Action and, for purposes of Restricted Stock Unit and
Cash-Settled Performance Share grants only, Retirement as provided in this Agreement shall control
for all purposes.

     3.5 Business Expenses. The Company shall pay or reimburse the Executive for all
reasonable expenses actually incurred or paid by the Executive in the performance of the
Executive’s services to the Company or its Affiliates, subject to and in accordance with applicable
expense reimbursement and related policies and procedures as in effect from time to time.

     3.6 Vacation. The Executive shall be entitled to an annual paid vacation in
accordance with the applicable vacation policy, as in effect from time to time. Under the
Company’s vacation policy in effect as of the Effective Date, the Executive is entitled to take up
to twenty days per calendar year, pro rated from the Effective Date for 2010.

     3.7 Employee Savings, Health and Welfare Plans. The Executive (and, to the extent
eligible, the Executive’s dependents and beneficiaries) shall be entitled to participate in all
employee benefit plans of the Company, including its savings, health and welfare benefit plans, as
in effect from time to time, and on a basis no less favorable than any other senior executive (or
the dependents and beneficiaries of other senior executives, as applicable).

     3.8 Clawback. The Executive agrees that any amount payable to him pursuant to the
Bonus Program or LTI Program may be subject to repayment in accordance with the Company’s clawback
policy as set forth in the Bonus Program and LTI Program, as adopted and revised by the Board from
time to time, and that such repayment obligation will apply notwithstanding any contrary provision
of this Agreement, and will not be considered the basis for an Involuntary Employment Action. In
the event that the Company restates its financial statements for any reason, including but not
limited to Detrimental Activity (as defined in the MIP and OEP), any amounts paid or payable to the
Executive in excess of the amount that would have been paid using the restated accounting during a
three-year period preceding the restatement shall be repaid to the Company (or forfeited by the
Executive, as the case may be) as soon as reasonably practicable following the Company’s written
notice to the Executive; provided that the preceding shall not be construed to limit the amount
that the Executive is required to repay if the Company’s clawback policy requires repayment of a
larger amount in the event of such Detrimental Activity.

     3.9 After-Tax Repayments. Wherever this Agreement, or any Company policy, requires
the Executive to repay to the Company any amount previously reported by the Company as taxable
compensation to the Executive, except as otherwise required by applicable law, the amount that the
Executive is required to repay shall be net of any taxes withheld by the Company from such payment,
but the Executive shall promptly pay to the Company any tax refund that he subsequently receives,
or the amount by which his tax for the year of repayment is reduced, by reason of deducting such
repayment or excluding the original payment from income.

4. Termination.

     4.1 Employment at Will. It is expressly acknowledged and agreed by the parties that
the Executive’s employment by the Company constitutes employment at will and that, to the maximum
extent permitted by law, either the Company or the Executive has the right to terminate the
Executive’s employment at any time and for any reason, or without stated reason. Termination of
the Executive’s employment, whether by the Company or the Executive, shall not be considered a
breach of this

4

 

Agreement, and the duties of the parties to each other upon and following a termination of
employment shall be governed exclusively by this Agreement, or by the terms of the applicable
benefit plan.

     4.2 Certain Definitions. For all purposes related to the Executive’s employment by
the Company during the Term, the following capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth
below:

          4.2.1 Affiliate. An “Affiliate” of the Company means any corporation or other entity
that stands in a relationship to the Company that would result in the Company and such corporation
or other entity being treated as a single employer under sections 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code,
except that such sections shall be applied by substituting “at least 50%” for “at least 80%”
wherever applicable; provided, however, that for purposes of Section 5.2 the term Affiliate shall
also include any joint venture or similar entity in which the Company has a material interest.

          4.2.2 Cause. A termination for “Cause” shall mean termination by the Company of the
Executive’s employment by reason of the occurrence of any one or more of the following:

               (i) fraud or willful misconduct that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in
material injury to the Company or any Affiliate;

               (ii) insubordination with respect to any reasonable and lawful directive from the Board, other
than where the Executive reasonably believes in good faith that such insubordination is in the best
interests of the Company;

               (iii) malfeasance or non-feasance of duty that has caused or is reasonably expected to result
in material injury to the Company or any Affiliate;

               (iv) material breach of this Agreement, or any other agreement between the Executive and the
Company or any Affiliate;

               (v) willful and material violation of any generally applicable written policy of the Company
previously provided to the Executive, the terms of which provide that violation may be grounds for
termination of employment;

               (vi) conduct substantially prejudicial to the business of the Company or an Affiliate, other
than where the Executive reasonably believes in good faith that such conduct is in the best
interests of the Company; or

               (vii) conviction (including entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere) of the Executive of
any felony.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cause as defined in clauses (i) through (vi) shall not exist unless
and until (A) the Executive receives at least thirty days’ prior written notice of the Company’s
intent to terminate the Executive’s employment for Cause, which notice specifies in reasonable
detail the nature of Cause and, except in the case of Cause as defined in clause (i), the actions
required to cure the nature of Cause, if curable, (B) such written notice is received by the
Executive within 90 days after the Board learns of the nature of Cause, (C) except in the case of
Cause as defined in clause (i), the Executive is given at least thirty days to cure the nature of
Cause, if curable, and the nature of Cause remains uncured at the end of such period and (D) such
termination is pursuant to a resolution adopted at a meeting of the Board by the affirmative vote
of a majority of the independent directors then in office to which the Executive (and the
Executive’s counsel) shall be invited upon proper notice, and which resolution specifies the
specific grounds on which the termination for Cause is based, and which grounds must have been set
forth in the

5

 

original written notice or a subsequent written notice given prior to the meeting; provided that
the Executive and his counsel shall be excluded from the Board’s deliberations. If the Company
notifies the Executive of its intent to terminate his employment for Cause and the Executive
subsequently resigns, or if following the Executive’s resignation the Company discovers the
existence of circumstances that would have constituted Cause, and gives the Executive notice of
such circumstances not later than two years after the original Termination Date, the Executive may
be considered to have been terminated for Cause by a vote of the Board as in the manner described
above.

          4.2.3 Change in Control. A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred upon
the first of the following events:

               (i) any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of
the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities
acquired directly from the Company or its subsidiaries) representing fifty percent or more of the
combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities, excluding any Person who
becomes such a Beneficial Owner in connection with a transaction which is a merger or
consolidation;

               (ii) the election to the Board, without the recommendation or approval of a majority of the
incumbent Board (as determined pursuant to the OEP), of directors constituting a majority of the
number of directors of the Company then in office, provided, however, that directors whose election
or appointment following the Effective Date is approved by a majority of the members of the
incumbent Board shall be deemed to be members of the incumbent Board for purposes hereof, provided
further that directors whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or
threatened election contest relating to the election of directors of the Company will not be
considered as members of the incumbent Board for purposes of this prong (ii); or

               (iii) the occurrence of any other event which a majority of the incumbent Board in its sole
discretion determines should be considered a Change in Control under the OEP; provided, however,
that a determination by the incumbent Board that an event constitutes a Change in Control under the
OEP by itself shall not be construed to entitle the Executive to any of the payments or other
benefits provided in this Section 4 prior to an Involuntary Employment Action.

For purposes of this Section 4.2.3, “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule
13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that a Person who is properly reporting on
Schedule 13G shall not be treated as a Beneficial Owner, and “Person” shall have the meaning given
in section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof,
except that such term shall not include: (A) the Company or any of its Affiliates; (B) a trustee
or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefits plan of the Company or any of its
Affiliates; (C) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such
securities or (D) a corporation or other business entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the
stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of
the Company for purposes of the OEP.

          4.2.4 Corporate Transaction. A “Corporate Transaction” means any of the following:

               (i) a consolidation, merger or similar transaction or series of related transactions,
including a sale or other disposition of stock, in which the Company (or an Affiliate) is not the
surviving corporation or which results in the acquisition of all or substantially all of the then
outstanding Common Stock by a single person or entity or by a group of persons and/or entities
acting in concert;

               (ii) a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or

6

 

               (iii) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company.

Where a Corporate Transaction involves a tender offer that is reasonably expected to be followed by
a merger described in clause (i) as determined by the Committee, the Corporate Transaction shall be
deemed to have occurred upon consummation of the tender offer.

          4.2.5 Involuntary Employment Action. An “Involuntary Employment Action” means the
termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company without Cause or a resignation by the
Executive upon the occurrence of any of the following circumstances:

               (i) any material adverse alteration and/or material diminution in the Executive’s authority,
duties or responsibilities, including a requirement that the Executive report to anyone other than
the Board, provided that the failure of the Company’s stockholders to elect or re-elect the
Executive to the Board shall not be considered an Involuntary Employment Action;

               (ii) a reduction of the Base Salary except as permitted herein, or a material reduction in
Annual Bonus Target;

               (iii) relocation of the offices at which the Executive is employed which increases the
distance between the Executive’s residence and such offices by more than 100 miles on a round trip
basis; or

               (iv) a material breach by the Company of any provision of this Agreement or any other
agreement between the Executive and the Company or an Affiliate.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a resignation by the Executive shall not be considered an
Involuntary Employment Action unless the Executive notifies the Chief Legal Officer or the Head of
Human Resources of the Company in writing of the basis for his resignation within 90 days after he
becomes aware of the existence of the facts or circumstances constituting an Involuntary Employment
Action. Such notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances constituting
the Involuntary Employment Action event and shall provide the Company with thirty days to cure such
condition, and if the Company cures such facts or circumstances to the Executive’s reasonable
satisfaction within such 30 day period a subsequent resignation by the Executive based on such
facts or circumstances shall not constitute an Involuntary Employment Action, unless such facts or
circumstances recur in which event a new notice shall be given as provided above. The notice also
shall specify the date the Executive’s termination of employment is to become effective, which date
shall be at least 30 days and not more than 90 days after the date the notice is given; provided,
however, that after receiving such notice, the Company shall be permitted to terminate the
Executive’s employment prior to the specified termination date, which termination shall constitute
an Involuntary Employment Action. For avoidance of doubt, a termination of the Executive’s
employment upon the expiration of the Term or thereafter following a notice of non-renewal given by
either party shall not constitute an Involuntary Employment Action.

     4.3 Termination Events.

          4.3.1 Immediate Termination. Executive’s employment and the Term shall terminate
immediately upon the occurrence of any of the following:

               (i) Death: the death of the Executive;

               (ii) Disability: the physical or mental disability of the Executive, as determined
under the Company’s long-term disability plan or policy then in effect for employees

7

 

generally, or if no such plan or policy is in effect, a physical or mental disability, such
that with or without reasonable accommodation the Executive is unable to perform the Executive’s
material duties, for a period of not less than one hundred and eighty consecutive days, as
determined by a qualified, independent physician jointly selected by the Company and the Executive.
If the Company and the Executive cannot agree on the physician to make the determination, then the
Company and the Executive shall each select a physician and those physicians shall jointly select a
third physician, who shall make the determination; or

               (iii) For Cause by the Company: notice by the Company to the Executive of a
termination for Cause.

          4.3.2 Involuntary Termination by the Company without Cause. The Company may terminate
the Executive’s employment without Cause (which shall constitute an Involuntary Employment Action)
upon thirty days prior written notice and, in such event, the Term shall terminate. During such
thirty-day notice period, the Company may require that the Executive cease performing some or all
of the Executive’s duties and/or not be present at the Company’s or its Affiliates’ offices and/or
other facilities.

          4.3.3 Resignation by the Executive. The Executive may resign the Executive’s position
(i) voluntarily and other than due to an Involuntary Employment Action or Retirement (as defined
below), which shall be effective ninety days following written notice to the Company of the
Executive’s intent to so resign, (ii) due to an Involuntary Employment Action, effective in
accordance the provisions of such definition, or (iii) due to “Retirement” (which means the
Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, including in connection with a notice of
non-renewal of the Term, on or after he attains age 65 and does not obtain other employment at a
for-profit company), effective seventy-five days following written notice to the Company of
Executive’s intent to so resign and, in such event, the Term shall terminate. The Company may
waive all or any portion of the notice period and notify the Executive that his resignation has
been accepted as of an earlier date.

          4.3.4 Definition of Termination Date. The date upon which the Executive’s employment
and the Term terminate pursuant to this Section 4 shall be the Executive’s “Termination Date” for
purposes of this Agreement. In the event that the termination of the Executive’s employment does
not constitute a “separation from service” as defined in section 409A of the Code, the Executive’s
rights to the payments and benefits described in this Section 4 shall vest upon the Termination
Date, but no payment to the Executive that is subject to section 409A of the Code shall be paid
until the Executive incurs such a separation from service (or until six months after such
separation if the Executive is a specified employee as defined in Section 10.1), and any amounts
that would otherwise have been paid prior to such date shall be paid instead, in lump-sum with
interest at the six-month LIBOR rate in effect on the Termination Date, as soon as reasonably
practicable after such date.

     4.4 Payments Upon a Termination Event. 

          4.4.1 Entitlements Upon Termination For Any Reason. Following any termination of the
Executive’s employment, including an expiration of the Term, the Company shall pay or provide to
the Executive, or the Executive’s estate or beneficiary, as the case may be, the following amounts
(the “Accrued Obligations”):

               (i) Base Salary earned through the Termination Date;

               (ii) a payment representing the Executive’s accrued but unused vacation;

8

 

               (iii) reimbursement of all business expenses properly incurred by the Executive in connection
with the performance of services to the Company or its Affiliates prior to the Termination Date;
and

               (iv) any vested and/or earned, but not forfeited, amounts or benefits on the Termination Date
under the Company’s employee benefit plans, programs, policies or practices in accordance with the
terms thereof, including any benefit continuation or conversion rights (collectively, the “Company
Arrangements”).

          4.4.2 Payments Upon Termination by Reason of Death, Disability or Retirement. In the
event that the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of death, Disability or Retirement,
the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive or the Executive’s estate:

               (i) the Accrued Obligations;

               (ii) the Executive’s Annual Bonus for the year prior to the year in which the Termination Date
occurs if not paid prior to the Termination Date, paid when Annual Bonuses are paid to active
employees but in no event later than March 15 of the year in which the Termination Date occurs;

               (iii) solely in the case of a termination by reason of death or Disability, an amount equal to
the Executive’s Annual Bonus Target for the year in which the Termination Date occurs, multiplied
by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during the year that he was employed
and the denominator of which is 365 (or the number of days from the Effective Date through December
31, 2010, if the Termination Date occurs in 2010), paid within the sooner of ninety days after the
Termination Date or March 15 of the year following the year in which the Termination Date occurs (a
“Pro Rata Annual Bonus”);

               (iv) solely in the case of a termination by reason of death or Disability, all outstanding
equity awards under any LTI Program shall vest in full upon the Termination Date, notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in any LTI Program or award agreement, and all options, stock appreciation
rights, or other awards that require exercise by the Executive shall remain exercisable by the
Executive or his legal representative until the earlier of one year after the Termination Date or
the original expiration date; and

               (v) if such termination is due to the Executive’s Retirement, all outstanding Restricted Stock
Units and Cash-Settled Performance Shares shall continue to vest as if the Executive had remained
employed by the Company, and shall be settled, subject to the achievement of any applicable
performance criteria, in the installments and on the original vesting dates established at the
time of grant of such awards; provided that, for avoidance of doubt, the initial grant of
Restricted Stock Units pursuant to the first sentence of Section 3.4 shall vest solely on the basis
of continued employment and shall not be subject to performance criteria.

          4.4.3 Payments Upon Termination Due to an Involuntary Employment Action Prior to, or More
than Two Years After, a Change in Control or Corporation Transaction. Following a termination
of the Executive’s employment due to an Involuntary Employment Action that occurs either prior to,
or more than two years after, a Change in Control or Corporate Transaction, the Company shall pay
or provide to the Executive:

               (i) the Accrued Obligations;

9

 

               (ii) the Executive’s Annual Bonus for the year prior to the year in which the Termination Date
occurs if not paid prior to the Termination Date, paid when Annual Bonuses are paid to active
employees but in no event later than March 15 of the year in which the Termination Date occurs;

               (iii) a Pro Rata Annual Bonus as defined in Section 4.4.2(iii), but calculated based upon the
Company’s actual achievement of the Company goals for the year and assuming 100% achievement of the
Executive’s individual goals and paid when Annual Bonuses are paid to active employees;

               (iv) an amount equal to the sum of the Executive’s Base Salary on the Termination Date plus
Annual Bonus Target for the year in which the Termination Date occurs (disregarding any decrease in
Base Salary or Annual Bonus Target that constituted the Involuntary Employment Action) multiplied
by two, paid in a lump sum within the sooner of ninety days after the Termination Date or March 15
of the year following the year in which the Termination Date occurs;

               (v) if and to the extent the Executive elects continuation of health coverage under COBRA,
each month the Company shall pay the difference between the premium that would normally be charged
under COBRA and the premium for comparable health coverage charged to active employees, which
health coverage may be continued until twenty-four months following the Termination Date as if the
maximum period for COBRA coverage were twenty-four rather than eighteen months; provided, however,
that such coverage will end sooner if the Executive becomes eligible for reasonably comparable
health coverage under another employer’s plan or the Executive becomes eligible for coverage under
Medicare prior to twenty-four months following the Termination Date; and

               (vi) senior executive level career transition assistance services by a firm selected by the
Company for a period of nine months following the Termination Date.

          4.4.4 Payments Upon Termination Due to an Involuntary Employment Action After a Change in
Control or Corporate Transaction. Following a termination of the Executive’s employment due to
an Involuntary Employment Action occurring within the two-year period following a Change in Control
or Corporate Transaction, the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive, in lieu of the amounts
described in Section 4.4.3:

               (i) the Accrued Obligations;

               (ii) the Executive’s Annual Bonus for the year prior to the year in which the Termination Date
occurs if not paid prior to the Termination Date, paid when Annual Bonuses are paid to active
employees but in no event later than March 15 of the year in which the Termination Date occurs;

               (iii) a Pro Rata Annual Bonus as defined in Section 4.4.2(iii), paid in a lump sum within the
sooner of ninety days after the Termination Date or March 15 of the year following the year in
which the Termination Date occurs;

               (iv) an amount equal to the sum of the Executive’s Base Salary on the Termination Date plus
Annual Bonus Target for the year in which the Termination Date occurs (disregarding any decrease in
Base Salary or Annual Bonus Target that constituted the Involuntary Employment Action) multiplied
by two, paid in a lump sum within the sooner of ninety days after the Termination Date or March 15
of the year following the year in which the Termination Date occurs;

               (v) if and to the extent the Executive elects continuation of health coverage under COBRA,
each month the Company shall pay the difference between the premium that would

10

 

normally be charged under COBRA and the premium for comparable health coverage charged to
active employees, which health coverage may be continued until twenty-four months following the
Termination Date as if the maximum period for COBRA coverage were twenty-four rather than eighteen
months; provided, however, that such coverage will end sooner if the Executive becomes eligible for
reasonably comparable health coverage under another employer’s plan or the Executive becomes
eligible for coverage under Medicare prior to twenty-four months following the Termination Date;
and

               (vi) senior executive level career transition assistance services by a firm selected by the
Company for a period of nine months following the Termination Date.

          4.4.5 Sections Mutually Exclusive. Sections 4.4.2, 4.4.3 and 4.4.4 are mutually
exclusive, and the Executive shall not be entitled to receive payments or benefits upon a
termination of employment under more than one such Section.

     4.5 Treatment of LTI Grants. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.4.2(iv) and
(v), the effect of a termination of employment for any reason upon the vesting, exercisability or
payment of any outstanding grant under the LTI Program shall be determined exclusively under the
applicable plan document and award agreement.

     4.6 Payments Conditioned Upon Release. Anything else contained herein to the contrary
notwithstanding, in no event shall the Executive be entitled to any payment or benefit pursuant to
this Section 4, or otherwise as a result of any termination of employment except for his death,
other than the Accrued Obligations, unless and until the Executive executes and does not revoke
within the applicable revocation period an enforceable waiver and release of all claims against the
Company in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. Such release shall be executed and
returned to the Company within the period of time specified in the release, but in no event later
than a date determined such that the revocation period for the release shall expire by the sooner
of ninety days after the Termination Date or March 15 of the year following the year in which the
Termination Date occurs. Any amounts that otherwise would have been paid to the Executive prior to
the date on which the revocation period expires shall be paid at the expiration of the revocation
period, without interest. If the Executive fails to execute the release within the specified
period, or revokes the release after executing it, all payments and benefits provided under this
Section 4, other than the Accrued Obligations, shall be forfeited.

     4.7 280G Modified Cap.

          4.7.1 Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if the aggregate amount of
the benefits and payments under this Agreement, and other payments and benefits which the Executive
has the right to receive from the Company (including the value of any equity rights which become
vested upon a Change in Control or Corporate Transaction) (each, a “Payment” and, collectively, the
“Total Payments”), would constitute a “parachute payment” as defined in section 280G(b)(2) of the
Code, the Executive shall receive the Total Payments unless the after-tax amount that would be
retained by the Executive (after taking into account all federal, state and local income taxes
payable by the Executive and the amount of any excise taxes payable by the Executive under section
4999 of the Code that would be payable by the Executive (the “Excise Taxes”)) has a lesser
aggregate value than the after-tax amount that would be retained by the Executive (after taking
into account all federal, state and local income taxes payable by the Executive) if the Executive
were to receive the Total Payments reduced to the largest amount as would result in no portion of
the Total Payments being subject to Excise Taxes (the “Reduced Payments”), in which case the
Executive shall be entitled only to the Reduced Payments.

          4.7.2 The determination of whether Section 4.7.1 applies, and the calculation of the amount of
the Reduced Payments, if applicable, shall be performed by a nationally recognized certified

11

 

public accounting firm as may be designated by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”) and
reasonably acceptable to the Executive. The Accounting Firm shall provide detailed supporting
calculations to both the Company and the Executive within fifteen business days of the receipt of
notice from the Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by
the Company. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company.

          4.7.3 If the Executive is to receive Reduced Payments and subject to Section 10.3, the Total
Payments payable will be reduced or eliminated in the following order: (1) cash payments, (2)
taxable benefits, (3) nontaxable benefits and (4) accelerated vesting of equity awards.

          4.7.4 It is possible that, after the determinations and selections made pursuant to this
Section 4.7, the Executive will receive Total Payments that are, in the aggregate, either more or
less than the amount provided under Section 4.7.1 (hereafter referred to as an “Excess Payment” or
“Underpayment”, respectively). If it is established, pursuant to a final non-appealable judgment,
that an Excess Payment has been made, then the Executive shall promptly repay the Excess Payment to
the Company, together with interest on the Excess Payment at the applicable federal rate (as
defined in and under section 1274(d) of the Code) from the date of the Executive’s receipt of such
Excess Payment until the date of such repayment. In the event that it is finally determined (x) by
a court of competent jurisdiction or the Internal Revenue Service or (y) by the Accounting Firm
upon request by either the Company or the Executive, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Company
shall promptly pay an amount equal to the Underpayment to the Executive (but in any event within
ten days of such determination), together with interest on such amount at the applicable federal
rate from the date such amount would have been paid to the Executive had the provisions of Section
4.7.1 not been applied until the date of payment.

     4.8 No Mitigation. Upon termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company,
the Executive shall be under no obligation to seek other employment or otherwise mitigate the
obligations of the Company under this Agreement or any other agreement with the Company.

     4.9 Repayments by the Executive Upon Any Termination. Any amounts owed by the
Executive to the Company at termination are repayable in full within the sooner of thirty days of
employment termination or by the end of the year in which employment terminates. The Company will
deduct, withhold and/or retain all or any portion of the amount owed from the Accrued Obligations,
to the extent permitted under applicable law. The Executive remains liable to the Company for any
amounts in excess of the sums so deducted, withheld and retained by the Company.

5. Protection of Confidential Information; Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation.

     5.1 Confidential Information. The Executive shall enter into the Company’s standard
Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions and Dispute Resolution Agreement, including
protection of the Company’s intellectual property and goodwill and non-solicitation of employees
for two years following termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason. Any material
breach by the Executive of such agreement shall be considered a breach of this Agreement, and Cause
for termination of employment.

     5.2 Non-Competition. In accordance with Section 8.1, to the extent permitted by the
laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, during the Executive’s employment with the Company and
for a period of two years after the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for
any reason (including any termination following the expiration of the Term), the Executive shall
not, without the prior written consent of the Board, directly or indirectly engage in the
development, production, marketing or sale of products that compete (or, upon commercialization,
could compete) with products of

12

 

the Company being developed, marketed or sold before or during the Executive’s employment with
the Company or as of the Termination Date, or which are anticipated to be developed, marketed or
sold as of the Termination Date and of which the Executive has actual knowledge, whether such
engagement shall be as an officer, director, owner, employee, partner, consultant, advisor or in
any other capacity. Nothing herein will prohibit the Executive from acquiring or holding not more
than one percent of any class of publicly traded securities of any business, or from continuing to
hold (but not to increase) his current ownership of stock and options of Exelixis, Inc.

     5.3 Remedies and Injunctive Relief. If the Executive commits a breach or threatens to
breach any of the provisions of Section 5.1 or 5.2 hereof, the Company shall have the right and
remedy to seek to have the provisions of this Agreement specifically enforced by injunction or
otherwise by any court having jurisdiction, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach
may cause irreparable injury to the Company in addition to money damage and that money damages
alone may not provide a complete or adequate remedy to the Company, it being further agreed that
such right and remedy shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies
available to the Company under law or in equity.

     5.4 Severability. If any of the covenants contained in Section 5.1 or 5.2, or any
part thereof, hereafter are construed to be invalid or unenforceable, the same shall not affect the
remainder of the covenant or covenants, which shall be given full effect, without regard to the
invalid portions.

     5.5 Extension of Term of Covenants Following Violation. The period during which the
prohibitions of Section 5.2 are in effect shall be extended by any period or periods during which
the Executive is in violation of Section 5.2.

     5.6 Blue Penciling by Court. If any of the covenants contained in Section 5.1 or 5.2,
or any part thereof, are held to be unenforceable, the parties agree that the court making such
determination shall have the power to revise or modify such provision to make it enforceable to the
maximum extent permitted by applicable law and, in its revised or modified form, said provision
shall then be enforceable.

     5.7 Blue Penciling by One Court Not to Affect Covenants in Another State. The parties
hereto intend to and hereby confer jurisdiction to enforce the covenants contained in Sections 5.1
and 5.2 upon the courts of any state within the geographical scope of such covenants. In the event
that the courts of any one or more of such states shall hold such covenants wholly unenforceable by
reason of the breadth of such covenants or otherwise, it is the intention of the parties hereto
that such determination not bar or in any way affect the Company’s right to the relief provided
above in the courts of any other states within the geographical scope of such covenants as to
breaches of such covenants in such other respective jurisdictions, the above covenants as they
relate to each state being for this purpose severable into diverse and independent covenants.

6. Indemnification.

     The Executive shall be entitled to be indemnified by the Company against any claims brought
against him arising from his employment with, or provision of services to, the Company, and to have
his defense expenses promptly advanced subject to a repayment obligation, to the maximum extent
provided in the Company’s articles of incorporation, by-laws and applicable Delaware law (each in
effect as of the date hereof or as may be subsequently amended to provide the Executive with more
favorable treatment), and to be covered by the Company’s directors and officers liability policy,
in the same manner and to the same extent as other current and former officers and directors of the
Company.

13

 

7. Notices.

     7.1 Form and Address for Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other
communications required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed
to have been duly given if delivered personally, one day after having been sent by overnight
courier or three days after having been mailed first class, postage prepaid, by registered or
certified mail, as follows (or to such other address as either party shall designate by notice in
writing to the other in accordance herewith):

If to the Company prior to July 1, 2010, to:

BIOGEN IDEC INC.

14 Cambridge Center

Cambridge, MA 02142

Attention: General Counsel

If to the Company on or after July 1, 2010:

BIOGEN IDEC INC.

133 Boston Post Road

Weston, MA 02493

Attention: General Counsel

If to the Executive, to the Executive’s principal residence as reflected in the records of the
Company.

With a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:

Morrison Cohen LLP

909 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Alan M. Levine, Esq.

Tel: (212) 735-8600

Fax: (212) 735-8708

8. General.

     8.1 Governing Law; Jurisdiction and Venue. This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts applicable
to agreements made between residents thereof and to be performed entirely in Massachusetts. Any
action brought by either party with respect to this Agreement, other than an action pursuant to
Section 5.3, shall be brought and maintained only in the state or federal courts located in the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Each party consents to personal jurisdiction and venue in such
courts, waives any right to file a motion based on forum non conveniens or any similar doctrine and
agrees not to oppose any motion to transfer any such case to such courts.

     8.2 Headings. The section headings contained herein are for reference purposes only
and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

     8.3 Entire Agreement; Non-Exclusivity. This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement
and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior
agreements, arrangements and understandings, written or oral, relating to the subject matter
hereof. No representation,

14

 

promise or inducement has been made by either party that is not embodied in this Agreement,
and neither party shall be bound by or liable for any alleged representation, promise or inducement
not so set forth herein.

     8.4 Assignability. 

          8.4.1 Nonassignability by Executive. This Agreement, and the Executive’s rights and
obligations hereunder, may not be assigned by the Executive, nor may the Executive pledge, encumber
or anticipate any payments or benefits due hereunder, by operation of law or otherwise.

          8.4.2 Assignability by Company. The Company may only assign its rights, together with
its obligations, hereunder to a third party in connection with any sale, transfer or other
disposition of all or substantially all of any business to which the Executive’s services are then
principally devoted; provided, however, that no assignment pursuant to this Section 8.4.2 shall
relieve the Company from its obligations hereunder to the extent the same are not timely discharged
by such assignee.

          8.4.3 Assumption of Agreement by Successors. The Company will require any successor
(whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or
substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to
perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required
to perform it if no such succession had taken place. Failure of the Company to obtain such
assumption and agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of
this Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to compensation from the Company in the same amount
and on the same terms as the Executive would be entitled hereunder if the Executive had terminated
his employment in an Involuntary Employment Action following a Change in Control or Corporate
Transaction, except that for purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on which any such
succession becomes effective shall be deemed the Termination Date. As used in this Agreement, the
“Company” shall mean the Company as previously defined and any successor to its business and/or
assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or
otherwise.

     8.5 Survival. The respective rights and obligations of the parties hereunder,
including under Sections 3, 4, 5 and 6, shall survive any termination of this Agreement or the
expiration of the Term to the extent necessary to the intended preservation of such rights and
obligations.

     8.6 Amendment; Waiver; Inconsistencies. This Agreement may be amended, modified,
superseded, canceled, renewed or extended and the terms or covenants hereof may be waived, only by
a written instrument executed by both of the parties hereto, or in the case of a waiver, by the
party waiving compliance. The failure of either party at any time or times to require performance
of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect the right at a later time to enforce the same.
No waiver by either party of the breach of any term or covenant contained in this Agreement,
whether by conduct or otherwise, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed
as, a further or continuing waiver of any such breach, or a waiver of the breach of any other term
or covenant contained in this Agreement. In the event of any inconsistency between any provision
of this Agreement and any provision of any employee handbook, personnel manual, program, policy or
arrangement of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or any provision of any agreement, plan or
corporate governance document of any of them, the provisions of this Agreement shall control unless
this Agreement provides otherwise or the Executive otherwise agrees in a writing that expressly
refers to this Agreement. The Company agrees not to impose any restrictions, enforceable by
injunction, on the Executive’s post-employment activities, other than those expressly set forth in
this Agreement.

15

 

     8.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of
which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together will constitute one and the same
instrument. The parties hereto agree to accept a signed facsimile or “PDF” copy of this Agreement
as a fully binding original.

     8.8 Acknowledgement of Ability to Have Counsel Review. The parties acknowledge that
this Agreement is the result of arm’s-length negotiations between sophisticated parties, each
afforded the opportunity to utilize representation by legal counsel. Each and every provision of
this Agreement shall be construed as though both parties participated equally in the drafting of
same, and any rule of construction that a document shall be construed against the drafting party
shall not be applicable to this Agreement. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for
reasonable attorneys’ and other professional fees incurred by the Executive in reviewing and
negotiating this Agreement, up to a maximum of $35,000. Such reimbursement shall be made within
thirty days following presentation to the Company of appropriate invoices or other documentation
for the amount of such fees and expenses.

9. Free to Contract.

     9.1 Executive Representations and Warranty. The Executive represents and warrants to
the Company that the Executive is able freely to accept engagement and employment by the Company as
described in this Agreement and that there are no existing agreements, arrangements or
understandings, written or oral, that would prevent Executive from entering into this Agreement,
would prevent Executive or restrict Executive in any way from rendering services to the Company as
provided herein during the Term or would be breached by the future performance by the Executive of
the Executive’s duties hereunder. The Executive also represents and warrants that no fee, charge
or expense of any sort is due from the Company to any third person engaged by the Executive in
connection with Executive’s employment by the Company hereunder, except as disclosed in this
Agreement.

     9.2 Authority. The Company represents and warrants to the Executive that (i) it is
fully authorized by action of its Board (and of any other person or body whose action is required)
to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations under it and under the programs, plans
and arrangements referred to in it; (ii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement
by the Company does not violate any applicable law, regulation, order, judgment or decree or any
agreement, arrangement, plan or corporate governance document to which it is a party or by which it
is bound; and (iii) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the parties, this
Agreement shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against it in
accordance with its terms, except to the extent that enforceability may be limited by applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

10. Code Section 409A Legal Requirement.

     10.1 Six Month Delay in Payment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Agreement, if the Executive is a “specified employee” as defined and applied in section 409A of the
Code as of the Executive’s Termination Date, then, to the extent any payment under this Agreement
or any Company Arrangement constitutes deferred compensation (after taking into account any
applicable exemptions from section 409A of the Code, including those specified in Section 10.2) and
to the extent required by section 409A of the Code, no payments due under this Agreement or any
Company Arrangement may be made until the earlier of: (i) the first day following the sixth month
anniversary of the Executive’s Termination Date and (ii) the Executive’s date of death; provided,
however, that any payments delayed during this six-month period shall be paid in the aggregate in a
lump sum, plus interest at the six-month LIBOR rate in effect on the Termination Date, as soon as
reasonably practicable following the sixth month anniversary of the Executive’s Termination Date.

16

 

     10.2 Application of Exemptions. For purposes of section 409A of the Code, each
“payment” (as defined by section 409A of the Code) made under this Agreement shall be considered a
“separate payment.” In addition, for purposes of section 409A of the Code, each such payment shall
be deemed exempt from section 409A of the Code to the fullest extent possible under the “short-term
deferral” exemption of Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(b)(4), as well as any other applicable
exemptions.

     10.3 Interpretation and Administration of Agreement. To the maximum extent permitted
by law, this Agreement shall be interpreted and administered in such a manner that the payments to
the Executive are either exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of section 409A of the Code.

[Signature page follows]

17

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above
written.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	BIOGEN IDEC INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ William D. Young
 	 
	 	 	William D. Young 	 
	 	 	Chairman 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	EXECUTIVE

 	 
	 	/s/ George A. Scangos, Ph.D.
 	 
	 	George A. Scangos, Ph.D. 	 
	 	 	 
	 

18

 

Exhibit A

Form of Release

GENERAL RELEASE OF CLAIMS

     This General Release of Claims (“Release”) is entered into as of this                      day
of                     , 20___, between GEORGE A. SCANGOS, Ph.D. (“Executive”), and BIOGEN
IDEC INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) (collectively referred to herein as the
“Parties”).

     WHEREAS, Executive and the Company are parties to that certain Employment Agreement dated as
of [DATE OF AGREEMENT] (the “Employment Agreement”);

     WHEREAS, the Parties agree that Executive is entitled to certain severance benefits under the
Employment Agreement, subject to Executive’s execution of this Release; and

     WHEREAS, the Company and Executive now wish to fully and finally resolve all matters relating
to potential claims by the Executive relating to his prior employment by the Company.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of, and subject to, the severance benefits payable to
Executive pursuant to the Employment Agreement, the adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged by
Executive, and which Executive acknowledges that he would not otherwise be entitled to receive,
Executive and the Company hereby agree as follows:

     1. General Release of Claims by Executive. Executive, on behalf of himself and his
heirs, executors, administrators, successors, agents and assigns, hereby fully and without
limitation releases and forever discharges the Company, and (as the case may be) its present and
former shareholders, parents, owners, members, partners, subsidiaries, divisions, affiliates,
officers, directors, agents, employees, consultants, contractors, customers, clients, insurers,
representatives, lawyers, predecessors, successors and assigns, employee welfare benefit plans and
pension or deferred compensation plans under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, and their trustees, administrators and other fiduciaries, and all persons acting by,
through, under or in concert with them, or any of them (“Releasees”), both individually and
collectively, from any and all rights, claims, demands, liabilities, actions, causes of action,
damages, losses, costs, expenses and compensation, of whatever nature whatsoever, known or unknown,
fixed or contingent (“Claims”), arising under federal, state or local law from the
beginning of time to the Effective Date of this Release (as defined below), including, without
limitation and by way of example only, any and all claims arising directly or indirectly out of,
relating to or in any other way involving in any manner whatsoever Executive’s employment by the
Company or the separation thereof; any and all claims of wrongful discharge, breach of express or
implied contract, fraud, misrepresentation, defamation or liability in tort; claims of any kind
that may be brought in any court or administrative agency; and any claims arising under Title VII
of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Equal Pay Act, as amended, the Age Discrimination
in Employment Act, as amended (“ADEA”), the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the Family and
Medical Leave Act of 1993, the Massachusetts Fair Employment Practices Law (Mass. Gen. Laws ch.
151B et seq.), the Massachusetts Payment of Wages Act (Mass. Gen. Laws ch. 149, §§148 and 150), the
Fair Labor Standards Act, as amended, any other federal and state wage and hour laws, the Americans
With Disabilities Act, as amended, Mass. Gen. Laws ch. 214, § 1B, the Massachusetts Civil Rights
Act, and the Massachusetts Equal Rights Law, each as amended, the Immigration Reform and Control
Act of 1986, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, the Worker Adjustment
and Retraining Notification Act and/or any other local, state or federal law, rule or regulation
governing employment,

1

 

discrimination in employment, workplace safety or the payment of wages and benefits.
Executive represents that there are no lawsuits pending by Executive against Releasees and/or
promises to dismiss any and all lawsuits that Executive might have filed against Releasees.
Executive expressly agrees and understands that this release and waiver of claims is a GENERAL
RELEASE, and that any reference to specific claims arising out of or in connection with his
employment is not intended to limit the release and waiver of claims.

Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, Executive does not release the following claims:

	 	(i)	 	Executive’s right to file or participate in the investigation of any
administrative discrimination charge. However, Executive gives up any right to any
money or other personal benefit from any such charge;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	Claims for unemployment compensation or any state disability insurance benefits
pursuant to the terms of applicable state law;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	Claims for workers’ compensation insurance benefits under the terms of any
worker’s compensation insurance policy or fund of the Company;
	 
	 	(iv)	 	Claims pursuant to the terms and conditions of the federal law known as COBRA;
	 
	 	(v)	 	Claims for indemnity under the Employment Agreement or bylaws of the Company,
as provided for by Delaware law or under any applicable insurance policy with respect
to Executive’s liability as an employee, director or officer of the Company; and
	 
	 	(vi)	 	Claims based on any right Executive may have to enforce the Company’s executory
obligations under the Employment Agreement or any of the award agreements described in
Section 3.

      2. Promise Not to Sue. Executive promises not to sue the Company or any Releasee for
any claims covered by the General Release contained in Section 1 hereof and not excluded by the
release exclusion sub-sections of Section 1 hereof, in any forum for any reason arising prior to
the Effective Date of this Release (as defined below). This promise not to sue is separate from
and in addition to Executive’s promises in Section 1 of this Release. Notwithstanding this Promise
Not to Sue, Executive may bring a claim against the Company to enforce this Release or to challenge
the validity of this Release under the ADEA, or any claim arising after the Effective Date of this
Release. If Executive hereafter commences, joins in or in any manner seeks relief through any suit
against the Company or any Releasee in violation of this Release, Executive shall be liable to the
Company and the Releasees for their reasonable attorneys’ fees and other litigation costs incurred
in defending against such a suit, in addition to any other damages caused to the Company or
Releasees thereby.

      3. Equity Awards. Executive currently holds the [Restricted Stock Units and Market
Stock Units] granted under the Company’s [2008 Omnibus Equity Plan or its successor (the
“Plan”)] and listed on Annex A hereto and no others. Executive’s and the Company’s
rights with respect to such awards shall be as set forth in the Plan and the award agreements, as
modified by the Employment Agreement, pursuant to which such awards were granted.

      4. Confidentiality of Release. Except as may be required by law or court order, none
of Executive, his attorney or any person acting by, through, under or in concert with them shall
disclose the terms of this Release to any individual or entity other than their immediate family
and accountants or tax preparers as may be necessary. In the event that a disclosure authorized by
this Release is made, Executive shall inform the person to whom information is disclosed of the
confidential nature of this Release and that, upon being informed of the terms of this Release, the
person shall be equally bound by the provisions of this paragraph.

2

 

     5. Review and Effective Date.

	 	(a)	 	Release Is Knowing and Voluntary. Executive understands, agrees and
acknowledges that he:

	 	1.	 	has carefully read and/or had read to him and fully understands
all of the provisions of this Release;
	 
	 	2.	 	knowingly and voluntarily agrees to all of the terms set forth
in this Release; and
	 
	 	3.	 	knowingly and voluntarily intends to be legally bound by the
same.

	 	(b)	 	21-Day Consideration Period. Executive acknowledges that the Company has
offered him twenty-one (21) days to consider the terms and conditions of this Release,
and to decide whether to sign and enter into this Release. In the event that Executive
elects to sign this Release prior to the expiration of the twenty-one (21) day period,
he acknowledges that in doing so he will voluntarily waive the balance of the
twenty-one (21) days permitted. Executive understands and agrees that any changes to
the initially drafted terms of this Release are not material and shall not restart the
running of this twenty-one (21) day period. [45 DAYS OR SUCH OTHER PERIOD AS REQUIRED
BY ADEA OR OTHER APPLICABLE LAW MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR 21 DAYS].
	 
	 	(c)	 	7-Day Revocation Period. Executive has seven (7) days after his execution of
this Release to revoke his acceptance of it (the “Revocation Period”). Any such
revocation must be made in writing to [INSERT COMPANY REPRES. NAME]. The Parties
acknowledge and agree that this Release is neither effective nor enforceable and the
Company is not obligated to perform the promises contained herein or in the Employment
Agreement in the event that the Release is revoked or until expiration of the seven (7)
day revocation period, the “Effective Date” of this Release. [SUCH OTHER
REVOCATION PERIOD AS REQUIRED BY ADEA OR OTHER APPLICABLE LAW MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR 7
DAYS].

     6. Advice of Counsel. Executive has had the advice of independent legal counsel
of his own choosing in negotiations for and the preparation of this Release. Executive has
carefully read the provisions of this Release and is fully apprised of and understands the
provisions of this Release and their legal effect and consequences. Executive has executed this
Release after careful and independent investigation, and affirmatively warrants that he is not
executing this Release under fraud, duress or undue influence.

     7. Integration. This Release, the Employment Agreement, the Employee Proprietary
Information and Inventions and Dispute Resolution Agreement, the Plan, [the Restricted Stock Unit
Agreement(s)] and [the Market Stock Unit Agreement(s)] set forth the final, sole and entire
agreement between Executive and the Company and supersede any and all prior agreements,
negotiations, discussions or understandings between Executive and the Company concerning the
subject matter of this Release. This Release may not be altered, amended or modified, except by a
further writing signed by Executive and a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

3

 

     8. Miscellaneous Provisions.

          (a) The provisions of this Release are severable. If any provision is held to be invalid or
unenforceable, it shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.

          (b) This Release shall be construed as a whole in accordance with its fair meaning and in
accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The language in this Release shall
not be construed for or against any particular party.

          (c) This Release may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to
be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The
Parties agree to accept a signed facsimile or “PDF” copy of this Release as a fully binding
original.

          (d) This Release shall apply to, bind and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their
respective successors and assigns.

[Signature page follows]

4

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Release on the dates indicated
below.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	EXECUTIVE	 	 	 	BIOGEN IDEC INC.	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  
	George A. Scangos, Ph.D.	 	 	 	Its:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Dated:

	 	 	 	 	 	Dated:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 
	 	 

	 	 

5

 

ANNEX A

[LIST OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS]

1exv4w1

Exhibit 4.1

 

MERRILL LYNCH

PROTOTYPE

DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN AND TRUST

 

Base Plan Document #03 used in conjunction with:

Non-Standardized Profit Sharing Plan Adoption Agreement #002

Letter Serial Number: M380270a

National Office Letter Date: 3/31/2008

Non-Standardized Money Purchase Pension Plan Adoption Agreement #003

Letter Serial Number: M280274a

National Office Letter Date: 3/31/2008

Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan Adoption Agreement #004

Letter Serial Number: M380275a

National Office Letter Date: 3/31/2008

Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan Adoption Agreement #005

Letter Serial Number: M280277a

National Office Letter Date: 3/31/2008

Standardized Money Purchase Pension Plan Adoption Agreement #006

Letter Serial Number: M280278a

National Office Letter Date: 3/31/2008

Standardized Profit Sharing Plan Adoption Agreement #007

Letter Serial Number: M280280a

National Office Letter Date: 3/31/2008

Standardized Basicsm Money Purchase Pension Plan Adoption Agreement #008

Letter Serial Number: M280282a

National Office Letter Date: 3/31/2008

Standardized Basicsm Profit Sharing Plan Adoption Agreement #009

Letter Serial Number: M280283a

National Office Letter Date: 3/31/2008

Standardized RCMA Money Purchase Pension Plan Adoption Agreement #010

Letter Serial Number: M280284a

National Office Letter Date: 3/31/2008

Standardized RCMA 401(K) Profit Sharing Plan Adoption Agreement #011

Letter Serial Number: M280285a

National Office Letter Date: 3/31/2008

          This Base Plan Document and its related Adoption Agreements are important legal instruments
with legal and tax implications. Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated does not
provide legal or tax advice to the Employer. The Employer is urged to consult with its own attorney
with regard to the adoption of this Plan and its suitability to its circumstances.

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE	 	 	 	 	 	PAGE	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS	 	 	1	 
	1.1
	 	415 Limitation Compensation:	 	 	1	 
	1.2
	 	Account:	 	 	1	 
	1.3
	 	Account Balance:	 	 	1	 
	1.4
	 	ACP Test:	 	 	1	 
	1.5
	 	Actual Contribution Percentage:	 	 	1	 
	1.6
	 	Actual Deferral Percentage:	 	 	1	 
	1.7
	 	Adoption Agreement:	 	 	1	 
	1.8
	 	ADP Test:	 	 	1	 
	1.9
	 	Affiliate:	 	 	2	 
	1.10
	 	Annuity Contract:	 	 	2	 
	1.11
	 	Average Contribution Percentage or ACP:	 	 	2	 
	1.12
	 	Average Deferral Percentage or ADP:	 	 	2	 
	1.13
	 	Base Plan Document:	 	 	2	 
	1.14
	 	Beneficiary:	 	 	2	 
	1.15
	 	Benefit Commencement Date:	 	 	2	 
	1.16
	 	Benefit Factor:	 	 	2	 
	1.17
	 	Break in Service:	 	 	3	 
	1.18
	 	CODA:	 	 	3	 
	1.19
	 	Code:	 	 	3	 
	1.20
	 	Compensation:	 	 	3	 
	1.21
	 	Computation Period:	 	 	5	 
	1.22
	 	Defined Benefit Plan:	 	 	5	 
	1.23
	 	Defined Contribution Plan:	 	 	5	 
	1.24
	 	Disability:	 	 	5	 
	1.25
	 	Distributee:	 	 	5	 
	1.26
	 	Early Retirement Age:	 	 	6	 
	1.27
	 	Early Retirement Date:	 	 	6	 
	1.28
	 	Earned Income:	 	 	6	 
	1.29
	 	Election Period:	 	 	6	 
	1.30
	 	Elective Contributions:	 	 	6	 
	1.31
	 	Elective Deferral Contributions:	 	 	6	 

i

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE	 	 	 	 	 	PAGE	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	1.32
	 	Elective Deferral Election:	 	 	6	 
	1.33
	 	Eligible Employees:	 	 	6	 
	1.34
	 	Eligible Retirement Plan:	 	 	7	 
	1.35
	 	Eligible Rollover Distribution:	 	 	7	 
	1.36
	 	Employee:	 	 	7	 
	1.37
	 	Employee After-Tax Contribution:	 	 	8	 
	1.38
	 	Employee After-Tax Election:	 	 	8	 
	1.39
	 	Employer:	 	 	8	 
	1.40
	 	Employer Account:	 	 	8	 
	1.41
	 	Employer Derived Account Balance:	 	 	8	 
	1.42
	 	Employment:	 	 	8	 
	1.43
	 	Entry Date:	 	 	8	 
	1.44
	 	ERISA:	 	 	8	 
	1.45
	 	Excess Aggregate Contributions:	 	 	9	 
	1.46
	 	Excess Contributions:	 	 	9	 
	1.47
	 	Excess Elective Deferral Contributions:	 	 	9	 
	1.48
	 	Fully Vested Severance:	 	 	9	 
	1.49
	 	Group Trust:	 	 	9	 
	1.50
	 	Highly Compensated Employee:	 	 	9	 
	1.51
	 	Hour of Service:	 	 	10	 
	1.52
	 	Immediately Distributable:	 	 	10	 
	1.53
	 	Integration Level:	 	 	10	 
	1.54
	 	Investment Committee:	 	 	11	 
	1.55
	 	Investment Manager:	 	 	11	 
	1.56
	 	IRS:	 	 	11	 
	1.57
	 	Key Employee:	 	 	11	 
	1.58
	 	Leased Employee:	 	 	11	 
	1.59
	 	Life Annuity:	 	 	11	 
	1.60
	 	Limitation Year:	 	 	11	 
	1.61
	 	Master or Prototype Plan:	 	 	12	 
	1.62
	 	Matching Contribution:	 	 	12	 
	1.63
	 	Maternity or Paternity Absence:	 	 	12	 
	1.64
	 	Net Profits:	 	 	12	 
	1.65
	 	Nonhighly Compensated Employee:	 	 	12	 
	1.66
	 	Nonvested Severance:	 	 	12	 
	1.67
	 	Normal Retirement Age:	 	 	12	 
	1.68
	 	Original Effective Date:	 	 	12	 

ii

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE	 	 	 	 	 	PAGE	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	1.69
	 	Owner-Employee:	 	 	12	 
	1.70
	 	Paired Plans:	 	 	12	 
	1.71
	 	Partially Vested Severance:	 	 	12	 
	1.72
	 	Participant:	 	 	13	 
	1.73
	 	Participant Directed Assets:	 	 	13	 
	1.74
	 	Period of Severance:	 	 	13	 
	1.75
	 	Plan:	 	 	13	 
	1.76
	 	Plan Administrator:	 	 	13	 
	1.77
	 	Plan Compensation:	 	 	13	 
	1.78
	 	Plan Year:	 	 	13	 
	1.79
	 	Predecessor Employer:	 	 	14	 
	1.80
	 	Predecessor Employer Service:	 	 	14	 
	1.81
	 	Pre-Tax Contributions:	 	 	14	 
	1.82
	 	Pre-Tax Election:	 	 	14	 
	1.83
	 	Prevailing Wage Contribution:	 	 	14	 
	1.84
	 	Primary Employer:	 	 	14	 
	1.85
	 	Prototype Plan:	 	 	14	 
	1.86
	 	Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity:	 	 	14	 
	1.87
	 	Qualified Matching Contributions:	 	 	14	 
	1.88
	 	Qualified Nonelective Contributions:	 	 	15	 
	1.89
	 	Qualified Plan:	 	 	15	 
	1.90
	 	Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity:	 	 	15	 
	1.91
	 	Qualified Voluntary Employee Contributions (QVECs):	 	 	15	 
	1.92
	 	Qualifying Employer Securities:	 	 	15	 
	1.93
	 	Restatement Effective Date:	 	 	15	 
	1.94
	 	Rollover Contributions:	 	 	15	 
	1.95
	 	Roth Contributions:	 	 	16	 
	1.96
	 	Roth Election:	 	 	16	 
	1.97
	 	Secretary:	 	 	16	 
	1.98
	 	Self-Employed Individual:	 	 	16	 
	1.99
	 	Sponsor:	 	 	16	 
	1.100
	 	Spouse:	 	 	16	 
	1.101
	 	Surviving Spouse:	 	 	16	 
	1.102
	 	Taxable Wage Base:	 	 	17	 
	1.103
	 	Temporary Employee:	 	 	17	 
	1.104
	 	Testing Compensation:	 	 	17	 
	1.105
	 	Trust:	 	 	17	 

iii

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE	 	 	 	 	 	PAGE	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	1.106
	 	Trust Fund:	 	 	17	 
	1.107
	 	Trustee:	 	 	17	 
	1.108
	 	USERRA:	 	 	17	 
	1.109
	 	Valuation Date:	 	 	17	 
	1.110
	 	Vesting Service:	 	 	17	 
	1.111
	 	Years of Service:	 	 	17	 
	 
	 
	ARTICLE II PARTICIPATION	 	 	19	 
	2.1
	 	Admission as a Participant:	 	 	19	 
	 
	 	2.1.1	 	General Rules:	 	 	19	 
	 
	 	2.1.2	 	Changes in Employment Status:	 	 	19	 
	 
	 	2.1.3	 	Elective Deferral and Employee After-Tax Elections:	 	 	19	 
	 
	 	2.1.4	 	Amendment to Age and Service Requirements:	 	 	19	 
	 
	 	2.1.5	 	Amendment to Entry Date:	 	 	19	 
	2.2
	 	Rollover Participant:	 	 	20	 
	2.3
	 	Crediting of Service for Eligibility Purposes — Breaks in Service:	 	 	20	 
	 
	 	2.3.1	 	Nonvested Employees’ Pre-Break Service:	 	 	20	 
	 
	 	2.3.2	 	Vested Participants Retain Service:	 	 	20	 
	2.4
	 	Termination of Participation:	 	 	20	 
	2.5
	 	Corrections with Regard to Participation:	 	 	20	 
	 
	 	2.5.1	 	Omission of Participant:	 	 	20	 
	 
	 	2.5.2	 	Erroneous Inclusion in Plan:	 	 	21	 
	 
	 	2.5.3	 	EPCRS Correction:	 	 	21	 
	 
	 	2.5.4	 	Employer and Plan Administrator Responsible for Correction:	 	 	21	 
	2.6
	 	Provision of Information:	 	 	21	 
	2.7
	 	Waiver of Plan Participation:	 	 	21	 
	2.8
	 	USERRA — Crediting Service:	 	 	21	 
	 
	 
	ARTICLE III CONTRIBUTIONS AND ACCOUNT ALLOCATIONS	 	 	22	 
	3.1
	 	Employer Contributions and Allocations:	 	 	22	 
	 
	 	3.1.1	 	Profit Sharing Contributions:	 	 	22	 
	 
	 	3.1.2	 	Matching Contributions:	 	 	22	 
	 
	 	3.1.3	 	Money Purchase Contributions:	 	 	22	 
	 
	 	3.1.4	 	410(b) Related Provisions:	 	 	22	 
	 
	 	3.1.5	 	Contributions on Behalf of Disabled Participants:	 	 	23	 
	 
	 	3.1.6	 	Permitted Disparity:	 	 	23	 
	 
	 	3.1.7	 	Cross Testing	 	 	25	 
	 
	 	3.1.8	 	Contributions Provided by Leasing Organization:	 	 	26	 
	 
	 	3.1.9	 	Short Plan Year:	 	 	26	 

iv

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE	 	 	 	 	 	PAGE	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	3.1.10	 	Plan Year to Which Contributions are Deemed to be Made:	 	 	26	 
	 
	 	3.1.11	 	Collectively Bargained Employees	 	 	26	 
	3.2
	 	Employee After-Tax Contributions:	 	 	26	 
	3.3
	 	Rollover Contributions:	 	 	27	 
	3.4
	 	Elective Deferral Contributions and Account Allocations:	 	 	27	 
	 
	 	3.4.1	 	Elective Deferral Contributions:	 	 	27	 
	 
	 	3.4.2	 	Limitation on Elective Deferral Contributions:	 	 	28	 
	For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall satisfy the following requirements:	 	 	32	 
	3.5
	 	Limitation on Contribution Percentage:	 	 	33	 
	For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall satisfy the following requirements:	 	 	37	 
	3.6
	 	Establishing of Accounts:	 	 	38	 
	 
	 	3.6.1	 	Pre-Tax Contributions Account:	 	 	38	 
	 
	 	3.6.2	 	Roth Contributions Account:	 	 	38	 
	 
	 	3.6.3	 	Profit Sharing or Money Purchase Contributions Account:	 	 	38	 
	 
	 	3.6.4	 	Employee After-Tax Contributions Account:	 	 	38	 
	 
	 	3.6.5	 	Matching Contributions Account:	 	 	38	 
	 
	 	3.6.6	 	Qualified Matching Contributions Account:	 	 	38	 
	 
	 	3.6.7	 	Qualified Nonelective Contributions Account:	 	 	38	 
	 
	 	3.6.8	 	Rollover Contributions Account:	 	 	38	 
	 
	 	3.6.9	 	QVEC Account:	 	 	38	 
	 
	 	3.6.10	 	Prevailing Wage Account:	 	 	39	 
	 
	 	3.6.11	 	Safe Harbor Matching Contributions Account:	 	 	39	 
	 
	 	3.6.12	 	Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions Account:	 	 	39	 
	 
	 	3.6.13	 	Miscellaneous Account:	 	 	39	 
	3.7
	 	Limitation on Amount of Allocations:	 	 	39	 
	 
	 	3.7.1	 	Definitions:	 	 	39	 
	 
	 	3.7.2	 	Annual Additions Limit:	 	 	41	 
	 
	 	3.7.3	 	Participation in More Than One Plan:	 	 	42	 
	 
	 	3.7.4	 	Participation in Non-Prototype Plans:	 	 	43	 
	3.8
	 	Return of Employer Contributions Under Special Circumstances:	 	 	43	 
	 
	 	3.8.1	 	Contributions Are Conditional:	 	 	43	 
	 
	 	3.8.2	 	Return of Contributions:	 	 	44	 
	3.9
	 	QVECs:	 	 	44	 
	3.10
	 	Qualified Nonelective Contributions:	 	 	44	 
	3.11
	 	Qualified Matching Contributions:	 	 	44	 

v

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE	 	 	 	 	 	PAGE	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	3.12
	 	Contribution and Allocation of Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions:	 	 	44	 
	3.13
	 	Prevailing Wage Contribution:	 	 	45	 
	3.14
	 	Safe Harbor Method CODA:	 	 	45	 
	 
	 	3.14.1	 	Rule of Application:	 	 	45	 
	 
	 	3.14.2	 	Governing Provisions:	 	 	45	 
	 
	 	3.14.3	 	Definitions:	 	 	45	 
	 
	 	3.14.4	 	ADP Test Safe Harbor:	 	 	45	 
	 
	 	3.14.5	 	ACP Test Safe Harbor:	 	 	46	 
	 
	 	3.14.6	 	Contributions Fully Vested:	 	 	47	 
	3.15
	 	USERRA:	 	 	47	 
	3.16
	 	Electronic Media:	 	 	48	 
	 
	 
	ARTICLE IV VESTING	 	 	48	 
	4.1
	 	Determination of Vesting:	 	 	48	 
	 
	 	4.1.1	 	Vested Accounts:	 	 	48	 
	 
	 	4.1.2	 	Full Vesting Events:	 	 	48	 
	 
	 	4.1.3	 	Other Vesting Events:	 	 	48	 
	 
	 	4.1.4	 	Forfeitures:	 	 	49	 
	4.2
	 	Rules for Crediting Vesting Service:	 	 	49	 
	 
	 	4.2.1	 	General Rule:	 	 	49	 
	 
	 	4.2.2	 	Breaks in Service:	 	 	49	 
	4.3
	 	Employer Accounts Forfeitures:	 	 	49	 
	 
	 	4.3.1	 	Nonvested Severance:	 	 	49	 
	 
	 	4.3.2	 	Partially Vested Severance:	 	 	49	 
	 
	 	4.3.3	 	Vesting After Partial Distribution:	 	 	49	 
	 
	 	4.3.4	 	Withdrawal Does Not Cause Forfeiture:	 	 	50	 
	4.4
	 	Top-Heavy Provisions:	 	 	50	 
	 
	 	4.4.1	 	Terms:	 	 	50	 
	 
	 	4.4.2	 	Top-Heavy Vesting Schedule:	 	 	52	 
	 
	 	4.4.3	 	Minimum Allocation:	 	 	52	 
	 
	 
	ARTICLE V AMOUNT AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS, WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS	 	 	53	 
	5.1
	 	Distribution:	 	 	53	 
	 
	 	5.1.1	 	Benefit Commencement Date:	 	 	53	 
	 
	 	5.1.2	 	Elective Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective, Qualified Matching, and Safe Harbor Contributions:	 	 	53	 
	5.2
	 	Amount of Benefits Upon a Fully Vested Severance:	 	 	53	 
	5.3
	 	Amount of Benefits Upon a Partially Vested Severance:	 	 	53	 
	5.4
	 	Amount of Benefits Upon a Nonvested Severance:	 	 	54	 

vi

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE	 	 	 	 	 	PAGE	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	5.5
	 	Amount of Benefits Upon a Severance Due to Disability:	 	 	54	 
	5.6
	 	Distribution and Restoration:	 	 	54	 
	 
	 	5.6.1	 	Cash-Out of Small Amounts:	 	 	54	 
	 
	 	5.6.2	 	Forfeiture of Nonvested Account Upon Distribution:	 	 	55	 
	 
	 	5.6.3	 	Restoration of Forfeited Amounts:	 	 	55	 
	 
	 	5.6.4	 	Consent Requirements:	 	 	55	 
	 
	 	5.6.5	 	Timing of Notice and Consent:	 	 	55	 
	5.7
	 	Withdrawals During Employment:	 	 	56	 
	 
	 	5.7.1	 	Age 591/2 Withdrawal:	 	 	56	 
	 
	 	5.7.2	 	Age 701/2 or Normal Retirement Age Withdrawal:	 	 	56	 
	 
	 	5.7.3	 	Rollover Contribution and Employee After-Tax Contribution Withdrawal:	 	 	56	 
	 
	 	5.7.4	 	Rules and Procedures:	 	 	56	 
	 
	 	5.7.5	 	Forfeitures:	 	 	56	 
	 
	 	5.7.6	 	Spousal Consent:	 	 	57	 
	 
	 	5.7.7	 	Transfers From Money Purchase Pension Plan to Profit Sharing Plan:	 	 	57	 
	5.8
	 	Loans:	 	 	57	 
	 
	 	5.8.1	 	Participant Loans:	 	 	57	 
	 
	 	5.8.2	 	Conditions for Loans:	 	 	57	 
	 
	 	5.8.3	 	Account Adjustments:	 	 	58	 
	 
	 	5.8.4	 	General Rules:	 	 	58	 
	 
	 	5.8.5	 	Suspension of Loan Repayments:	 	 	58	 
	5.9
	 	Hardship Distributions:	 	 	59	 
	 
	 	5.9.1	 	General Rules:	 	 	59	 
	 
	 	5.9.2	 	Immediate and Heavy Financial Need:	 	 	59	 
	 
	 	5.9.3	 	Distribution Necessary to Satisfy Financial Need:	 	 	59	 
	 
	 	5.9.4	 	Exception to General Rules:	 	 	60	 
	5.10
	 	Limitation on Commencement of Benefits:	 	 	60	 
	5.11
	 	Distribution Requirements:	 	 	60	 
	 
	 	5.11.1	 	Definitions:	 	 	60	 
	 
	 	5.11.2	 	Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated:	 	 	61	 
	 
	 	5.11.3	 	TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) Elections:	 	 	61	 
	 
	 	5.11.4	 	Time and Manner of Distribution:	 	 	61	 
	 
	 	5.11.5	 	Payment of Required Minimum Distributions during Participant’s Lifetime:	 	 	62	 
	 
	 	5.11.6	 	Required Minimum Distributions after Participant’s Death:	 	 	63	 
	5.12
	 	Electronic Media:	 	 	64	 
	 
	 
	ARTICLE VI FORMS OF PAYMENT OF RETIREMENT BENEFITS	 	 	64	 
	6.1
	 	Methods of Distribution:	 	 	64	 

vii

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE	 	 	 	 	 	PAGE	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	6.1.1	 	Plans Subject to Annuity
Requirements – Normal Form of Benefit:	 	 	64	 
	 
	 	6.1.2	 	Non-QJSA Profit Sharing Plans – Single Sum Normal Form of Benefit:	 	 	64	 
	6.2
	 	Election of Optional Forms:	 	 	65	 
	 
	 	6.2.1	 	QJSA Explanation:	 	 	65	 
	 
	 	6.2.2	 	Election Revocation:	 	 	66	 
	 
	 	6.2.3	 	Spousal Consent to QJSA/QPSA Waiver:	 	 	66	 
	 
	 	6.2.4	 	Death Before Benefits Commence:	 	 	66	 
	6.3
	 	Change in Form of Benefit Payments:	 	 	67	 
	6.4
	 	Direct Rollovers:	 	 	67	 
	6.5
	 	Electronic Media:	 	 	67	 
	 
	 
	ARTICLE VII DEATH BENEFITS	 	 	67	 
	7.1
	 	Payment of Account Balances:	 	 	67	 
	 
	 	7.1.1	 	Payment to Beneficiary:	 	 	67	 
	 
	 	7.1.2	 	Form of Benefit:	 	 	67	 
	 
	 	7.1.3	 	Cash Out:	 	 	68	 
	7.2
	 	Beneficiaries:	 	 	68	 
	 
	 	7.2.1	 	Written Explanation of Benefit:	 	 	68	 
	 
	 	7.2.2	 	Beneficiary Designation:	 	 	68	 
	 
	 	7.2.3	 	Manner of Designation:	 	 	69	 
	 
	 	7.2.4	 	Beneficiary of Married Participants
– Designation of Non-Spouse Beneficiary:	 	 	69	 
	7.3
	 	Multiple Beneficiaries:	 	 	70	 
	7.4
	 	Qualified Disclaimers:	 	 	70	 
	7.5
	 	Electronic Media:	 	 	70	 
	 
	 
	ARTICLE VIII FIDUCIARIES	 	 	70	 
	8.1
	 	Named Fiduciaries:	 	 	70	 
	 
	 	8.1.1	 	Plan Administrator:	 	 	70	 
	 
	 	8.1.2	 	Named Fiduciaries:	 	 	70	 
	 
	 	8.1.3	 	Investment Authority:	 	 	71	 
	 
	 	8.1.4	 	ERISA Fiduciary Duty Standards.  Each fiduciary of the Plan shall discharge his or her	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	duties with respect to the Plan solely in the interest of the Participants and Beneficiaries	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	and:	 	 	71	 
	8.2
	 	Employment of Advisers:	 	 	71	 
	8.3
	 	Multiple Fiduciary Capacities:	 	 	71	 
	8.4
	 	Indemnification:	 	 	71	 
	8.5
	 	Payment of Expenses:	 	 	72	 
	 
	 	8.5.1	 	Plan Expenses:	 	 	72	 
	 
	 	8.5.2	 	Transactional Costs:	 	 	72	 
	8.6
	 	Taxes:	 	 	72	 

viii

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE	 	 	 	 	 	PAGE	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	8.6.1	 	Permitted Payments:	 	 	72	 
	 
	 
	ARTICLE IX PLAN ADMINISTRATION	 	 	72	 
	9.1
	 	The Plan Administrator:	 	 	72	 
	 
	 	9.1.1	 	Appointment of Plan Administrator:	 	 	72	 
	 
	 	9.1.2	 	Voting Authority:	 	 	72	 
	 
	 	9.1.3	 	Other Authority:	 	 	73	 
	9.2
	 	Powers and Duties of the Plan Administrator:	 	 	73	 
	 
	 	9.2.1	 	Interpretation of Plan Document:	 	 	73	 
	 
	 	9.2.2	 	Administrative Powers:	 	 	73	 
	 
	 	9.2.3	 	Elections:	 	 	73	 
	 
	 	9.2.4	 	Miscellaneous:	 	 	73	 
	9.3
	 	Delegation of Responsibility:	 	 	73	 
	9.4
	 	Administrative Error:	 	 	73	 
	 
	 
	ARTICLE X TRUSTEE AND INVESTMENT COMMITTEE	 	 	74	 
	10.1
	 	Appointment of Trustee and Investment Committee:	 	 	74	 
	 
	 	10.1.1	 	Appointment:	 	 	74	 
	 
	 	10.1.2	 	Status of Trustee:	 	 	74	 
	 
	 	10.1.3	 	Action of Trustee:	 	 	74	 
	 
	 	10.1.4	 	Action of the Employer:	 	 	74	 
	10.2
	 	The Trust Fund	 	 	74	 
	 
	 	10.2.1	 	Contributions to Trust Fund:	 	 	75	 
	 
	 	10.2.2	 	Assets of Trust Fund:	 	 	75	 
	10.3
	 	Relationship with Plan Administrator:	 	 	75	 
	 
	 	10.3.1	 	Trustee Not Responsible for Payments from the Trust Fund:	 	 	75	 
	 
	 	10.3.2	 	Communication of Plan Administrator Directions:	 	 	75	 
	 
	 	10.3.3	 	Disputes Concerning Payments:	 	 	75	 
	10.4
	 	Investment of Assets:	 	 	76	 
	 
	 	10.4.1	 	Permissible Investments:	 	 	76	 
	 
	 	10.4.2	 	Investment Limitations:	 	 	76	 
	 
	 	10.4.3	 	Investments in Qualifying Employer Securities or Qualifying Employer Real Property:	 	 	76	 
	 
	 	10.4.4	 	Prototype Plan:	 	 	76	 
	10.5
	 	Investment Direction, Participant Directed Assets and Qualifying Employer Investments:	 	 	77	 
	 
	 	10.5.1	 	Management of Investments:	 	 	77	 
	 
	 	10.5.2	 	Participant Directed Assets:	 	 	77	 
	 
	 	10.5.3	 	Administration of Participant Directed Assets:	 	 	77	 
	 
	 	10.5.4	 	Investment of Funds Pending Investment Direction:	 	 	77	 

ix

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE	 	 	 	 	 	PAGE	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	10.5.5	 	Communication of Investment Direction:	 	 	78	 
	 
	 	10.5.6	 	Voting and Other Rights Other than for Qualifying Employer Securities:	 	 	78	 
	 
	 	10.5.7	 	Voting Qualifying Employer Securities:	 	 	78	 
	 
	 	10.5.8	 	Tender or Exchange of Qualifying Employer Securities:	 	 	78	 
	 
	 	10.5.9	 	Failure to Vote or Tender With Respect to Trust Fund Assets:	 	 	78	 
	 
	 	10.5.10	 	Proxy Materials:	 	 	79	 
	 
	 	10.5.11	 	Common or Collective Trust Fund:	 	 	79	 
	10.6
	 	Valuation of Accounts:	 	 	79	 
	 
	 	10.6.1	 	Valuation Date:	 	 	79	 
	 
	 	10.6.2	 	Valuation Date of Distribution:	 	 	79	 
	 
	 	10.6.3	 	Valuation of Assets:	 	 	79	 
	 
	 	10.6.4	 	Loans:	 	 	80	 
	10.7
	 	Insurance Contracts:	 	 	80	 
	 
	 	10.7.1	 	Authority to Appoint Insurance Company:	 	 	80	 
	 
	 	10.7.2	 	Payment of Insurance Premiums:	 	 	80	 
	 
	 	10.7.3	 	Owner of Insurance Contract:	 	 	80	 
	 
	 	10.7.4	 	Dividends Earned on Insurance:	 	 	80	 
	 
	 	10.7.5	 	Reduced Death Benefit:	 	 	80	 
	 
	 	10.7.6	 	Cash Surrender Value:	 	 	81	 
	 
	 	10.7.7	 	Minimum Premium Requirements:	 	 	81	 
	 
	 	10.7.8	 	Origination of Premium Payments:	 	 	81	 
	 
	 	10.7.9	 	Distribution of Life Insurance Contracts:	 	 	81	 
	 
	 	10.7.10	 	Conflict Between Plan and Insurance Contract:	 	 	81	 
	10.8
	 	The Investment Manager:	 	 	82	 
	 
	 	10.8.1	 	Appointment:	 	 	82	 
	 
	 	10.8.2	 	Qualifications of Investment Manager:	 	 	82	 
	 
	 	10.8.3	 	Investment Manager as Fiduciary:	 	 	82	 
	 
	 	10.8.4	 	Identification of Amounts for Investment Manager:	 	 	82	 
	 
	 	10.8.5	 	Second Trust Fund:	 	 	82	 
	10.9
	 	Powers of Trustee:	 	 	83	 
	 
	 	10.9.1	 	Trustee’s Power:	 	 	83	 
	 
	 	10.9.2	 	Additional Powers:	 	 	84	 
	 
	 	10.9.3	 	Limitations on Trustee’s Authority:	 	 	84	 
	10.10
	 	Accounting and Records:	 	 	84	 
	 
	 	10.10.1	 	Maintenance of Records and Accounts:	 	 	84	 
	 
	 	10.10.2	 	Written Accounting:	 	 	84	 
	10.11
	 	Judicial Settlement of Accounts:	 	 	85	 

x

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE	 	 	 	 	 	PAGE	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	10.12
	 	Resignation and Removal of Trustee:	 	 	85	 
	 
	 	10.12.1	 	Resignation of Trustee:	 	 	85	 
	 
	 	10.12.2	 	Removal of Trustee:	 	 	85	 
	 
	 	10.12.3	 	Successor Trustee:	 	 	85	 
	 
	 	10.12.4	 	Settlement of Accounts:	 	 	85	 
	 
	 	10.12.5	 	Transfer of Assets:	 	 	85	 
	 
	 	10.12.6	 	Rights and Privileges:	 	 	85	 
	10.13
	 	Group Trust:	 	 	86	 
	 
	 	10.13.1	 	Trustee of Group Trust:	 	 	86	 
	 
	 	10.13.2	 	Maintenance of Accounting Records:	 	 	86	 
	10.14
	 	Disclosure to Merrill Lynch Affiliates and Portfolio Companies:	 	 	86	 
	 
	 
	ARTICLE XI PLAN AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION	 	 	86	 
	11.1
	 	Plan Amendment:	 	 	86	 
	 
	 	11.1.1	 	Authority to Amend:	 	 	86	 
	 
	 	11.1.2	 	Recognition as Prototype Plan:	 	 	87	 
	 
	 	11.1.3	 	Limitations of Amendments:	 	 	87	 
	 
	 	11.1.4	 	Vesting Schedule Amendment:	 	 	87	 
	11.2
	 	Right of the Employer to Terminate Plan:	 	 	88	 
	 
	 	11.2.1	 	Authority to Terminate:	 	 	88	 
	 
	 	11.2.2	 	Additional Power to Terminate:	 	 	88	 
	 
	 	11.2.3	 	Miscellaneous:	 	 	88	 
	11.3
	 	Effect of Partial or Complete Termination or Complete Discontinuance of Contributions:	 	 	88	 
	 
	 	11.3.1	 	Determination of Date of Complete or Partial Termination:	 	 	88	 
	 
	 	11.3.2	 	Effect of Termination:	 	 	88	 
	 
	 	11.3.3	 	Distribution of Accounts:	 	 	89	 
	 
	 
	ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS	 	 	89	 
	12.1
	 	Exclusive Benefit of Participants:	 	 	89	 
	12.2
	 	Plan Not a Contract of Employment:	 	 	89	 
	12.3
	 	Action by Employer:	 	 	89	 
	12.4
	 	Source of Benefits:	 	 	90	 
	12.5
	 	Benefits Not Assignable:	 	 	90	 
	12.6
	 	Domestic Relations Orders:	 	 	90	 
	12.7
	 	Claims Procedure:	 	 	90	 
	 
	 	12.7.1	 	Benefit Claims Other Than on Account of Disability:	 	 	90	 
	 
	 	12.7.2	 	Disability Claims:	 	 	90	 
	12.8
	 	Records and Documents:	 	 	91	 
	12.9
	 	Benefits Payable to Minors, Incompetents and Others:	 	 	91	 

xi

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE	 	 	 	 	 	PAGE	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	12.10
	 	Plan Merger or Transfer of Assets:	 	 	91	 
	 
	 	12.10.1	 	Continuation of Plan:	 	 	91	 
	 
	 	12.10.2	 	Benefit of Participants:	 	 	91	 
	12.11
	 	Employers:	 	 	92	 
	 
	 	12.11.1	 	Adoption of Plan by Affiliates:	 	 	92	 
	 
	 	12.11.2	 	Termination of Participation in Plan	 	 	92	 
	 
	 	12.11.3	 	Employer Power:	 	 	92	 
	12.12
	 	Controlling Law:	 	 	92	 
	12.13
	 	Singular and Plural and Article and Section References:	 	 	92	 
	12.14
	 	USERRA:	 	 	92	 
	12.15
	 	Unclaimed Benefit:	 	 	92	 
	12.16
	 	Electronic Media:	 	 	92	 
	The Base Plan Document #03 shall be amended to include the following section at the end of Article III. A term that is not otherwise defined below shall have the meaning given to that term in the
Prototype Plan.	 	 	93	 

xii

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

As used in this Base Plan Document and its related Adoption Agreements, each of the following terms
shall have the meaning given to that term as set forth in this Article I:

1.1 415 Limitation Compensation: 

415 Limitation Compensation is Compensation as defined in the Adoption Agreement and shall be the
same as Plan Compensation disregarding any exclusions and including elective deferrals (as defined
in Code Section 402(g)(3)) and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the
election of the Employee and which is not includible in the gross income of the Employee by reason
of Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4) or 457. 415 Limitation Compensation is used for purposes of the
Annual Additions limitation of Code Section 415 and Section 3.7. Unless selected otherwise in the
Adoption Agreement, 415 Limitation Compensation shall be Form W-2 Compensation.

1.2 Account:

The Account maintained for a Participant. With respect to each Participant, the following separate
source accounts shall be maintained, as necessary: a Pre-Tax Contributions Account, a Roth
Contributions Account, an Employee After-Tax Contributions Account, a Profit Sharing Contributions
Account, a Money Purchase Contributions Account, a Matching Contributions Account, a Qualified
Matching Contributions Account, a Qualified Nonelective Contributions Account, a Rollover
Contributions Account, a Prevailing Wage Contributions Account, a QVEC Account, a Safe Harbor
Matching Contributions Account, and a Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions Account. Also, the
Plan Administrator may establish other Miscellaneous Account(s) as it deems necessary to administer
the Plan. Subaccount means any one or more of the separate source accounts referred to in this
Section.

1.3 Account Balance: 

The value of an Account, or Subaccount (as the context requires) determined as of the applicable Valuation Date.

1.4 ACP Test:

The Actual Contribution Percentage test set forth in Section 3.5(A) which is used to determine the
maximum ACP Contribution Amounts (generally, Employee After-Tax and Matching Contributions)
permitted for a Highly Compensated Employee.

1.5 Actual Contribution Percentage: 

The ratio defined in Section 3.5(A)(1)(a) for purposes of the ACP Test.

1.6 Actual Deferral Percentage:

The ratio defined in Section 3.4.2(B)(1)(a) for purposes of the ADP Test.

1.7 Adoption Agreement:

The document so designated with respect to this Prototype Plan that is executed by the Employer, as
amended from time to time.

1.8 ADP Test: 

The Actual Deferral Percentage test set forth in Section 3.4.2(B) which is used to determine the
maximum amount of Highly Compensated Employee deferrals (generally, Pre-Tax Contributions and Roth
Contributions) under the Plan.

1

 

1.9 Affiliate: 

Any corporation or unincorporated trade or business that is:

     (A) a member of a “controlled group of corporations” (within the meaning of Code Section
414(b)) that includes the Employer;

     (B) a member of any trade or business under “common control” (within the meaning of Code
Section 414(c)) with the Employer;

     (C) a member of an “affiliated service group” (within the meaning of Code Section 414(m))
that includes the Employer; or

     (D) any other entity to the extent required to be aggregated with the Employer under Code
Section 414(o).

The Plan Administrator will also determine and apply “Affiliate” status in accordance with Code Section 415(h).

1.10 Annuity Contract:

An individual or group annuity contract issued by an insurance company providing periodic benefits,
whether fixed, variable or both, the benefits or value of which a Participant or Beneficiary cannot
transfer, sell, assign, discount, or pledge as collateral for a loan or as security for the
performance of an obligation, or for any other purpose, to any person other than the issuer
thereof. The terms of any annuity contract purchased and distributed by the Plan to a Participant
or Spouse shall comply with the requirements of this Plan.

1.11 Average Contribution Percentage or ACP: 

For a specified group of eligible Participants for the Plan Year, the average of the Participants’
Actual Contribution Percentages determined as provided in Section 3.5(A)(1)(c) for purposes of the
ACP Test.

1.12 Average Deferral Percentage or ADP: 

For a specified group of eligible Participants for the Plan Year, the average of the Participants’
Actual Deferral Percentages determined as provided in Section 3.4.2(B)(1)(c) for purposes of the
ADP Test.

1.13 Base Plan Document:

The document so designated with respect to this Prototype Plan.

1.14 Beneficiary:

A person, persons, trust or trusts entitled to receive any payment of benefits under Article VII.
For purposes of ERISA reporting and disclosure, a Beneficiary becomes entitled to disclosure of
relevant plan documents only upon the Participant’s death, or if an individual becomes or is
entitled to become an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order within the meaning
of Code Section 414(p).

1.15 Benefit Commencement Date: 

As determined under Article V, the first day with regard to which a Participant or Beneficiary
receives or begins to receive payment in any form of distribution as a result of death, Disability,
termination of Employment, Early Retirement Age, Plan termination or upon or after Normal
Retirement Age or age 701/2.

1.16 Benefit Factor:

The factor used to determine an equivalent benefit rate to convert a defined contribution
allocation rate to a defined benefit accrual rate for cross testing purposes. Standard mortality
and interest rates as defined under Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(a)(4)-12 will apply. Normal
Retirement Age as defined in Section 1.67.

2

 

1.17 Break in Service: 

     (A) General Rule. For purposes of the hourly records method, a 12-consecutive month
period (Computation Period) during which a Participant does not complete more than 500 Hours of
Service with the Employer. For purposes of the elapsed time method, a Break in Service is a Period
of Severance of at least 12 consecutive months.

     (B) Maternity or Paternity Absence — Hourly Records Method. Solely for purposes of
determining whether a Break in Service for participation and vesting purposes has occurred in a
Computation Period, an individual who is absent from work due to a Maternity or Paternity Absence
shall receive credit for the Hours of Service which would have otherwise been credited to the
individual but for that absence. In any case in which these hours cannot be determined, the
individual shall receive credit for 8 Hours of Service per day of that absence. The Hours of
Service credited under this paragraph shall be credited (1) in the Computation Period in which the
absence begins if crediting is necessary to prevent a Break in Service in that period, or (2) in
all other cases, the following Computation Period.

     (C) USERRA. No Break-in-Service shall occur due to an individual’s “qualified
military service” (as defined in Code Section 414(u)) if the individual is entitled to reemployment
rights under USERRA.

1.18 CODA: 

A cash or deferred arrangement under Code Section 401(k) which is part of a profit sharing plan and
under which a Participant may elect to make Pre-Tax Contributions and/or Roth Contributions in
accordance with Section 3.4.1.

1.19 Code: 

The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. A reference to a specific
provision of the Code shall include such provision and any applicable regulation pertaining
thereto.

1.20 Compensation: 

Compensation as selected in an Adoption Agreement and defined in this Section 1.20, is subject to
any exclusions or limitations elected in an Adoption Agreement and subject to the further
provisions of this Section 1.20. Unless selected otherwise in an Adoption Agreement, and except in
the case of Self-Employed Individuals, Compensation shall include only that Compensation which is
actually paid to the Participant during the Plan Year, and shall be defined as Form W-2
Compensation.

     (A) Form W-2 Compensation.

          For an Employee other than a Self-Employed Individual, information required to be reported
under Sections 6041, 6051 and 6052 (“Wages, Tips and Other Compensation” Box on Form W-2).
Compensation is defined as wages within the meaning of Code Section 3401(a) and all other payments
of compensation to an Employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employer’s trade or business)
for which the Employer is required to furnish the Employee a written statement under Code Sections
6041(d), 6051(a)(3), and 6052. Compensation must be determined without regard to any rules under
Code Section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location
of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code
Section 3401(a)(2)).

     (B) Code Section 3401(a) wages.

          For an Employee other than a Self-Employed Individual, Compensation is defined as wages
within the meaning of Code Section 3401(a) for the purposes of income tax withholding at the
source but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages
based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception
for agricultural labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)).

3

 

     (C) Code Section 415 Safe-Harbor Compensation.

          For an Employee other than a Self-Employed Individual, wages, salaries, and fees for
professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is
paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of Employment with the
Employer maintaining the Plan to the extent that the amounts are included in gross income,
including, but not limited to, commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis
of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and
reimbursements or other expense allowances under a non-accountable plan (as described in Treas.
Reg. Section 1.62-2(c)) and excluding the following:

          (1) Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation which are not includible in the
Employee’s gross income for the taxable year in which contributed, or contributions under a
simplified employee pension plan (within the meaning of Code Section 408(k)) to the extent such
contributions are deductible by the Employee, or any distributions from a plan of deferred
compensation;

          (2) Amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, or when restricted
stock (or other property) held by the Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture (both quoted terms within the meaning of Code Section
83(a));

          (3) Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a
qualified stock option; and

          (4) Other amounts which received special tax benefits, or contributions made by the Employer
(whether or not under a salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity described in
Code Section 403(b) (whether or not the amounts are actually excludable from the gross income of
the Employee);

     (D) Self-Employed Individuals. For a Self-Employed Individual, Compensation means his
or her Earned Income which is payable with respect to the Plan Year (even if not actually paid
during the Plan Year).

     (E) Elective Contributions. Unless excluded as selected in an Adoption Agreement,
Compensation shall include Elective Contributions.

     (F) Compensation Limit. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, the Annual
Compensation of each Participant taken into account in determining all benefits provided under the
Plan shall not exceed $200,000, as adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with Code
Section 401(a)(17)(B). “Annual Compensation” means Compensation during the Plan Year or such other
consecutive 12-month period over which Compensation is otherwise determined under the Plan (the
determination period). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to
Annual Compensation for the determination period that begins with or within such calendar year.

     (G) Short Plan Year. If a determination period consists of fewer than 12 months, the
limit on Annual Compensation (described in (F)) is an amount equal to the otherwise applicable
Annual Compensation multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the
short determination period, and the denominator of which is 12.

     (H) Prior Determination Periods. If Compensation for any prior determination period
is taken into account in determining a Participant’s allocations for the current Plan Year, the
Compensation for such prior determination period is subject to the applicable limit on Annual
Compensation in effect for that prior period. In determining allocations in Plan Years beginning
on or after January 1, 1994, the limit on Annual Compensation in effect for determination periods
beginning before that date is $150,000, as adjusted.

     (I) Severance Pay. Compensation for purposes of determining the amount of a
Participant’s Pre-Tax Contributions and Roth Contributions shall not include severance pay that is
paid after severance from employment.

4

 

1.21 Computation Period: 

     (A) Vesting Computation Period. If the Hourly Records Method is selected, Vesting
Computation Period means the Plan Year. If the Elapsed Time Method is selected, Vesting
Computation Period means the 12-month period ending on the first anniversary of the Employee’s date
of hire and each anniversary thereafter. Unless selected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, the
Hourly Records Method shall be used.

     (B) Eligibility Computation Period. To determine Years of Service and Breaks in
Service for purposes of eligibility, the initial Eligibility Computation Period is the
12-consecutive month period beginning on the date the Employee first performs an Hour of Service
for the Employer (referred to herein as the “date of hire”).

          If the Hourly Records Method is selected, the succeeding 12-consecutive month periods
commence with either (1) or (2) below:

          (1) unless selected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, the first anniversary of the
Employee’s date of hire, or

          (2) the first Plan Year which commences before the first anniversary of the Employee’s date of
hire (regardless of whether the Employee is entitled to be credited with 1,000 Hours of Service
during the initial Eligibility Computation Period). An Employee who is credited with 1,000 Hours
of Service in both the initial Eligibility Computation Period and the first Plan Year which
commences before the first anniversary of the Employee’s initial Eligibility Computation Period
will be credited with two Years of Service for purposes of eligibility to participate.

          If the Elapsed Time Method is selected, the succeeding 12-consecutive month periods shall be
each anniversary date thereafter.

The same Eligibility Computation Period must be used for determining both Years of Service and
Breaks in Service.

     (C) Computation Period Change. When a Plan amendment changes the Plan’s Eligibility
Computation Period, an Employee who completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service in both the last
pre-amendment Computation Period and the first post-amendment Computation Period under the Plan
shall be credited with two Years of Service. The last pre-amendment Computation Period will end
during the first post-amendment Computation Period under the Plan as amended.

1.22 Defined Benefit Plan: 

A plan of the type defined in Code Section 414(j) maintained by the Primary Employer or any
Affiliate, as applicable.

1.23 Defined Contribution Plan: 

A plan of the type defined in Code Section 414(i) maintained by the Primary Employer or any
Affiliate, as applicable.

1.24 Disability: 

Unless selected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, Disability shall mean the inability to engage
in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental
impairment which can be expected to result in death or to be of long-continued and indefinite
duration. The permanence and degree of such impairment shall be supported by medical evidence. In
all events, the final determination of whether an individual has incurred a Disability shall be
made by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.

1.25 Distributee: 

For purposes of distributing an Eligible Rollover Distribution, a Distributee includes an Employee
or former Employee. In addition, the Employee’s or former Employee’s Surviving Spouse and the
Employee’s or former

5

 

Employee’s Spouse or former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations
order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), are Distributees with regard to the interest of the
Spouse or former Spouse.

1.26 Early Retirement Age: 

Unless selected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, there shall be no Early Retirement Age.
Otherwise, Early Retirement Age shall be the age selected in the Adoption Agreement.

1.27 Early Retirement Date: 

The Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date following his or her Early Retirement Age, if selected
in the Adoption Agreement, and before his or her attainment of Normal Retirement Age.

1.28 Earned Income: 

The net earnings from self-employment in the trade or business with respect to which a Plan is
established, for which personal services of the individual are a material income-producing factor.
Net earnings will be determined without regard to items not included in gross income and the
deductions allocable to such items. Net earnings are reduced by contributions by the Employer to a
Qualified Plan to the extent deductible under Code Section 404. Net earnings shall be determined
with regard to the deduction allowed to the taxpayer by Code Section 164(f) for taxable years
beginning after December 31, 1989.

1.29 Election Period: 

If the Plan is subject to the qualified pre-retirement survivor annuity requirements, the Election
Period is the period that begins on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains
age 35 and ends on the date of the Participant’s death. If a Participant has a severance from
employment before the first day of the Plan Year in which he or she attains age 35, with respect to
the Account Balance as of the date of separation, the Election Period shall begin on the date of
severance.

1.30 Elective Contributions:

Any amount that is contributed by the Employer under a salary reduction agreement with a
Participant and that is not includible in the Participant’s gross income by reason of Code Sections
402(e)(3) (Pre-Tax Contributions), 402(h)(1) (certain pre-tax deferrals to a simplified employee
pension plan), 403(b) (certain Employee deferrals under a tax deferred annuity), 408(p)(2)(A)(i)
(simple retirement account), 125 (cafeteria plan deductions), 132(f)(4) (qualified transportation
fringe benefits), or 457 (certain deferred compensation plans).

1.31 Elective Deferral Contributions:

Any Pre-Tax Contributions or Roth Contributions made to this Plan at the election of a Participant,
in lieu of cash compensation. With respect to any calendar year, a Participant’s Elective Deferral
Contributions is the sum of all Employer contributions made on behalf of such Participant pursuant
to an election to defer under any qualified cash or deferred arrangement (“CODA”) described in Code
Section 401(k), any salary reduction simplified employee pension plan described in Code Section
408(k)(6), any SIMPLE IRA Plan described in Code Section 408(p), any plan described under Code
Section 501(c)(18), and any contributions made on the behalf of a Participant for the purchase of
any annuity contract under Code Section 403(b) under a salary reduction agreement. Elective
Deferral Contributions shall not include any deferrals properly distributed as Excess Amounts under
Section 3.7.2 and are limited by Code Section 402(g) (See Section 3.4.2).

1.32 Elective Deferral Election:

A Pre-Tax or Roth Election made by a Participant, including through automatic enrollment (a
“negative election”), to make Elective Deferral Contributions in accordance with Section 3.4.1.

1.33 Eligible Employees:

Those Employees specified in the Adoption Agreement. An individual, other than a Leased Employee,
shall only be treated as an Eligible Employee if he or she is reported on the payroll records of
the Employer as a

6

 

 common
law employee. Unless selected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, the term “Eligible Employee”
shall mean all common law Employees of the Primary Employer and all Affiliates other than (A)
Employees who are included in a unit of Employees covered by an agreement which the Secretary of
Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement between Employee representatives and one or
more Employers, if there is evidence that retirement benefits were the subject of good faith
bargaining between such Employee representatives and such Employer or Employers, unless the
bargaining agreement provides for participation in the Plan, and (B) Non-resident aliens (within
the meaning of Code Section 7701(b)(1)(B)) who received no earned income (within the meaning of
Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United
States (within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3)). It is also expressly intended that an
individual not treated as a common law employee by the Employer on its payroll records be excluded
from participation in the Plan even if a court or administrative agency later determines that such
an individual is a common law employee and not an independent contractor.

1.34 Eligible Retirement Plan:

For purposes of the direct rollover requirements of Section 6.4 and Rollover Contributions to this
Plan, the term Eligible Retirement Plan means an individual retirement account described in Code
Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan
described in Code Section 403(a), an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), a qualified
trust described in Code Section 401(a), and an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is
maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a
state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts
transferred into such plan from the Plan. The definition of Eligible Retirement Plan shall also
apply in the case of a distribution to a Surviving Spouse, or to a Spouse or former Spouse who is
the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relation order, as defined in Code Section 414(p).

1.35 Eligible Rollover Distribution:

An Eligible Rollover Distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the
credit of the Distributee from an Eligible Retirement Plan, except that an Eligible Rollover
Distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal
periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the
Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the
Distributee’s designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any
distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9) (minimum
required distribution); any distribution on account of hardship; and any other distribution
determined not to be an Eligible Rollover Distribution under the Code, or other applicable
guidance. For purposes of determining whether a distribution from the Plan is an Eligible Rollover
Distributions, any distribution(s) that is(are) reasonably expected to total less than $200 during
a year shall not be treated as an Eligible Rollover Distribution. A portion of a distribution shall
not fail to be an Eligible Rollover Distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax
employee contributions which are not includible in gross income. However, such portion may be
transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or
(b), or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code Sections 401(a) or 403(a) that
agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the
portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such
distribution which is not so includible. In all events, a distribution of Excess Amounts (defined
in Section 3.7.1), Excess Aggregate Contributions, Excess Contributions, and Excess Elective
Deferral Contributions is not an Eligible Rollover Distribution. A Roth Contributions Account
shall be treated as being held under a separate plan for purposes of applying the rules in A-9
(dividing an Eligible Rollover Distribution between direct rollover and direct pay), A-10 (dividing
a direct rollover into multiple direct rollovers) and A-11 (de minimis distributions) of Treas.
Reg. Section 1.401(a)(31) -1.

1.36 Employee: 

A Self-Employed Individual or any common law employee of the Employer. Also, the term “Employee”
shall include any Leased Employee deemed to be an Employee of the Employer as provided in Code
Sections 414(n) or (o). The term “Employee” does not include any independent contractor. For
purposes of applying the testing and tax-qualification requirements of the Code, all Employees will
be treated as employed by a single employer. An individual is not an Employee entitled to
additional Pre-Tax Contributions after the individual has ceased to provide services as an Employee
of an Employer (i.e. the individual is not expected to resume providing services as an Employee of
an Employer).

7

 

1.37 Employee After-Tax Contribution: 

Any contribution made to the Plan at the election of a Participant that is includable in the
Participant’s gross income in the year in which made and that is maintained under a separate
account to which earnings and losses are allocated.

1.38 Employee After-Tax Election: 

The election by a Participant, to make Employee After-Tax Contributions in accordance with Section 3.2.

1.39 Employer:

The Primary Employer and each other sole proprietorship, partnership or corporation or other entity
that adopts the Plan with the consent of the Primary Employer and executes an Adoption Agreement.
Only an Affiliate of the Primary Employer may be an Employer with respect to a plan adopted by the
Primary
Employer.1
 Upon and by adoption of the Plan, each Employer shall delegate authority to
amend the Plan to the Primary Employer.

1.40 Employer Account: 

The Participant’s Matching Contributions Account, Profit Sharing Contributions Account, Money
Purchase Contributions Account, Safe Harbor Matching Contributions Account, Safe Harbor Nonelective
Contributions Account, Qualified Matching Contributions Account and Qualified Nonelective
Contributions Account, as the case may be.

1.41 Employer Derived Account Balance: 

The portion of the Account Balance derived from Matching Contributions, Profit Sharing
Contributions, Money Purchase Contributions, Prevailing Wage Contributions, Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions, Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, Qualified
Nonelective Contributions and Pre-Tax Contributions.

1.42 Employment: 

An Employee’s employment with the Primary Employer, Affiliate or a “leasing organization” referred
to in Section 1.58 or self-employment, or to the extent required under Code Section 414(a) or as
otherwise specified by the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion (and not in violation of
ERISA or the Code), any predecessor of any of the aforementioned companies. If any of the
aforementioned companies maintains a plan of a Predecessor Employer, employment or self-employment
with the Predecessor Employer will be treated as Employment. Additionally, if the trade or
business conducted by a Self-Employed Individual becomes incorporated, all employment with that
trade or business or with any Affiliate shall be treated as Employment with the Employer.

1.43 Entry Date:

The date on which an Eligible Employee becomes a Participant as specified in the Adoption
Agreement, provided that any Eligible Employee who has satisfied the statutory minimum age and
service requirements of Code Section 410(a)(1) (age 21 and 1 Year of Service) (or if less
restrictive, the minimum age and service requirements set forth in the Plan) and who is otherwise
entitled to participate in the Plan, Entry Date means the date that is no later than the earlier of
(1) the first day of the Plan Year beginning after the date on which such Eligible Employee
satisfied such requirements, or (2) the date 6 months after the date on which he or she satisfied
such requirements, unless the Eligible Employee was separated from service before the date referred
to in clauses (1) or (2), whichever is applicable. Unless selected otherwise in the Adoption
Agreement, Entry Date means for an Elective Deferral (and if applicable, Employee After Tax
Contribution), non-safe harbor Matching Contributions and Profit-Sharing Contributions, the first
day of the Plan Year and the first day of the seventh month of the Plan Year, and the Entry Dates
for a Safe Harbor Contribution shall be the same as the Entry Dates for Elective Deferrals.

1.44 ERISA: 

The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time. Reference
to a specific provision of ERISA shall include such provision and any applicable regulation
pertaining thereto.

 

			
	1	 	The Plan may not be both a multiple employer
or multiemployer plan and a Master or Prototype Plan.

8

 

1.45 Excess Aggregate Contributions: 

The excess of a Highly Compensated Employee’s aggregate ACP Contribution Amounts (as defined in
Section 3.5(A)(1)(b) of the Plan) over the amounts permitted by the ACP Test, as determined under
Section 3.5(A).

1.46 Excess Contributions: 

The excess of a Highly Compensated Employee’s aggregate ADP Contribution Amounts (as defined in
Section 3.4.2(B)(1)(b) of the Plan) over the amount permitted by the ADP Test, as determined under
Section 3.4.2(B).

1.47 Excess Elective Deferral Contributions: 

Those Elective Deferral Contributions that exceed the dollar limitation on those contributions
under Code Section 402(g). Excess Elective Deferral Contributions shall be treated as Annual
Additions under the Plan, unless such amounts are distributed no later than the April
15th immediately following the close of the calendar year in which the Excess Elective
Deferral Contributions were made and in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section
3.4.2(A).

1.48 Fully Vested Severance: 

Termination of Employment, as described in Section 4.1.2 or by a reason other than death, when the
Participant’s vested percentage in his or her Account is 100%.

1.49 Group Trust: 

A Trust Fund consisting of assets of any Plan maintained and established by the Employer under Section 10.13.

1.50 Highly Compensated Employee:

The term Highly Compensated Employee includes a highly compensated active Employee and a highly
compensated former Employee.

     (A) Highly Compensated Active Employee. Highly Compensated Employee means any
Employee who: (1) was a 5-percent owner at any time during the determination year or the look-back
year, or (2) for the look-back year had 415 Limitation Compensation from the Employer in excess of
$80,000 (as indexed) and, unless selected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, was in the top-paid
group for the look-back year.

          For this purpose the applicable year of the Plan for which a determination is being made is
called a determination year and the preceding 12-month period is called a look-back year. If, as
provided in the Adoption Agreement, a calendar year data election is made, the calendar year
beginning with or within the look-back year is treated as the Employer’s look-back year for
purposes of determining whether an Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee on account of the
Employee’s 415 Limitation Compensation for a look-back year under Section 414(q)(1)(B). Unless
selected otherwise, a calendar year data election is not made. If a calendar year data election
is made, it shall apply for all subsequent determination years unless changed by the Employer. A
calendar year data election, if made, does not apply in determining whether the Employer’s
employees are Highly Compensated Employees under Code Section 414(q)(1)(A) on account of being
5-percent owners.

     (B) Highly Compensated Former Employee. A highly compensated former Employee includes
any Employee who terminated Employment (or was deemed to have terminated) prior to the Plan Year,
performs no service for the Employer or Affiliate during the Plan Year, and was a highly
compensated active Employee for either the separation year or any Plan Year ending on or after the
Employee’s 55th birthday. Whether a former Employee is a highly compensated former
Employee is based on the rules applicable to determining highly compensated Employee status as in
effect for that determination year, in accordance with Temp. Treas. Reg. Section 1.414(q)-1T, A-4,
Notice 97-45, and any additional guidance issued by the IRS under Code Section 414(q).

     (C) Rules of Construction. The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee,
including the determinations of the number and identity of Employees in the top-paid group and the
415 Limitation

9

 

Compensation that is considered will be made in accordance with the selections made in the
Adoption Agreement, this Base Plan Document, and all applicable guidance issued by the IRS under
Code Section 414(q).

1.51 Hour of Service: 

Unless selected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, the Hourly Records Method described below
shall be used.

     (A) Hourly Records Method. If the Hourly Records Method is selected, an Hour of
Service shall include:

          (1) Hours for Performance of Duties. Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or
entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer. These hours will be credited
to the Employee for the Computation Period in which the duties are performed;

          (2) Hours for Time During Which no Duties Performed. Each hour for which an Employee
is paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer on account of a period of time during which no
duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to
vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including Disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty, or
leave of absence. No more than 501 Hours of Service will be credited under this paragraph for any
single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a single Computation Period). Hours
under this paragraph will be calculated and credited under Section 2530.200b-2 of the Department of
Labor Regulations which is incorporated herein by this reference; and

          (3) Hours for Back Pay. Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of
damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer. The same Hours of Service will not be
credited both under subparagraph (1) or subparagraph (2), as the case may be, and under this
subparagraph (3). These hours will be credited to the Employee for the Computation Period or
periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the Computation Period in which the
award, agreement or payment is made.

     (B) Controlled Group Rules. Hours of Service will be credited for Employment with the
Employer and its Affiliates.

     (C) Equivalency. Unless selected otherwise in the Adoption, actual hours shall be
used. If selected in the Adoption Agreement, the determination of the number of Hours of Service
earned in a Computation Period may be based on the equivalency method specified in the Adoption
Agreement instead of counting the actual number of Hours of Service performed.

     (D) Elapsed Time Method. If the Elapsed Time Method is selected in the Adoption
Agreement, an Hour of Service is an hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for
the performance of duties for the Employer or an Affiliate.

     (E) Leased Employees. With respect to both the Hourly Records Method and the Elapsed
Time Method, Hours of Service will also be credited for any individual considered an Employee for
purposes of this Plan to the extent required under Code Section 414(n) (with respect to Leased
Employees).

1.52 Immediately Distributable: 

For purposes of determining whether a Participant’s consent is required before a distribution may
be made from the Plan, a Participant’s Account is “Immediately Distributable” during the period
prior to the date the Participant attains (or would have attained if not deceased) the later of
Normal Retirement Age or age 62. (The term “Immediately Distributable” only refers to the period
during which the Code requires the Plan to obtain the consent of a Participant to certain
distributions).

1.53 Integration Level: 

Unless selected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, the Integration Level shall be the taxable
wage base. The Integration Level is the dollar amount at or below which the rate of contributions
or benefits (expressed as a

10

 

percentage of Plan Compensation) is less than the rate of contributions
above that dollar amount. The term “Integration Level” only applies if the Plan is integrated with
Social Security. If an integrated Employer Profit
Sharing or Money Purchase Contribution is made for a Short Plan Year (as defined in Section 3.1.9),
the Integration Level used for purposes of determining and allocating such contribution shall equal
the otherwise applicable Integration Level multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
number of months in the Plan Year and the denominator of which is 12.

1.54 Investment Committee: 

The Investment Committee appointed by the Primary Employer in accordance with Article X.

1.55 Investment Manager:

Any person appointed by the Trustee or, with respect to Participant Directed Assets, by the
Participant or Beneficiary having the power to direct the investment of such assets and the power
to appoint an Investment Manager, to serve as such in accordance with Section 10.8.

1.56 IRS: 

The Internal Revenue Service.

1.57 Key Employee:

Any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased Employee) who at any time during the Plan
Year that includes the Determination Date as defined in Section 4.4.1(A) was an officer of the
Primary Employer or Affiliate having annual 415 Limitation Compensation greater than $130,000 (as
adjusted under Code Section 416(i)(1) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002), a
5-percent owner of the Primary Employer or Affiliate, or a 1-percent owner of the Primary Employer
or Affiliate having Annual Compensation of more than $150,000. The determination of who is a Key
Employee will be made in accordance with Code Section 416(i)(1) and the applicable regulations and
other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.

1.58 Leased Employee:

Any person (other than an employee of the recipient) who, pursuant to an agreement between the
recipient and any other person (the “leasing organization”) has performed services for the
recipient (or for the recipient or related persons determined in accordance with Code Section
414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services
are performed under the primary direction or control by the recipient. Contributions or benefits
provided a Leased Employee by the leasing organization which are attributable to services performed
for the recipient employer shall be treated as provided by the recipient employer.

A Leased Employee shall not be considered an employee of the recipient Employer if: (A) such
employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan (maintained by the “leasing organization”
providing: (1) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least 10% of compensation, as
defined in Code Section 415(c)(3), (2) immediate participation, and (3) full and immediate vesting
and (B) Leased Employees do not constitute more than 20% of the recipient’s nonhighly compensated
recipient workforce.

1.59 Life Annuity: 

An annuity payable in equal installments for the life of the Participant that terminates upon the
Participant’s death.

1.60 Limitation Year: 

A Plan Year, calendar year or 12-consecutive month period selected in the Adoption Agreement used
for purposes of the Annual Additions limitation of Code Section 415. All qualified plans
maintained by the Employer must use the same Limitation Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to
a different 12-consecutive month period, the new Limitation Year must begin on a date within the
Limitation Year in which the amendment is made. Unless selected otherwise in the Adoption
Agreement, the Limitation Year shall be the Plan Year.

11

 

1.61 Master or Prototype Plan: 

A plan, the form of which is the subject of a favorable opinion letter from the IRS as a master or prototype plan.

1.62 Matching Contribution:

An Employer contribution made to the Plan on behalf of a Participant on account of a Participant’s
Pre-Tax Contributions, Roth Contributions and/or Employee After-Tax Contributions, as applicable,
under a plan maintained by the Employer.

1.63 Maternity or Paternity Absence:

Maternity or Paternity Absence is an individual’s absence from work: (1) by reason of the
pregnancy of the individual; (2) by reason of the birth of a child of the individual; (3) by reason
of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of that child by
the individual; or (4) for purposes of caring for the child for a period beginning immediately
following the child’s birth or placement.

1.64 Net Profits: 

The current and accumulated profits of the Employer from the trade or business of the Employer with
respect to which the Plan is established, as determined by the Employer before deductions for
federal, state and local taxes on income and before contributions under the Plan or any other
Qualified Plan.

1.65 Nonhighly Compensated Employee: 

An Employee of the Employer who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.

1.66 Nonvested Severance:

Termination of Employment of a Participant whose vested percentage in his or her Employer Derived
Account Balance is 0% and who has not had Pre-Tax Contributions, Roth Contributions or Employee
After-Tax Contributions made to the Plan.

1.67 Normal Retirement Age: 

Unless selected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, the Normal Retirement Age shall be the later
of the attainment of age 65 by the Participant, or the fifth anniversary of the first Plan Year in
which the Employee became a Participant. Otherwise, Normal Retirement Age shall be the age selected
in the Adoption Agreement.

1.68 Original Effective Date:

The date the Plan was originally effective.

1.69 Owner-Employee:

An individual who is a sole proprietor, or who is a partner owning more than 10% of either the
capital or profits interest in the partnership.

1.70 Paired Plans: 

Two Defined Contribution Plans or one or two Defined Contribution Plans and one Defined Benefit
Plan, provided that all such plans use the format of this Prototype Plan or the Merrill Lynch
Defined Benefit Plan and Trust.

1.71 Partially Vested Severance: 

Termination of Employment of a Participant whose vested percentage in his or her Employer Derived
Account Balance is less than 100% but greater than 0%.

12

 

1.72 Participant: 

An Employee or former Employee who has commenced, but not terminated, participation in the Plan as
provided in Article II. An “Active Participant” is a Participant who is an Eligible Employee. An
“Inactive Participant” is a Participant who has terminated employment or a Participant who is no
longer an Eligible Employee but still possesses a vested Account Balance.

1.73 Participant Directed Assets: 

The assets of an Account which are invested, as described in Section 10.5, according to the
direction of the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary, as the case may be, in either
individually selected investments, commingled funds or in shares of regulated investment companies.

1.74 Period of Severance: 

For purposes of the Elapsed Time Method, a Period of Severance is a continuous period of time
during which the Employee is not employed by the Employer. Such period begins on the date the
Employee retires, quits, is discharged, or dies or, if earlier, the first 12-month anniversary of
the date on which the Employee was otherwise absent from service.

A Period of Severance will not commence if an individual is absent from work by reason of a
Maternity or Paternity Absence. Solely for purposes of determining when the individual’s Period of
Severance begins, the individual will be credited with the 12-consecutive month period beginning on
the first anniversary of the first date of such absence.

No Period of Severance shall occur due to an individual’s “qualified military service” (as defined
in Code Section 414(u)) if the individual is entitled to reemployment rights under USERRA.

1.75 Plan: 

The plan established by the Primary Employer in the form of the Base Plan Document and a related
Adoption Agreement that has been signed and dated by each Employer. The Plan shall have the name
specified in the Adoption Agreement.

1.76 Plan Administrator: 

The Plan Administrator is the Primary Employer, unless otherwise specified by duly authorized
action by the Primary Employer, including through a designation in the Adoption Agreement.

1.77 Plan Compensation:

Plan Compensation shall be Compensation as selected in the Adoption Agreement. If selected in the
Adoption Agreement, a Participant’s Plan Compensation shall, for the Plan Year that includes the
Participant’s Entry Date, only include Compensation actually paid on and after the Participant’s
Entry Date. Unless selected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, Plan Compensation shall be Form
W-2 Compensation for the full Plan Year.

1.78 Plan Year: 

Each 12-consecutive month period ending on the date specified in the Adoption Agreement.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Plan Year in which the Plan is terminated shall end on
the effective date of such termination. In addition, if the Plan Year is amended, the new Plan
Year must begin on a date within the Plan Year in which the amendment is made and shall result in a
Short Plan Year (as defined in Section 3.1.9) that ends immediately before the beginning of the
first day of the subsequent new Plan Year. The new Plan Year shall then be each 12 consecutive
month period thereafter. In addition, in the initial year of the adoption of the Plan, if the
Original Effective Date is not the first day of the 12 consecutive month period ending on the date
the Plan Year ends as indicated in the Adoption Agreement, the initial Plan Year shall be a Short
Plan Year. Unless

13

 

selected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, the Plan Year shall be 12
consecutive month period ending on the last day of the Primary Employer’s fiscal year for federal
income tax purposes.

1.79 Predecessor Employer: 

A Predecessor Employer within the meaning of Code Section 414(a)(1) which requires that an Employee
be credited for service with prior employers under certain circumstances.

1.80 Predecessor Employer Service:

Service with a Predecessor Employer, as described in Section 1.111(C).

1.81 Pre-Tax Contributions:

Any contribution made to the Plan at the election of a Participant that is not includable in the
Participant’s gross income at the time deferred and has been designated as Pre-Tax Contributions by
the Participant. A Participant’s Pre-Tax Contributions shall be maintained in a separate Account
containing only the Participant’s Pre-Tax Contributions and gains and losses attributable to those
Pre-Tax Contributions. Pre-Tax Contributions shall not include any deferrals properly distributed
as Excess Amounts under Section 3.7.2 and are limited by Code Section 402(g) (See Section 3.4.2).

1.82 Pre-Tax Election: 

The election by a Participant, including through automatic enrollment (a “negative election”), to
make Pre-Tax Contributions in accordance with Section 3.4.1.

1.83 Prevailing Wage Contribution: 

A prevailing wage contribution made to the Plan or any other Qualified Plan pursuant to the
Employer’s obligation under the Davis-Bacon Act or similar legislation, as set forth in Section
3.13.

1.84 Primary Employer: 

The Employer designated in the Adoption Agreement as the Primary Employer.

1.85 Prototype Plan:

The Merrill Lynch Prototype Defined Contribution Plan and Trust as set forth in this Base Plan
Document, and its related Adoption Agreements, each as amended or restated from time to time.

1.86 Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity: 

The joint and survivor annuity required to be offered when benefits are to be distributed under a
Qualified Plan that is subject to the joint and survivor annuity requirements of Code Section 417.
In the case of a married Participant, the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is an immediate
annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity continuing after the Participant’s
death to the Participant’s Surviving Spouse. The annuity payable to the Surviving Spouse for his
or her life equals 50% of the amount of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the
Participant and such Surviving Spouse. The Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity must be the
actuarial equivalent of a Life Annuity that could be provided for the Participant under an Annuity
Contract purchased with the aggregate vested Account Balance of the Participant’s Account at the
Benefit Commencement Date. In the case of an unmarried Participant, the Qualified Joint and
Survivor Annuity shall be an immediate annuity for the life of the Participant.

1.87 Qualified Matching Contributions: 

Matching Contributions (other than Safe Harbor Matching Contributions), made by the Employer which
the Plan Administrator designates as Qualified Matching Contributions, and are allocated to a
Participant’s Account, not distributable to a Participant until distributable from the Plan,
nonforfeitable when made, and distributable only in

14

 

accordance with the distribution provisions
that are applicable to Pre-Tax Contributions (other than the hardship withdrawal provisions).
Qualified Matching Contributions may not be withdrawn on account of a hardship.

1.88 Qualified Nonelective Contributions: 

Contributions (other than Matching Contributions, Safe Harbor Contributions or Qualified Matching
Contributions) made by the Employer which the Plan Administrator designates as Qualified
Nonelective Contributions, and are allocated to a Participant’s Account, not distributable to a
Participant until distributable from the Plan, nonforfeitable when made, and distributable only in
accordance with the distribution provisions that are applicable to Pre-Tax Contributions (other
than the hardship withdrawal provisions). Qualified Nonelective Contributions may not be withdrawn
on account of a hardship. If selected in the Adoption Agreement, a Prevailing Wage Contribution
made on behalf of a Nonhighly Compensated Employee shall constitute a Qualified Nonelective
Contribution to the extent such contribution does not exceed the limit set forth in Treas. Reg.
Section 1.401(m) — 2(a), as amended, or other applicable guidance.

1.89 Qualified Plan: 

A Defined Benefit Plan or Defined Contribution Plan which has been determined to meet the tax
qualification requirements of Code Section 401(a).

1.90 Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity:

A survivor annuity for the life of the Surviving Spouse of the Participant the actuarial equivalent
of the Participant’s vested Account Balance.

1.91 Qualified Voluntary Employee Contributions (QVECs): 

Qualified Voluntary Employee Contributions made in accordance with former Code Section 219 that
constitute accumulated deductible employee contributions within the meaning of Code Section
72(o)(5)(B).

1.92 Qualifying Employer Securities: 

A security issued by an Employer which is (A) stock; (B) a marketable obligation within the meaning
of ERISA Section 407(e), (C) an interest in a publicly traded partnership (as defined in Code
Section 7704(b)) but only if such partnership is an existing partnership as defined in Section
10211(c)(2)(A) of the Revenue Act of 1987 (Public Law 100-203); and (D) otherwise a “qualifying
employer security” as defined in ERISA Section 407(d).

1.93 Restatement Effective Date:

The effective date of the amendment and restatement of the Plan, if any, as set forth in the
Adoption Agreement. This Plan is intended to incorporate all provisions required for qualification
pursuant to which the IRS Opinion Letters for the Prototype Plan have been issued. To the extent
required for the qualification of the Plan, any such plan provision that is required to have an
effective date under applicable law prior to the Restatement Effective Date shall be effective as
of such earlier effective date, including, but not limited to, a provision required by the Economic
Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (“EGTRRA”) (such as the changes to the
compensation limit under Code Section 401(a)(17), catch-up contributions under Code Section 414
(v), key employee requirements under Code Section 416, eligible rollover distributions under Code
Section 402 , limitations on contributions under Code Section 415, and severance from employment
under Code Section 401(k) (each of which are effective for Plan Years beginning on and after
January 1, 2002) ) , Code Section 401(a)(31)(B), Regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9) and the
Regulations under Code Section 401(k)/(m). Roth Elective Deferrals cannot be made prior to January
1, 2006.

1.94 Rollover Contributions: 

A contribution under Section 3.3 that is a contribution of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to the
Trustee by the Participant on or before the 60th day after the Participant received the
Eligible Rollover Distribution or the contribution of the Eligible Rollover Distribution by the
Trustee of another Eligible Retirement Plan in the form of a direct transfer under Code Section
401(a)(31).

15

 

1.95 Roth Contributions: 

Any contribution made to the Plan at the election of a Participant that is includable in the
Participant’s gross income at the time deferred and has been irrevocably designated as Roth
Contributions by the Participant. A Participant’s Roth Contributions will be maintained in a
separate account containing only the Participant’s Roth Contributions and gains and losses
attributable to those Roth Contributions. No Roth Contribution may be made prior to the first day
of the Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2005.

Roth Contributions shall not include any contributions properly distributed as Excess Amounts as
defined under Section 3.7.2 and are limited by Code Section 402(g) (See Section 3.4.2).

1.96 Roth Election:

The election by a Participant to make Roth Contributions in accordance with Section 3.4.1.

1.97 Secretary:

The Secretary of the Treasury.

1.98 Self-Employed Individual:

An individual who has Earned Income for the taxable year from the trade or business for which the
Plan is established or an individual who would have had Earned Income but for the fact that the
trade or business had no Net Profits for the taxable year.

1.99 Sponsor: 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Incorporated and any successor thereto.

1.100 Spouse:

The person legally married to a Participant (pursuant to local law where the Participant resides,
but not in violation of federal law).2 In addition, a Participant’s spouse or
former spouse will be treated as the Participant’s Spouse to the extent provided under a “qualified
domestic relations order” (or a “domestic relations order” treated as such) as described in Code
Section 414(p).

1.101 Surviving Spouse: 

The Participant’s Spouse on the earliest of:

     (A) the date of the Participant’s death;

     (B) the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date; or

     (C) the date on which an Annuity Contract is purchased for the Participant providing benefits
under the Plan.

A Participant’s former Spouse will be treated as the Participant’s Surviving Spouse and a
Participant’s current Spouse will not be treated as the Participant’s Surviving Spouse to the
extent provided under a “qualified domestic relations order” (or a “domestic relations order”
treated as such) as described in Code Section 414(p).

 

			
	2	 	For example, under the “Defense of Marriage
Act” (P.L. 104-199) for purposes of federal law, “the word ‘marriage’ means
only a legal union between one man and one woman as husband and wife, and the
word ‘spouse’ refers only to a person of the opposite sex who is a husband or a
wife.”

16

 

1.102 Taxable Wage Base: 

The contribution and benefit base under Section 230 of the Social Security Act at the beginning of
the Plan Year, as adjusted in accordance with the Social Security Act.

1.103 Temporary Employee: 

Any Employee employed on a temporary or periodic basis by an Employer pursuant to which such
Employee from time to time accepts, at his sole discretion, job assignments having a fixed and
limited duration, such as (but not limited to) special projects to cover unusual or cyclical
employment needs at potentially varying rates of compensation with each job assignment and who is
classified in the Employer’s records as a Temporary Employee.

1.104 Testing Compensation: 

Solely for purposes of determining the Actual Deferral Percentage and the Actual Contribution
Percentage, Testing Compensation as selected in the Adoption Agreement, shall be Compensation
either excluding or including Elective Contributions as specified in the Adoption Agreement. If
selected in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant’s Testing Compensation shall, for the Plan Year
that includes the Participant’s Entry Date, only include Compensation actually paid on and after
the Participant’s Entry Date. Unless selected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, Testing
Compensation shall be Form W-2 Compensation for the full Plan Year.

1.105 Trust: 

The trust established under the Plan to which Plan contributions are made and in which Plan assets
are held. Any reference in the Plan to the “Trust” or “Trust Agreement” shall refer to the
applicable trust provisions of this Plan.

1.106 Trust Fund: 

The assets of the Trust held by or in the name of the Trustee.

1.107 Trustee:

The person(s) appointed as Trustee(s) pursuant to Article X and any successor Trustee(s) and so
named in the Adoption Agreement.

1.108 USERRA: 

The Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, as amended from time to time.

1.109 Valuation Date:

The last business day of the Plan Year, unless selected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement or
determined under Section 10.6, if applicable.

1.110 Vesting Service: 

The Years of Service credited to a Participant under Article IV for purposes of determining the
Participant’s vested percentage in his or her Account.

1.111 Years of Service: 

Unless selected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, the Hourly Records Method described below
shall be used.

     (A) Hourly Records Method. If the Hourly Records Method is selected in the Adoption
Agreement, an Employee shall be credited with one Year of Service for each Computation Period in
which he or she has 1,000 Hours of Service. Solely for purposes of eligibility to participate, an
Employee shall be credited with a

17

 

Year
of Service on the last day of the 12-consecutive month period which begins on the first day on
which he or she has an Hour of Service, if he or she has at least 1,000 Hours of Service in that
period. If an Employee fails to be credited with a Year of Service on such date, he or she shall
be credited with a Year of Service on the last day of each succeeding Computation Period in which
he or she is credited with 1,000 Hours of Service.

     (B) Elapsed Time Method. If the Elapsed Time Method is selected in the Adoption
Agreement, the Employee’s Years of Service shall be equal to the number of whole years elapsed
during an Employee’s Period of Service. An Employee’s Period of Service shall be the aggregate of
the following:

          (1) the period commencing on the date the Employee first performs an Hour of Service and
ending on the date he or she quits, retires, is discharged, dies, or if earlier, the 12-month
anniversary of the date on which the Employee was otherwise first absent from service (with or
without pay) for any other reason; and

          (2) if the Employee quits, retires, or is discharged, the period commencing on the date the
Employee terminated his or her Employment and ending on the first date on which he or she again
performs an Hour of Service, if such date is within 12 months of the date on which he or she last
performed an Hour of Service; or

          (3) if the Employee is absent from work for any other reason and, within 12 months of the
first day of such absence, the Employee quits, retires, dies, or is discharged, the period
commencing on the first day of such absence and ending on the first day he or she again performs an
Hour of Service if such day is within 12 months of the date his or her absence began.

Years of Service shall be measured in whole years and fractions of years in months. For this
purpose, (a) periods of less than a full year shall be aggregated on the basis that twelve (12)
months or three hundred and sixty-five (365) days equals a year, and (b) in aggregating days into
months, thirty (30) days shall be rounded up to the nearer whole month.

     (C) Predecessor Employer Service. With respect to both the Hourly Records Method and
the Elapsed Time Method, service with a Predecessor Employer, determined in the manner in which the
rules of the Plan would have credited such service had the Participant earned such service under
the terms of the Plan, must be included in Years of Service, as required by Code Section 414(a)(1)
and Code Section 414(a)(2) or as selected in the Adoption Agreement. If the Employer maintains the
plan of a Predecessor Employer, service with such Employer will be treated as service for the
Employer.

     (D) Hourly Record to Elapsed Time Transition. If the Plan’s method of determining
service changes from the Hourly Records Method to the Elapsed Time Method, the Employee shall
receive credit for a period of service consisting of: (1) a number of Years of Service equal to
the number of Years of Service credited to the Employee before the Computation Period during which
the change occurred; and (2) the greater of (a) the period of service that would be credited to the
Employee under the Elapsed Time Method for his service during the entire Computation Period in
which the change occurs or (b) the service taken into account under the Hourly Records Method as of
the date of the change. In addition, the Employee shall receive credit for service subsequent to
the change commencing on the day after the last day of the Computation Period in which the change
occurs.

     (E) Elapsed Time to Hourly Records Transition. If the Plan’s method of determining
service changes from the Elapsed Time Method to the Hourly Records Method — (1) the Employee shall
receive credit as of the date of the change for a number of Years of Service equal to the number of
1-year Periods of Service credited to the Employee as of the date of the change; and (2) the
Employee shall receive credit, in the Computation Period which includes the date of the change, for
a number of Hours of Service determined by applying the equivalency method based on the Employees’
payroll frequency to any fractional part of a year credited to the Employee as of the date of the
change. If the Employee is paid on either a daily, weekly or bi-weekly basis, the Employee shall
be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each week if under Section 1.51 of the Plan, such Employee
would be credited with at least 1 Hour of Service during the week. If the Employee is paid on a
semi-monthly or monthly basis, the Employee shall be credited with 180 Hours of Service for each
month if under Section 1.51 of the Plan such Employee would be credited with at least 1 Hour of
Service during the month.

18

 

ARTICLE II

PARTICIPATION

2.1 Admission as a Participant:

2.1.1 General Rules:

An Eligible Employee shall become a Participant on the Entry Date coincident with or next following
the date on which he or she meets the participation requirements specified in the Adoption
Agreement; provided, however that:

     (A) an Eligible Employee who meets the participation requirements on the Original Effective
Date shall become a Participant as of such date; and

     (B) if a participation waiver is selected in the Adoption Agreement, an Eligible Employee
shall become a Participant on the date specified in the Adoption Agreement, without regard to the
otherwise applicable participation requirements.

2.1.2 Changes in Employment Status:

     (A) An Employee who did not become a Participant on the Entry Date coincident with or next
following the date on which he or she met the participation requirements because he or she was not
then an Eligible Employee shall become eligible to be a Participant on the first date on which he
or she again becomes an Eligible Employee unless determined otherwise in accordance with Section
2.3.1 of the Plan.

     (B) If a Participant is no longer an Eligible Employee, he or she is not eligible to share in
contributions made by the Employer or participate in any Pre-Tax, Roth or Employee After-Tax
Contribution provisions of the Plan. If such an individual has not incurred a Break in Service,
such Employee will become a Participant immediately upon becoming an Eligible Employee. If such an
individual incurs a Break in Service, eligibility will be determined under Section 2.3. If an
Employee who is not an Eligible Employee becomes an Eligible Employee, such Employee will become
eligible to be a Participant immediately upon becoming an Eligible Employee if he or she has
satisfied the participation requirements of Section 2.1.1.

2.1.3 Elective Deferral and Employee After-Tax Elections:

If the Plan permits Pre-Tax Contributions, Roth Contributions or Employee After-Tax Contributions,
in addition to the participation requirements set forth in Section 2.1.1 and Section 2.1.2, an
Eligible Employee shall become a Participant upon filing his or her Elective Deferral Election or
Employee After-Tax Election with the Plan Administrator or, if selected in the Adoption Agreement,
the date an Employee is deemed to make such election (an automatic enrollment). An automatic
enrollment shall be administered consistently with Rev. Rul. 2000-8 and any other subsequent or
related guidance.

2.1.4 Amendment to Age and Service Requirements:

If the Plan’s age and/or service requirements for eligibility are amended, an Employee who
satisfied the pre-amendment age and service requirements before the date of the amendment shall be
deemed to satisfy the post-amendment age and service requirements.

2.1.5 Amendment to Entry Date:

A change to the Plan’s Entry Date (including a change caused by a change in Plan Year) shall not
cause any Participant to lose his or her Participant status or postpone the participation of any
Eligible Employee beyond the date required under Code Section 410(a)(4). (Generally, Code Section
410(a)(4) requires that an Eligible Employee who has attained age 21 and completed 1 Year of
Service must commence participation in the Plan no later than the earlier of: (A) the first day of
the first Plan Year beginning after the date on which such Eligible Employee satisfied such
requirements, or (B) the date six months after the date on which the Eligible Employee satisfied
such requirements.)

19

 

2.2 Rollover Participant: 

An Eligible Employee who makes a Rollover Contribution (under Section 3.3) shall become a
Participant as of the date of such contribution or transfer even if he or she had not previously
become a Participant. However, such an Eligible Employee will become a Participant only for the
purposes of such Rollover Contribution and shall not be eligible to share in contributions made by
the Employer or be permitted to make any Pre-Tax Contributions, Roth Contributions or Employee
After-Tax Contributions until he or she has become a Participant in accordance with the
participation requirements of Section 2.1. An Eligible Employee who is a Participant only for
purposes of a Rollover Contribution shall not be taken into account for purposes of the ADP Test or
the ACP Test.

2.3 Crediting of Service for Eligibility Purposes — Breaks in Service:

2.3.1 Nonvested Employees’ Pre-Break Service:

     (A) For purposes of eligibility to participate, an Eligible Employee who is reemployed after a
Nonvested Severance shall not retain credit for his or her Years of Service earned prior to a
period of five consecutive one-year Breaks in Service.

     (B) If an Employee’s Years of Service are disregarded under (A) above, such Employee shall be
treated as a new Employee for eligibility purposes upon his or her reemployment.

     (C) If an Employee’s Years of Service may not be disregarded under (A) above, and if the
Employee was not a Participant upon his or her prior Nonvested Severance, and the Employee is an
Eligible Employee upon his or her reemployment, the Eligible Employee shall become a Participant in
accordance with the participation requirements of Section 2.1 taking into account his or her
pre-Break Service in Years of Service.

     (D) If an Employee’s Years of Service may not be disregarded under (A) above, and if the
Employee was a Participant upon his or her prior Nonvested Severance, such Participant shall
continue to be eligible to participate in the Plan immediately upon reemployment.

2.3.2 Vested Participants Retain Service:

For purposes of eligibility to participate, a Participant who is reemployed after a Fully Vested
Severance or Partially Vested Severance shall retain credit for his or her Years of Service prior
to such termination of Employment without regard to the length of his or her absence from
Employment. If such Participant returns to Employment, he or she shall become eligible to
participate immediately upon reemployment.

2.4 Termination of Participation:

A Participant shall cease to be a Participant:

     (A) upon his or her death;

     (B) upon the payment to him or her of all nonforfeitable benefits due to him or her under the
Plan following his severance from employment, whether directly or by the purchase of an Annuity
Contract; or

     (C) upon his or her Nonvested Severance.

2.5 Corrections with Regard to Participation:

If an error is made with regard to any individual’s participation in the Plan, the error may be
corrected as provided in this Section 2.5.

2.5.1 Omission of Participant:

If in any Plan Year an Eligible Employee who should have been included as a Participant in the Plan
is erroneously omitted or if an administrative error results in a Participant’s Account not being
properly credited

20

 

with any contributions or earnings hereunder, the error may be corrected as
provided in this Section 2.5.1. Solely for
purposes of restoring an affected Participant’s Account to the position in which the Account would
have been if no error had been made, the Employer may make additional contributions to such
Participant’s Account or contributions may be reallocated among the Accounts of affected
Participants.

2.5.2 Erroneous Inclusion in Plan:

If in any Plan Year any individual is erroneously included as a Participant in the Plan and
discovery of such incorrect inclusion is not made until after a contribution for the year has been
made, the amount contributed on behalf of such ineligible Employee shall (together with any
earnings or losses) constitute a forfeiture for the Plan Year in which the discovery is made,
except for any Pre-Tax Contributions, Roth Contributions or Employee After-Tax Contributions, which
shall be distributed to such ineligible Employee.

2.5.3 EPCRS Correction:

An error described in this Section 2.5 shall be corrected using any appropriate correction method
permitted under the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (or any successor procedure), as
determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.

2.5.4 Employer and Plan Administrator Responsible for Correction:

The Employer and Plan Administrator shall be responsible for taking any and all actions as required
by this Section 2.5.

2.6 Provision of Information:

Each Employee shall execute such forms as may reasonably be required by the Plan Administrator in
its sole discretion, and shall make available to the Plan Administrator any information that it may
reasonably request in this regard. By virtue of his or her participation in this Plan, an Eligible
Employee agrees, on his or her own behalf and on behalf of all persons who may have or claim any
right by reason of the Eligible Employee’s participation in the Plan, to be bound by all provisions
of the Plan.

2.7 Waiver of Plan Participation:

In the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, an Eligible Employee may make a one-time
irrevocable election upon the Eligible Employee’s commencement of employment with the Employer or
upon the Eligible Employee’s Entry Date to waive the right to participate in the Plan or any other
plan maintained by the Employer. An Eligible Employee who makes a one-time irrevocable election
under this Section shall not be taken into account for purposes of the ADP or ACP Test. No
one-time irrevocable election may be made on or after the first day of the Plan Year during which
the Employer adopts a Plan, or restates an existing Plan, using this Prototype Plan as approved by
an Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (EGTRRA) opinion letter issued by the
IRS; however, all one-time irrevocable elections prior to this date shall remain in effect without
regard to this change.

2.8 USERRA — Crediting Service:

For eligibility and vesting purposes, absence from employment on account of a leave of absence for
service in the United States uniformed armed services will be counted as employment with an
Employer if the Employee’s reemployment rights are protected under USERRA. In addition, if the
Employee returns to service with the Employer within the period during which his reemployment
rights are protected under USERRA, the period between the end of his or her active duty period and
his or her return to employment by the Employer will be considered service with the Employer. If
the Employee does not return to active employment with the Employer, his service will be deemed to
have ceased on the earliest date permitted under applicable law.

21

 

ARTICLE III

CONTRIBUTIONS AND ACCOUNT ALLOCATIONS

3.1 Employer Contributions and Allocations:

3.1.1 Profit Sharing Contributions:

If the Plan is a Profit-Sharing Plan, an Employer contribution to the Trust Fund shall be made in
cash (except that in lieu of cash: (A) all or part of the contribution may be made in the form of
unencumbered Qualifying Employer Securities if the contribution is discretionary, or (B) all or
part of the contribution may be made in the form of Qualifying Employer Securities if, to the
extent applicable, the requirements of ERISA Section 408(e) are satisfied) and in such amount, if
any, as specified in the Adoption Agreement and, with respect to Qualifying Employer Securities, as
is consistent with Sections 10.4.2 and 10.4.3. Profit Sharing Contributions for a Plan Year shall
be allocated in the manner specified in the Adoption Agreement no later than as of the last day of
that Plan Year to the Account of each Participant who is eligible for an allocation as selected by
the Employer. Unless selected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, an Active Participant shall be
eligible to receive an allocation of a Profit Sharing Contribution to his or her Profit Sharing
Contribution Account with regard to a Plan Year if either (A) he or she was actively employed by
the Employer on the last day of that Plan Year or (B) during that Plan Year, he or she was credited
with more than 500 Hours of Service and experienced a severance from employment.

3.1.2 Matching Contributions: 

     (A) General Rule. If selected in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer may make
Matching Contributions to the Plan, including if required under the terms of an Adoption
Agreement, a “true-up contribution” (a Matching Contribution in an amount equal to the Matching
Contribution payable for the entire Plan Year, as determined under the selected matching
contribution formula, over the aggregate amount of the periodic Matching Contributions previously
made for the Plan Year). Matching Contributions shall, if forfeitable in accordance with the
Vesting Article in the Adoption Agreement and/or Code
Section 411(a)(3)(G)3, be forfeited
to the extent that such amounts are attributable to contributions distributed under Section
3.4.2(D) (“Distribution of Excess Contributions”).

     (B) Change in Rate of Contribution. No change in the Employer’s Matching Contribution
rate calculated during a Plan Year shall reduce the Matching Contribution allocable in that Plan
Year to any Participant who satisfied the Plan’s conditions for receiving a Matching Contribution
in that Plan Year unless the Matching Contributions are made on a payroll by payroll basis.

3.1.3 Money Purchase Contributions:

If the Plan is a Money Purchase Plan, the Employer will contribute cash to the Trust Fund in such
amount (equal to a percentage of the Plan Compensation of each Participant eligible for an
allocation of money purchase contributions for that Plan Year) as specified in the Adoption
Agreement. Money Purchase Contributions for a Plan Year will be allocated no later than as of the
last day of that Plan Year to the Account of each Participant who is eligible for an allocation as
selected by the Employer. Unless selected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, an Active
Participant shall be eligible to receive an allocation of a Money Purchase Contribution to his or
her Money Purchase Contribution Account with regard to a Plan Year if either (A) he or she was
actively employed by the Employer on the last day of that Plan Year or (B) during that Plan Year,
he or she was credited with more than 500 Hours of Service and experienced a severance from
employment.

3.1.4 410(b) Related Provisions:

If the Employer applies the Code Section 410(b) ratio percentage test and the Plan fails to satisfy
the ratio percentage test due to a last day of the Plan Year allocation condition or an Hour of
Service allocation condition, then the Employer will suspend the allocation conditions for the
“includible” Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are Participants and did not receive an allocation
because of such conditions in the following order: (A)

 

			
	3	 	Under Code Section 411(a)(3)(G), a matching
contribution is not treated as being impermissibly forfeitable if it is
forfeitable because the contribution to which it relates is an Excess Aggregate
Contribution, an Excess Elective Deferral Contribution, or an Excess
Contribution.

22

 

such Participant who is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year and (B) such
Participant who has the latest severance from employment date during the Plan Year and continuing
to suspend the allocation conditions for each such Participant who incurred an earlier severance
from employment date, from the latest to the earliest severance of employment date, until the Plan
satisfies the ratio percentage test for the Plan Year.

A Plan satisfies the ratio percentage test if on the last day of the Plan Year, the “benefiting
ratio” of the Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are “includible” is at least 70% of the
“benefiting ratio” of the Highly Compensated Employees who are “includible”. The “benefiting
ratio” of the Nonhighly Compensated Employees is the number of “includible” Nonhighly Compensated
Employees “benefiting” under the Plan divided by the number of “includible” Employees who are
Nonhighly Compensated Employees. The “benefiting ratio” of the Highly Compensated Employees is the
number of “includible” Highly Compensated Employees “benefiting” under the Plan divided by the
number of “includible” Employees who are Highly Compensated Employees.

“Includible” Employees are all Employees other than: 1) those Employees excluded from participating
in the Plan for the entire Plan Year by reason of the collective bargaining union exclusion or the
non-resident alien exclusion defined in the Code or by reason of the age and service requirements
of Article II of the Adoption Agreement; and 2) any Employee who incurs a severance from employment
during the Plan Year and fails to complete at least 501 Hours of Service during such Plan Year.

For the purpose of this subsection, an Employee is “benefiting” under the Plan on a particular date
if, under the Plan, the Employee is entitled to an Employer Contribution or an allocation of
Forfeitures for the Plan Year.

If two or more “includible” Employees described above have the same severance from employment date,
then the Employer will suspend the allocation conditions for all such “includible” Employees
irrespective of whether the Plan can satisfy the ratio percentage test by accruing benefits for all
such “includible” Employees.

3.1.5 Contributions on Behalf of Disabled Participants:

No contributions to a Participant’s Account will be made on behalf of a Participant whose
Employment has terminated on account of Disability with respect to periods after his or her
termination of Employment due to Disability.

3.1.6 Permitted Disparity:

The Primary Employer may select an integrated allocation formula as set forth in an Adoption
Agreement for purposes of allocating an Employer contribution. If an Employer has adopted more
than one Qualified Plan, only one such Qualified Plan may utilize the permitted disparity rules
(integrated with Social Security).

     (A) Two-Step Integrated Allocation Formula.

          (1) For each Participant eligible to share in the allocation for a Plan Year, contributions to
Profit Sharing Contributions Accounts with respect to a Plan Year, plus any forfeitures, if
forfeitures are reallocated to Participants, shall be allocated to the Profit Sharing Contributions
Account of each eligible Participant as follows:

               (a) First, in the ratio that the sum of each eligible Participant’s Plan Compensation for the
Plan Year and Plan Compensation for the Plan Year in excess of the Integration Level (as defined in
the Adoption Agreement) bears to the sum of all such Participants’ Plan Compensation and Plan
Compensation in excess of the Integration Level, but for each eligible Participant, not in excess
of the Maximum Profit Sharing Disparity Rate (defined below).

               (b) Second, any remaining contributions or forfeitures will be allocated in the ratio that
each Participant’s Plan Compensation for that Plan Year bears to all Participants’ Plan
Compensation for that Plan Year.

               (c) If this Plan is Top-Heavy, each eligible Participant employed on the last day of the Plan
Year will be allocated a Top-Heavy minimum contribution up to 3% of 415 Limitation Compensation in
accordance with Section 4.4.3 of the Base Plan Document.

23

 

     (B) Four-Step Integrated Allocation Formula.

          (1) For each Participant eligible to share in the allocation for a Plan Year, contributions to
Profit Sharing Contributions Accounts with respect to a Plan Year, plus any forfeitures, if
forfeitures are reallocated to Participants, shall be allocated to the Profit Sharing Contributions
Account of each eligible Participant as follows:

               (a) First, in the ratio that each eligible Participant’s Plan Compensation for the Plan Year
bears to the sum of all such Participants’ Plan Compensation for the Plan Year, but not in excess
of 3% of each Participant’s Plan Compensation. For this first step, a “Participant” means, in
addition to any eligible Participant for the Plan Year, any other Participant entitled to a
Top-Heavy minimum contribution for that Plan Year.

               (b) Second, any remaining contributions or forfeitures will be allocated in the ratio that
each eligible Participant’s Plan Compensation for the Plan Year in excess of the Integration Level
(as defined in the Adoption Agreement) bears to the excess Plan Compensation of all Participants,
but not in excess of 3% of each Participant’s Plan Compensation. For purposes of this step, in the
case of any Participant who has exceeded the cumulative permitted disparity limit, such
Participant’s total Plan Compensation for the Plan Year shall be taken into account.

               (c) Third, any remaining contributions or forfeitures will be allocated in the ratio that the
sum of each eligible Participant’s Plan Compensation for the Plan Year and Plan Compensation for
the Plan Year in excess of the Integration Level (as defined in the Adoption Agreement) bears to
the sum of all such Participants’ Plan Compensation and Plan Compensation in excess of the
Integration Level, but for each eligible Participant, not in excess of the Maximum Profit Sharing
Disparity Rate (defined below). For purposes of this step, in the case of any Participant who has
exceeded the cumulative permitted disparity limit, two times such Participant’s total Plan
Compensation for the Plan Year shall be taken into account.

               (d) Fourth, any remaining contributions or forfeitures will be allocated in the ratio that
each Participant’s Plan Compensation for that Plan Year bears to all Participants’ Plan
Compensation for that Plan Year.

     (C) Maximum Disparity Table.

The Maximum Profit Sharing Disparity Rate is equal to the applicable percentage determined in
accordance with the following table:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	If the Integration Level is (as a	 	 	 	 
	% of the Taxable Wage Base	 	The applicable percentage used	 	The applicable percentage used
	(“TWB”)):	 	with two-step formula is:	 	with four-step formula is:
	20% or less of the TWB
	 	 	5.7	%	 	 	2.7	%
	More than 20% but not
more than 80% of the
TWB
	 	 	4.3	%	 	 	1.3	%
	More than 80% but less
than 100% of the TWB
	 	 	5.4	%	 	 	2.4	%
	100% of the TWB
	 	 	5.7	%	 	 	2.7	%

     (D) Annual Overall Permitted Disparity Limit. Notwithstanding the selection of a “Two
or Four Step Integration Allocation” in an Adoption Agreement, for any Plan Year this Plan benefits
a Participant who benefits under another qualified plan or simplified employee pension, as defined
in Code Section 408(k), maintained by the Employer that provides for permitted disparity (or
imputes disparity), Employer contributions and forfeitures, if forfeitures are reallocated to
Participants, shall be allocated to the Profit Sharing Contributions Account of each eligible
Participant in the ratio that each Participant’s Plan Compensation for that Plan Year bears to all
Participants’ Plan Compensation for that Plan Year.

     (E) Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or
after January 1, 1995, the cumulative permitted disparity limit for a Participant is 35 total
cumulative permitted disparity years.

24

 

“Total cumulative permitted disparity years” means the
number of years credited to the Participant for allocation
or accrual purposes under this Plan, any other qualified plan or simplified employee pension
(whether or not terminated) ever maintained by the Employer. For purposes of determining the
Participant’s cumulative permitted disparity limit, all years ending in the same calendar year are
treated as the same year. If the Participant has not benefited under a defined benefit or target
benefit plan for any year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the Participant has no cumulative
disparity limit.

3.1.7 Cross Testing 

     (A) If, for a Plan Year, the Plan provides for profit-sharing contributions as selected in an
Adoption Agreement which are allocable under a special allocation method designated therein to
which Treas. Regs. Section 1.401(a)(4)-8 apply, each Eligible Participant, as defined therein,
shall constitute a “separate allocation group” for purposes of allocating contributions. Only a
limited number of allocation rates (defined below) is permitted, and the number of allocation rates
cannot be greater than the maximum allowable number of allocation rates. The maximum number of
allocation rates is equal to the sum of the allowable number of allocation rates for Eligible
Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees (“eligible NHCEs) and the allowable number of
allocation rates for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees (“eligible HCEs”).
The allowable number of allocation rates for eligible HCEs is equal to the number of eligible
HCEs, limited to 25. The allowable number of Nonhighly Compensated Employee allocation rates
depends on the number of eligible NHCEs, limited to 25.

     The allocation will be made as follows: first, the total amount of contributions is allocated
among the deemed aggregated allocation groups (referred to as “classification” in the case of a
Plan that uses the “Allocation by Classification of Participants”) in portions determined by the
Employer. A deemed aggregated allocation group consists of all of the separate allocation groups
that have the same allocation rate; and second, within each deemed aggregated allocation group, the
allocated portion is allocated to each Eligible Participant in the ratio that such Eligible
Participant’s Plan Compensation bears to the total Plan Compensation of all Eligible Participants
in the group. An allocation rate is the amount of contributions allocated to an Eligible
Participant for a Plan Year, expressed as a percentage of Plan Compensation. The number of
eligible NHCEs to which a particular allocation rate applies must reflect a reasonable
classification of Employees, and no Employee can be assigned to more than one deemed aggregated
allocation group for a Plan Year.

     For a Plan with only one or two eligible NHCEs, the allowable number of NHCE allocation rates
is one. For a Plan with 3 to 8 eligible NHCEs, the allocable number of NHCE allocation rates cannot
exceed two. For a Plan with 9 to 11 eligible NHCEs, the allowable number of NHCE allocation rates
cannot exceed three. For a Plan with 12 to 19 eligible NHCEs, the allowable number of NHCE
allocation rates cannot exceed four. For a Plan with 20 to 29 eligible NHCEs, the allowable number
of NHCE allocation rates cannot exceed five. For a Plan with 30 or more eligible NHCEs, the
allowable number of NHCE allocation rates cannot exceed the number of eligible NHCEs divided by
five (rounded down to the next whole number if the result of dividing is not a whole number), but
shall not exceed 25.

     The Plan shall satisfy the Broadly Available Allocation Rates or the Minimum Allocation
Gateway. Broadly Available Allocation Rates means the method described in Treas. Reg. Section
1.401(a)(4)-8(b)(1)(iii). Minimum Allocation Gateway means the requirement pursuant to which each
Eligible Participant who is a Nonhighly Compensated Employee must have an allocation rate that is
equal to at least the lesser of 5% of the Eligible Participant’s 415 Limitation Compensation (as
defined in Section 1.1 of the Plan) measured over a period of time permitted under the definition
of Plan Compensation, or one-third of the allocation rate of the Highly Compensated Employee with
the highest allocation rate.

     (B) If, for a Plan Year, the Plan provides for profit-sharing contributions allocable using
the “Age based Allocation” method as selected in an Adoption Agreement, the total Employer
contribution shall be allocated to each Eligible Participant such that the equivalent benefit
accrual rate for each Eligible Participant is identical. The equivalent benefit accrual rate is
the annual annuity commencing at the Eligible Participant’s testing age, expressed as a percentage
of the Eligible Participant’s Plan Compensation which is provided from the allocation of Employer
contributions and forfeitures for the Plan Year, using standard actuarial assumptions that satisfy
Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(a)(4)-12. The Eligible Participant’s testing age is the later of Normal
Retirement Age, or the Eligible Participant’s current age.

25

 

3.1.8 Contributions Provided by Leasing Organization:

For purposes of the Plan, contributions provided by the “leasing organization” referred to in
Section 1.58 of a Leased Employee which are attributable to services performed for the recipient
Employer shall be treated as provided by the recipient Employer.

3.1.9 Short Plan Year:

If a Participant’s allocation of any contribution, including Matching Contributions, is conditioned
on the completion of a specified number of Hours of Service during a Plan Year, and if there is a
Plan Year of fewer than 12 months, the specified number of Hours of Service required for such short
Plan Year shall equal the product of the number of Hours of Service otherwise specified in the
Adoption Agreement for contribution purposes multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is
the number of months in the Short Plan Year and the denominator of which is 12.

3.1.10 Plan Year to Which Contributions are Deemed to be Made:

A contribution shall be deemed to be made for the Plan Year designated by the Employer; provided
that for purposes of Code Sections 401(a)(4), 401(k), 401(m), 415, or 404, a contribution will not
be treated as having been made for a Plan Year if the contribution is actually made after a
deadline for such Plan Year as required by the applicable Section of the Code. For example, for
purposes of an Employer’s deduction under Code Section 404, a contribution for a Plan Year may be
deemed to be made on the last day of that Plan Year even if it is contributed to the Plan after the
end of the Plan Year as long as it is contributed before the due date for the Employer’s federal
income tax or information return for the taxable year of the Employer ending with or within the
Plan Year (including extensions). For purposes of Section 3.7 (the Code Section 415 annual
additions limitation), a contribution will not be deemed to be credited to a Participant’s Account
for a Limitation Year unless the contribution is actually made no later than 30 days after the due
date for the Employer’s federal income tax or information return for the taxable year that ends
with or within the Limitation Year (including extensions) (or 30 days after the end of the
Limitation Year in the case of Employee After-Tax Contributions), unless otherwise provided in the
regulations under Code Section 415 or other guidance issued by the IRS. A contribution deemed to
be made for a Plan Year but actually contributed after the end of the Plan Year shall be deemed to
be allocated as of the last day of such Plan Year.

3.1.11 Collectively Bargained Employees 

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if contributions are made under the Plan
on behalf of an Employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement where Plan benefits were the
subject of good faith bargaining, the provisions of the Plan as otherwise reflected in the Plan and
the Adoption Agreement shall apply to all such Employees, unless otherwise specified in the
Adoption Agreement.

3.2 Employee After-Tax Contributions:

     (A) Employee After-Tax Contribution Election. If Employee After-Tax Contributions may
be made to the Plan as selected in the Adoption Agreement, subject to the limitations contained in
Section 3.5 (the ACP Test) and Section 3.7 (the Code Section 415 limitation), the Employer will
contribute cash to the Trust Fund in an amount equal to:

          (1) the specific deferral percentage elected by each Participant multiplied by such
Participant’s Plan Compensation; or

          (2) a bonus contribution made under Section 3.2(C).

     (B) Election Procedure. The amount elected by a Participant in accordance with an
Employee After-Tax Election shall be determined within the limits specified in the Adoption
Agreement. The Employee After-Tax Election shall be made in a manner prescribed by the Plan
Administrator and no election shall be effective prior to acceptance by the Plan Administrator.
The Plan Administrator may reduce the amount of any Employee After-Tax Contribution, or make such
other modifications as necessary, so that the Plan complies with the provisions of the Code and the
Plan. A Participant’s Employee After-Tax Election shall remain in effect

26

 

until modified or
terminated. Modification or termination of an Employee After-Tax Election shall be made at
such time as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.

     (C) Contributions of Bonus Amounts. If selected in the Adoption Agreement, a
Participant may make an Employee After-Tax Election to have an amount withheld up to the amount of
any bonus payable for such Plan Year and direct the Employer to contribute the amount so withheld
to his or her Employee After-Tax Contribution Account.

3.3 Rollover Contributions:

Any Eligible Employee or Active Participant may make a Rollover Contribution to the Plan or direct
the Plan Administrator to direct the Trustee to accept a direct Rollover Contribution (in
accordance with Code Section 401(a)(31)) from another Eligible Retirement Plan as defined in
Section 1.34, unless selected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement. A Rollover Contribution shall
be in cash or in other property acceptable to the Trustee.

The Plan shall not accept a Rollover Contribution attributable to any accumulated QVECs or any
other amounts that is not an Eligible Rollover Distribution. The Trustee may condition acceptance
of a Rollover Contribution upon receipt of such documents as it may require in its sole discretion.
The Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine whether an amount constitutes a
valid Rollover Contribution.

If the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, determines at any time that an amount that is to
be contributed by an Eligible Employee does not meet the requirements for a Rollover Contribution
to the Plan, the Plan Administrator may refuse to accept such amount as a Rollover Contribution.
If an Employee makes a contribution under this Section 3.3 intended to be a Rollover Contribution
and the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, determines that the contribution did not
qualify as a Rollover Contribution, upon direction by the Plan Administrator, the Trustee shall
distribute the entire balance in the Eligible Employee’s Rollover Contributions Account
attributable to such invalid Rollover Contribution to the Eligible Employee as soon as practicable.

This Section only applies in the context of Rollover Contributions and does not apply in the
context of business transactions such as corporate mergers and acquisitions, or other
trust-to-trust transfers under Code Section 414(l).

3.4 Elective Deferral Contributions and Account Allocations:

3.4.1 Elective Deferral Contributions:

     (A) Elective Deferral Contribution Election. Elective Deferral Contributions may be
made to the Plan as selected in the Adoption Agreement, subject to the limitations contained in
Section 3.4.2(B) (the ADP Test) and Section 3.7 (the Code Section 415 limitation). The Employer
will contribute cash to the Trust Fund in an amount equal to:

          (1) the specific deferral percentage elected by each Participant multiplied by such
Participant’s Plan Compensation.

          (2) a bonus contribution made under Section 3.4.1(D).

     (B) Election Procedure. The amount elected by a Participant in accordance with an
Elective Deferral Election shall be determined within the limits specified in the Adoption
Agreement. An Elective Deferral Election shall be made in a manner prescribed by the Plan
Administrator or under an automatic enrollment procedure (such as a negative election procedure)
approved by the Plan Administrator, but no election shall be effective prior to acceptance by the
Plan Administrator. An Elective Deferral Election may only be made with respect to amounts that
(1) are not currently available to the Participant on the date of the election or (2) would (but
for the Elective Deferral Election) become currently available after the later of the date on which
the Employer adopts the cash or deferred arrangement or the date on which the arrangement becomes
effective. The Plan Administrator may reduce the amount of any Elective Deferral Election, or make
such other modifications as necessary, so that the Plan complies with the provisions of the Code
and the Plan. A Participant’s Elective Deferral Election shall remain in effect until modified or
terminated. Modification or termination of an Elective Deferral Election shall be made at such
time as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion, or as prescribed by applicable
selections under the automatic increase section of an

27

 

Adoption Agreement, but the Participant must be provided with the opportunity to modify or
terminate an Elective Deferral Election at least annually. In the event that an automatic
enrollment procedure is in effect, the Plan Administrator shall give a notice to each Eligible
Employee on or about the time that he or she becomes eligible to make an Elective Deferral Election
that explains the automatic enrollment procedure and his or her right to elect or revoke an
automatic enrollment Elective Deferral Election, or to alter the amount of the automatic Elective
Deferral Contribution under the automatic enrollment Elective Deferral Election, including the
procedure for exercising those rights and the timing for implementation of any such election. In
addition, prior to the commencement of each subsequent Plan Year, the Plan Administrator shall give
a similar notice to each such Eligible Employee if an automatic enrollment Elective Deferral
Election will be in effect for that Eligible Employee for such Plan Year.

     (C) Catch-Up Contributions. If selected in the Adoption Agreement, an eligible
Participant may make a Catch-Up Contribution. A Catch-Up Contribution is a Pre-Tax Contribution
and/or Roth Contribution made to the Plan by a Participant who is age 50 or over by the end of his
or her taxable year that: (1) exceeds any of the Applicable Limits, as defined below and (2) is
treated under the Plan as a Catch-Up Contribution, but only to the extent that it does not exceed
the Catch-Up Contribution Limit, as defined below.

     An Applicable Limit is a limit that applies to a Pre-Tax Contribution and Roth Contribution
without regard to its status as a Catch-Up Contribution, including:

          (1) a limit on Pre-Tax Contributions/Roth Contributions or Annual Additions permitted to be
made (without regard to Code Section 414(v)) with respect to a Participant for a year provided in
Code Section 401(a)(30), 402(h), 403(b), 408, 415(c) or 457(b)(2) (without regard to Code Section
457(b)(3), as applicable);

          (2) the limit imposed under Code Section 401(k)(3) (the Actual Deferral Percentage (ADP)
Limit); and

          (3) an Employer-provided limit on the Pre-Tax Contributions/Roth Contributions a Participant
is permitted to make (without regard to Code Section 414(v)) that is set forth in the Plan, but not
required by the Code (Employer-Provided Limit). An Employer-Provided Limit that restricts Pre-Tax
Contributions/Roth Contributions (including those made by a Participant eligible to make Catch-Up
Contributions) shall not be less than 75% of a Participant’s Plan Compensation.

     The Catch-Up Contribution Limit for a taxable year is the dollar limit on Catch-Up
Contributions under Code Section 414(v)(2)(B)(i) for the taxable year. The Catch-Up Contributions
Limit is $1,000 for taxable years beginning in 2002, increasing by $1,000 for each year thereafter
up to $5,000 for taxable years beginning in 2006 and later years. After 2006, the $5,000 limit
will be adjusted by the Secretary for cost-of-living increases under Code Section 414(v)(2)(C).

     A Catch-Up Contribution shall not be: (a) subject to any otherwise applicable limitation
contained in Code Section 401(a)(30), 402(h), 403(b), 408, 415(c), or 457(b)(2) (determined without
regard to Code Section 457(b)(3)) or taken into account in applying such limitations to other
contribution or benefits under the Plan or any other plan, and (b) treated as failing to meet the
requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4), 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 403(b)(12), 408(k), 410(b), or 416
by reason of the making (or right to make) such contribution.

     (D) Deferrals of Bonus Amounts. If selected in the Adoption Agreement, an Eligible
Employee may make an Elective Deferral Election to have an amount withheld up to the amount of any
bonus payable for such Plan Year and direct the Employer to contribute the amount so withheld to
his or her Pre-Tax Contribution Account and/or Roth Contribution Account.

3.4.2 Limitation on Elective Deferral Contributions:

     (A) Maximum Amount of Elective Deferral Contributions and Distribution of Excess Elective
Deferral Contributions.

          (1) Code Section 402(g) Limit. No Participant shall be permitted to make an Elective
Deferral Contribution to the Plan, or any other qualified plan maintained by the Employer, during
any taxable year in excess of the dollar limitation contained in Code § 402(g) in effect for such
taxable year, except to the extent permitted under Section 3.4.1(C) and Code Section 414(v). The
dollar limitation contained in Code

28

 

Section 402(g) is $11,000 for taxable years beginning in 2002,
increasing by $1,000 for each year thereafter up to
$15,000 for taxable years beginning in 2006 and later years. After 2006, the $15,000 limit
shall be adjusted by the Secretary for cost-of-living increases under Section 402(g)(4).

          (2) Claims. A Participant may assign to the Plan any Excess Elective Deferral
Contributions made during the calendar year by notifying the Plan Administrator of the amount of
the Excess Elective Deferral Contributions to be assigned to the Plan. A Participant is deemed to
notify the Plan Administrator of any Excess Elective Deferral Contributions that arise by taking
into account those Elective Deferral Contributions made to the Plan and any other plans of the
Primary Employer or of an Affiliate.

          (3) Distributions of Excess Elective Deferral Contributions. Notwithstanding any
other provision of the Plan, Excess Elective Deferral Contributions, plus any income and minus any
loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than the April 154 following the
calendar year in which the Excess Elective Deferral Contributions were made to any Participant to
whose Account Excess Elective Deferral Contributions were assigned for the preceding year or who
claims Excess Elective Deferral Contributions for such taxable year. Excess Elective Deferral
Contributions shall be attributed to Pre-Tax Contributions prior to Roth Contributions. Excess
Elective Deferral Contributions shall be treated as Annual Additions unless distributed in
accordance with applicable guidance. Excess Elective Deferral Contributions of a Nonhighly
Compensated Employee are not taken into account for purposes of the ADP Test. The amount required
to be distributed to correct an Excess Elective Deferral Contribution to a Participant for a
taxable year shall be reduced by Excess Contributions (and allocable income) previously distributed
with respect to the Participant for the Plan Year beginning with or within the taxable year.

          (4) Determination of Income or Loss. Excess Elective Deferral Contributions shall be
adjusted for income or loss up to the date of distribution. The income or loss allocable to Excess
Elective Deferral Contributions is the sum of: (1) the income or loss allocable to the
Participant’s Pre-Tax Contributions Account and Roth Contributions Account for the calendar year in
which such Excess Elective Deferral Contribution occurred multiplied by a fraction, the numerator
of which is the Participant’s Excess Elective Deferral Contribution from Pre-Tax Contributions and
Roth Contributions for that calendar year and the denominator of which is the sum of: (a) the total
Account Balance of the Participant’s Pre-Tax Contributions Account and Roth Contributions Account
as of the first day of that calendar year without regard to any income or loss occurring during
that calendar year, and (b) the Participant’s Pre-Tax Contributions and Roth Contributions made
during the calendar year and (2) 10% of the amount determined under (1) multiplied by the number of
whole calendar months between the end of the Participant’s taxable year and the date of
distribution, counting the month of distribution if distribution occurs after the 15th
of such month.

          Notwithstanding anything in the preceding paragraph to the contrary, any reasonable method
for computing the income or loss allocable to Excess Elective Deferral Contributions may be used,
provided that such method is used consistently for all Participants and for all corrective
distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year, and is used by the Plan for allocating income or
loss to a Participant’s Account. Income or loss allocable to the period between the end of the
calendar year in which the Excess Elective Deferral Contribution occurred and the date of
distribution (gap earnings) shall be disregarded in determining income or loss for Plan Years
beginning before 2007, unless the Primary Employer elects otherwise.

     (B) ADP Test.

          The ADP Test determines the maximum amount of Highly Compensated Employee ADP Contribution
Amounts that can be made to the Plan in accordance with the non-discrimination requirements of
Code Section 401(k).

          (1) Definitions.

 

			
	4	 	Excess Elective Deferral Contributions that
are not distributed by such date may not be distributed until the date that
Elective Deferral Contributions may otherwise be distributed. In that event,
the Excess Elective Deferral Contributions are includible in the Participant’s
gross income both in the year contributed and in the year distributed.

29

 

               (a) Actual Deferral Percentage. The ratio of (i) the ADP Contribution Amounts, as
defined below, actually paid over to the Trust for the Plan Year on behalf of a Participant who was
an Active Participant at any time during the Plan Year to (ii) such Participant’s Testing
Compensation for the Plan Year.

               (b) ADP Contribution Amounts. ADP Contribution Amounts include (i) any Elective
Deferral Contributions made pursuant to the Participant’s Elective Deferral Election (including
Excess Elective Deferral Contributions of Highly Compensated Employees), but excluding (I) Excess
Elective Deferral Contributions of Nonhighly Compensated Employees that arise solely from Elective
Deferral Contributions made under the Plan(s) of the Employer or an Affiliate and (II) Elective
Deferral Contributions that are taken into account in the ACP Test (provided that ADP test is
satisfied both with and without exclusion of these Elective Deferral Contributions); and (ii)
Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions that are designated by the
Plan Administrator to be taken into account in the ADP Test.

               (c) Average Deferral Percentage or ADP. For a specified group of eligible
Participants for the Plan Year, the average of the Participants’ Actual Deferral Percentages. For
purposes of computing the Average Deferral Percentages, except as provided in Section 2.7, any
otherwise eligible Participant who elects not to defer shall be treated as an eligible Participant
on whose behalf no Elective Deferral Contributions are made.

Unless selected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, the Current Year Testing method described
below shall apply.

          (2) Prior Year Testing.

          Except as provided in Section 3.14 (Safe Harbor Method CODA), the ADP for a Plan Year for
Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the prior Plan Year’s ADP
for Participants who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year must satisfy one
of the following tests:

               (a) The ADP for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan
Year shall not exceed the prior Plan Year’s ADP for Participants who were Nonhighly Compensated
Employees for the prior Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

               (b) The ADP for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan
Year shall not exceed the prior Plan Year’s ADP for Participants who were Nonhighly Compensated
Employees for the prior Plan Year multiplied by 2.0, provided that the ADP for Participants who
were Nonhighly Compensated Employees in the prior Plan Year does not exceed the ADP for
Participants who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees in the prior Plan Year by more than 2.0
percentage points.

          For the first Plan Year that the Plan permits any Participant to make Elective Deferral
Contributions, and if this is not a successor plan, then for purposes of the foregoing tests, the
prior Plan Year’s Nonhighly Compensated Employees’ ADP shall be either 3 percent or, the Plan
Year’s ADP for these Participants, as selected in the Adoption Agreement.

          (3) Current Year Testing.

               (a) If the Current Year Testing method is selected , the ADP Tests in subparagraph (B)(2)(a)
and (b), above, shall be applied by comparing the current Plan Year’s ADP for Participants who are
Highly Compensated Employees with the current Plan Year’s ADP for Participants who are Nonhighly
Compensated Employees.

               (b) A Current Year Testing election may only be changed by an election in an Adoption
Agreement that meets the requirements for changing to Prior Year Testing as set forth in Notice
98-1 (or other applicable guidance).5

 

			
	5	 	Generally, the Plan may change (by timely adoption
of a plan amendment) from using the current year testing method to the Prior
Year Testing method if the current year testing method was used under the Plan
for each of the five Plan Years preceding the Plan Year of the change (or if
lesser, the number of Plan Years that the Plan

30

 

     (C) Special Actual Deferral Percentage Rules.

          (1) Participation in Two or More Plans. The Actual Deferral Percentage for any
Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have ADP
Contribution Amounts allocated to his or her Account under two or more CODAs that are maintained by
the Employer shall be determined as if all such ADP Contribution Amounts were made under a single
arrangement. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more CODAs that have
different Plan Years, all cash or deferred arrangements ending with or within the same calendar
year shall be treated as a single arrangement. For Plan Years beginning after 2005, if a Highly
Compensated Employee participates in two or more CODAs of the Employer that have different Plan
Years, all Elective Deferral Contributions made during the Plan Year under all such arrangements
shall be aggregated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if
mandatorily disaggregated under Code Section 401(k) and the regulations and other IRS guidance
issued thereunder.6

          (2) Aggregation. If the Plan satisfies the requirements of Code Sections 401(k),
401(a)(4) or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans
satisfy the requirements of such sections of the Code only if aggregated with the Plan, then this
Section 3.4.2 shall be applied by determining the Actual Deferral Percentages for any Participant
as if all such plans were a single plan. Any adjustments to the Nonhighly Compensated Employee ADP
for the prior year will be made in accordance with Notice 98-1 and any superseding guidance, unless
selected in the Adoption Agreement to use the current year testing method. Plans may be aggregated
in order to satisfy Code Section 401(k) only if they have the same plan year and use the same ADP
testing method.

          (3) Timing of Contributions. For purposes of the ADP Test, Elective Deferral
Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, and Qualified Nonelective Contributions must be
made before the end of the 12-month period immediately following the Plan Year to which the
contributions relate.

          (4) Records. The Employer shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate
satisfaction of the ADP Test and the amount of Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified
Matching Contribution, or both, used in such test.

          (5) Other Requirements. The determination and treatment of the Elective Deferral
Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, and Qualified Nonelective Contributions used in
the ADP Test shall satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary.

     (D) Distribution of Excess Contributions

          (1) Excess Contributions. The term “Excess Contributions” means with respect to any
Plan Year, the excess of:

               (a) The aggregate ADP Contribution Amounts actually taken into account in computing the ADP of
Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over

               (b) The maximum amount of ADP Contribution Amounts permitted by the ADP Test (determined by
hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of
the ADPs, beginning with the highest of such percentages).

          (2) General Rules. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan except Section
3.4.2(E), Excess Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be
distributed no later than the last day of each Plan Year to a Participant to whose Account such
Excess Contributions were allocated for

 

			
	 	 	has been in existence, including
years in which the Plan was a portion of another plan). A change may also be
permitted in the context of certain business acquisitions. Notification to or
filing with the IRS of a change from the current year to the Prior Year Testing
method is not required for the change to be valid.
	 
	6	 	Generally, an arrangement must be treated as
a separate plan for purposes of Code Section 401(k)(3) to the extent it covers
employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement, is an employee stock
ownership plan, or covers employees of a qualified separate line of business
under Code Section 414(r).

31

 

the preceding Plan Year.7 Excess Contributions shall be attributed to Pre-Tax
Contributions prior to Roth Contributions. Excess Contributions are allocated to the Highly
Compensated Employees with the largest ADP Contribution Amounts taken into account in calculating
the ADP Test for the year in which the excess arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee
with the largest amount of such ADP Contribution Amounts and continuing in descending order until
all the Excess Contributions have been allocated. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the
“largest amount” is determined after distribution of any Excess Contributions. Excess
Contributions shall be treated as Annual Additions under the Plan. Excess Contributions (and
allocable income) shall be reduced by any amounts previously distributed to the Participant from
the Plan to correct Excess Elective Deferral Contributions for the Participant’s taxable year
ending with or within the Plan Year in accordance with Code Section 402(g)(2).

          (3) Determination of Income or Loss. Excess Contributions shall be adjusted for any
income or loss up to the date of distribution. The income or loss allocable to such Excess
Contributions is equal to the sum of: (1) income or loss allocable to the Participant’s Pre-Tax
Contributions Account and Roth Contributions Account (and if applicable, the Qualified Nonelective
Contributions Account or the Qualified Matching Contributions Account or both) for the Plan Year in
which such Excess Contributions occurred multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which the
Participant’s Excess Contributions for the Plan Year and the denominator of which is the sum of (a)
the total Account Balance of the Participant’s Pre-Tax Contribution Account and Roth Contributions
Account and other contributions taken into account as of the first day of the Plan Year without
regard to any income or loss occurring during such Plan Year, and (b) any additional amount of such
contributions made for the Plan Year and (2) 10% of the amount determined under (1) multiplied by
the number of whole calendar months that have elapsed between the end of the Plan Year and the date
of distribution if distribution occurs after the 15th of such month.

          Notwithstanding anything in the preceding paragraph to the contrary, any reasonable method
for computing the income or loss allocable to Excess Contributions may be used, provided that such
method is used consistently for all Participants and for all corrective distributions under the
Plan for the Plan Year and is used by the Plan for allocating income or loss to a Participant’s
Account. Income or loss allocable to the period between the end of the Plan Year in which the
Excess Contributions occurred and the date of distribution (gap earnings) shall be disregarded in
determining income or loss for Plan Years beginning before 2006.

     (E) Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions. In lieu
of (or in addition to) distributing Excess Contributions under the preceding provisions of Section
3.4.2(D), and as provided in Sections 3.10 and 3.11, the Employer may make Qualified Nonelective
Contributions and/or Qualified Matching Contributions on behalf of one or more Nonhighly
Compensated Employees that are sufficient to satisfy the ADP Test. If the Employer elects to use
the prior Plan Year testing method in subparagraph (B)(2) above, Qualified Matching Contributions
must be allocated as of a date within the prior Plan Year and must actually be paid to the Trust no
later than the end of the 12-month period following the end of the Plan Year to which the
contribution relates.8

          For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, Qualified Nonelective Contributions
shall satisfy the following requirements:

     (1) Disproportionate Contributions not taken into Account. Qualified
Nonelective Contributions cannot be taken into account for a Plan Year for a
Nonhighly Compensated Employee to the extent such contributions exceed the product of
that Nonhighly Compensated Employee’s Testing Compensation and the greater of five
percent (5%) or 2 times the Plan’s representative contribution rate (as defined
below). Any Qualified Nonelective Contribution

 

			
	7	 	Distribution of Excess Contributions on or
before the last day of the Plan Year after the Plan Year in which such excess
amounts arose is required under Code Section 401(k)(8) if the Plan is to
maintain its tax-qualified status. However, if such excess amounts, plus any
income and minus any loss allocable thereto, are distributed more than 2-1/2
months after the last day of the Plan Year in which such excess amounts arose,
then Code Section 4979 imposes a 10% excise tax on the Employer maintaining the
Plan with respect to the Excess Contribution.
	 
	8	 	Any such contributions must be made by the
date described in Treas. Reg. Section 1.415-6(b)(7)(ii) in order to be treated
as Annual Additions for the prior Limitation Year. Generally, this period ends
30 days after the time prescribed by law for filing the tax return for the
taxable year of the Employer with or within which the prior Limitation Year
ends (including extensions thereof).

32

 

taken into account under an ACP test
under Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(6) (including the determination of the representative contribution rate for purposes of Treas.
Reg. Section 1.401(m)- 2(a)(6)(v)(B)) is not permitted to be taken into account for
purposes of this paragraph (including the determination of the representative
contribution rate).

     The Plan’s representative contribution rate is the lowest applicable
contribution rate (as defined below) of any eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employee
among a group of eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employees that consists of half of
all eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year (or, if greater, the
lowest applicable contribution rate of any eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employee in
the group of all eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year and who
is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year).

     The applicable contribution rate for an eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employee
is the sum of the Qualified Matching Contributions taken into account for the
eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and the Qualified
Nonelective Contributions made for that eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employee for
the Plan Year, divided by that eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employee’s Testing
Compensation for the same period.

     (2) Prevailing Wage Contributions. Notwithstanding anything contained
herein to the contrary, Qualified Nonelective Contributions that are made in
connection with the Employer’s obligation to pay prevailing wages under the
Davis-Bacon Act (46 Stat. 1494), Pub. L. 71-798, Service Contract Act of 1965 (79
Stat. 1965), Pub. L. 89- 286, or similar legislation can be taken into account for a
Plan Year for a Nonhighly Compensated Employee to the extent such contributions do
not exceed 10 percent (10%) of that Nonhighly Compensated Employee’s Testing
Compensation.

     (3) Qualified Matching Contributions. Qualified Matching Contributions
may be taken into account only to the extent that such Qualified Matching
Contributions are Matching Contributions that are not precluded from being taken into
account under the ACP test for the Plan Year under the rules of Treas. Reg. Section
1.401(m)-2(a)(5)(ii).

     (4) Contributions used only Once. Qualified Nonelective Contributions
and Qualified Matching Contributions cannot be taken into account to the extent such
contributions are taken into account for purposes of satisfying any other ADP test,
any ACP test, or the requirements of Treas. Reg. Sections 1.401(k)-3, 1.401(m)-3 or
1.401(k)-4. Thus, for example, Matching Contributions that are made pursuant to
Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(k)-3(c) cannot be taken into account under the ADP test.
Similarly, if the Plan switches from the current year testing method to the prior
Plan Year testing method pursuant to Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(k)-2(c), Qualified
Nonelective Contributions that are taken into account under the current year testing
method for a Plan Year may not be taken into account under the prior Plan Year
testing method for the next Plan Year.

3.5 Limitation on Contribution Percentage:

     (A) ACP Test.

          The ACP Test determines the maximum amount of Highly Compensated Employee ACP Contribution
Amounts (generally Employee After-Tax Contributions and Matching Contributions) that can be made
to the Plan in accordance with the non-discrimination requirements of Code Section 401(m).

          (1) Definitions.

               (a) Actual Contribution Percentage. The ratio of (i) the ACP Contribution Amounts
actually paid over to the Trust on behalf of a Participant who was an Active Participant at any
time during the Plan Year to (ii) such Participant’s Testing Compensation for the Plan Year.

33

 

               (b) ACP Contribution Amounts. ACP Contribution Amounts include (i) the sum of the
Employee After-Tax Contributions, Matching Contributions, Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, as
determined by the Plan Administrator, and Qualified Matching Contributions (to the extent not
taken into account for purposes of the ADP Test) made under the Plan on behalf of the Participant
for the Plan Year, but excluding Matching Contributions that are forfeited either to correct Excess
Aggregate Contributions or because the contributions to which they relate are Excess Elective
Deferral Contributions, or Excess Aggregate Contributions; and (ii) Qualified Nonelective
Contributions designated by the Plan Administrator to be taken into account in applying the ACP
Test. The Primary Employer also may elect to use Elective Deferral Contributions in the ACP
Contribution Amounts so long as the ADP Test is met before the Elective Deferral Contributions are
used in the ACP Test and continues to be met following the exclusion of those Elective Deferral
Contributions that are used to meet the ACP Test.

               (c) Average Contribution Percentage or ACP. For a specified group of eligible
Participants for the Plan Year, the average of the Participants’ Actual Contribution Percentages.
For purposes of computing the Average Contribution Percentage, except as provided in Section 2.7,
any otherwise eligible Participant who elects not to make Employee After-Tax Contributions or to be
eligible to receive allocations of Matching Contributions, shall be treated as an eligible
Participant on whose behalf no Employee After-Tax or Matching Contributions are made.

Unless selected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, the Current Year Testing method described
below shall apply.

          (2) Prior Year Testing.

          Except as provided in Section 3.14 (Safe Harbor Method CODA), the ACP for a Plan Year for
Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the prior Plan Year’s ACP
for Participants who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year must satisfy one
of the following tests:

               (a) the ACP for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan
Year shall not exceed the prior Plan Year’s ACP for Participants who were Nonhighly Compensated
Employees for the prior Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

               (b) the ACP for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan
Year shall not exceed the prior Plan Year’s ACP for Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated
Employees for the prior Plan Year multiplied by 2.0, provided that the ACP for Participants who
were Nonhighly Compensated Employees in the prior Plan Year does not exceed the ACP for
Participants who were Nonhighly Compensated Participants in the prior Plan Year by more than two
percentage points.

          For the first Plan Year that the Plan permits any Participant to make Employee After-Tax
Contributions, provides for Matching Contributions or both, and if this is not a successor plan,
then for purposes of the foregoing tests, the prior Plan Year’s Nonhighly Compensated Employees’
ACP shall be either 3 percent or, the Plan Year’s ACP for these Participants as elected in the
Adoption Agreement.

          (3) Current Year Testing.

               (a) If the Current Year Testing method is selected, the ACP Tests in subparagraphs (A)(2)(a)
and (b), above, shall be applied by comparing the current Plan Year’s ACP for Participants who are
Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year with the current Plan Year’s ACP for Participants
who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees.

               (b) A Current Year Testing election may only be changed by an election in the Adoption
Agreement that meets the requirements for changing to Prior Year Testing set forth in Notice 98-1
(or other applicable guidance) are satisfied.9

 

			
	9	 	Generally, the Plan may change from using the
current year testing method to the Prior Year Testing method if the current
year testing method was used under the Plan for each of the five Plan Years
preceding the Plan Year of the change (or if lesser, the number of Plan Years
that the Plan has been in existence, including years

34

 

     (B) Special Actual Contribution Percentage Rules.

          (1) Participation in Two or More Plans. The Actual Contribution Percentage for any
Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have ACP
Contribution Amounts allocated to his or her Account under two or more such plans described in Code
Section 401(a), or CODAs that are maintained by the Employer, shall be determined as if all such
ACP Contribution Amounts were made under each plan and arrangement. If a Highly Compensated
Employee participates in two or more such plans or arrangements that have different Plan Years, all
Contribution Percentage Amounts made during the Plan Year under all such plans and arrangements
shall be aggregated. For Plan Years beginning before 2006, all such plans and arrangements ending
with or within the same calendar year shall be treated as a single plan or arrangement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily
disaggregated under Code Section 401(m) and the regulations and other IRS guidance issued
thereunder.10

          (2) Aggregation. If the Plan satisfies the requirements of Code Sections 401(m),
401(a)(4) or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans
satisfy the requirements of such sections of the Code only if aggregated with the Plan, then this
Section 3.5 shall be applied by determining the Actual Contribution Percentages for a Participant
as if all such plans were a single plan. Any adjustments to the Nonhighly Compensated Employee ACP
for the prior year shall be made in accordance with Notice 98-1 and any superseding guidance,
unless selected in the Adoption Agreement to use the current year testing method. Plans may be
aggregated in order to satisfy Code Section 401(m) only if they have the same Plan Year and use the
same ACP testing method.

          (3) Timing of Contributions. For purposes of the ACP Test, Employee After-Tax
Contributions are considered to have been made in the Plan Year for which contributed to the Trust.
Matching Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, and Qualified Nonelective Contributions
must be made before the end of the 12-month period immediately following the Plan Year to which the
contributions relate.

          (4) Records. The Employer shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate
satisfaction of the ACP Test and the amount of Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified
Matching Contributions, or both, used in such test.

          (5) Other Requirements. The determination and treatment of Matching Contributions,
Employee After-Tax Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions and Qualified Nonelective
Contributions used in the ACP Test shall satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by
the Secretary.

     (C) Forfeiture and/or Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions.

          (1) Excess Aggregate Contributions. The term “Excess Aggregate Contributions” means
with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:

               (a) The aggregate ACP Contribution Amounts actually taken into account in computing the ACP of
Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over

               (b) The maximum amount of such ACP Contribution Amounts permitted by the ACP Test (determined
by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in the
order of their ACPs beginning with the highest of such percentages). Such determination shall be
made after first determining Excess Elective Deferral Contributions under Section 3.4.2 and then
determining Excess Contributions under Section 3.4.2.

 

			
	 	 	in which the Plan was a
portion of another plan). A change may also be permitted in the context of
certain business acquisitions. Notification to or filing with the IRS of a
change from the current year to the Prior Year testing method is not required
for the change to be valid.
	 
	10	 	Generally, an arrangement must be treated as
a separate plan for purposes of Code Section 401(m) to the extent it covers
employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement, is an employee stock
ownership plan, or covers employees of a qualified separate line of business
under Code Section 414(r).

35

 

          (2) General Rules. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, Excess Aggregate
Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be forfeited, if
forfeitable11, or if not forfeitable, distributed no later than the last day of each Plan
Year to a Participant to whose Account such Excess Aggregate Contributions was allocated for the
preceding Plan Year.12 Excess Aggregate Contributions are allocated to the Highly
Compensated Employees with the largest ACP Contribution Amounts taken into account in calculating
the ACP Test for the year in which the excess arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee
with the largest amount of such ACP Contribution Amounts and continuing in descending order until
all the Excess Aggregate Contributions have been allocated. For purposes of the preceding
sentence, the “largest amount” is determined after distribution of any Excess Aggregate
Contributions. Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be treated as Annual Additions under the Plan.
Excess Contributions (and allocable income) shall be reduced by any amounts previously distributed
to the Participant from the Plan to correct excess Deferrals for the Participant’s Taxable Year
with or within the Plan Year in accordance with Code Section 402(g)(2). In making distributions,
the Plan Administrator shall distribute and/or forfeit, if forfeitable, Excess Aggregate
Contributions in the following order: first, After-Tax Contributions with respect to which no
Matching Contributions were made; second, After-Tax Contributions with respect to which Matching
Contributions were made and the Matching Contributions to which those After-Tax Contributions
relate on a pro rata basis; third, Matching Contributions and all other amounts, if any, included
in Excess Aggregate Contributions with respect to affected Highly Compensated Employees.

          (3) Determination of Income or Loss. Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be adjusted
for any income or loss up to the date of distribution. The income or loss allocable to Excess
Aggregate Contributions allocated to each Participant is equal to the sum of: (1) income or loss
allocable to the Participant’s Employee After-Tax Contribution Account, Matching Contribution
Account(s), Qualified Matching Contribution Account (if any, and if all amounts therein are not
used in the ADP test) and if applicable, Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account for the Plan
Year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Participant’s Excess Aggregate
Contributions for the Plan Year and the denominator of which is the sum of (a) the Participant’s
Account Balance attributable to ACP Contribution Amounts without regard to any income or loss
occurring during such Plan Year and (b) the Participant’s Employee After-Tax Contributions and
Matching Contributions during the Plan Year; and (2) ten percent of the amount determined under (1)
multiplied by the number of whole calendar months between the end of the Plan Year and the date of
distribution counting the month of distribution if distribution occurs after the 15th of
such month.

          Notwithstanding anything in the preceding paragraph to the contrary, any reasonable method
for computing the income or loss allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions may be used, provided
that such method is used consistently for all Participants and for all corrective distributions
under the Plan for the Plan Year, and is used by the Plan for allocating income or loss to a
Participant’s Account. Income or loss disregarded in determining allocable to the period between
the end of the Plan Year and the date of distribution (gap earnings) shall be disregarded in
determining income or loss for Plan Years beginning before 2006.

     (D) Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions. Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate
Contributions shall be treated as provided in Section 4.1.4.

     (E) Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions. In lieu
of (or in addition to) distributing Excess Aggregate Contributions under the preceding provisions
of Section 3.5, and as provided in Sections 3.10 and 3.11, the Employer may make Qualified
Nonelective Contributions and/or Qualified Matching Contributions on behalf of one or more
Nonhighly Compensated Employees that are sufficient to satisfy the ACP Test. If the Employer
elects to use the prior Plan Year Testing method in subparagraph (A)(2) above, Qualified Matching
Contributions must be allocated as of a date within the prior

 

			
	11	 	Under Code Section 411(a)(3)(G) a matching
contribution is not treated as being impermissibly forfeitable if it is
forfeitable because the contribution to which it relates is an Excess
Contribution, Excess Pre-Tax Contribution, or Excess Aggregate Contribution.
	 
	12	 	Distribution or forfeiture of Excess
Aggregate Contributions on or before the last day of the Plan Year after the
Plan Year in which such excess amounts arose is required under Code Section
401(m)(6) if the Plan is to maintain its tax-qualified status. However, if
such excess amounts, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, are
distributed more than 2-1/2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in which
such excess amounts arose, then Code Section 4979 imposes a 10% excise tax on
the Employer maintaining the Plan with respect to Excess Aggregate
Contributions.

36

 

Plan Year and must actually be paid to the Trust no later than the end of the 12-month period following the end of the Plan
Year to which the contribution relates.13

          For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, Qualified Nonelective Contributions
shall satisfy the following requirements:

     (1) Disproportionate Contributions not taken into Account. Qualified
Nonelective Contributions cannot be taken into account for an applicable year for a
Nonhighly Compensated Employee to the extent such contributions exceed the product of
that Nonhighly Compensated Employee’s Testing Compensation and the greater of five
percent (5%) and 2 times the Plan’s representative contribution rate (as defined
below). Any Qualified Nonelective Contribution taken into account in an ADP test
under Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6) (including the determination of the
representative contribution rate for purposes of Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(k)-
2(a)(6)(iv)(B)) is not permitted to be taken into account (including the
determination of the representative contribution rate).

     The Plan’s representative contribution rate is the lowest applicable
contribution rate (as defined below) of any eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employee
among a group of eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employees that consists of half of
all eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year (or, if greater, the
lowest applicable contribution rate of any eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employee in
the group of all eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the applicable year and
who is employed by the Employer on the last day of the applicable year).

     The applicable contribution rate for an eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employee
is the sum of the Matching Contributions taken into account for the eligible
Nonhighly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and the Qualified Nonelective
Contributions made for that eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employee for the Plan
Year, divided by that eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employee’s Testing Compensation
for the same period.

     (2) Prevailing Wage Contributions. Notwithstanding anything contained
herein to the contrary, Qualified Nonelective Contributions that are made in
connection with the Employer’s obligation to pay prevailing wages under the
Davis-Bacon Act (46 Stat. 1494), Pub. L. 71-798, Service Contract Act of 1965 (79
Stat. 1965), Pub. L. 89- 286, or similar legislation can be taken into account for a
Plan Year for a Nonhighly Compensated Employee to the extent such contributions do
not exceed 10 percent (10%) of that Nonhighly Compensated Employee’s Testing
Compensation.

     (3) Contributions used only Once. Qualified Nonelective Contributions
cannot be taken into account to the extent such contributions are taken into account
for purposes of satisfying any other ACP test, any ADP test, or the requirements of
Treas. Reg. Sections 1.401(k)-3, 1.401(m)-3 or 1.401(k)-4. Thus, for example,
Qualified Nonelective Contributions that are made pursuant to Treas. Reg. Section
1.401(k)-3(b) cannot be taken into account under the ACP test. Similarly, if the
Plan switches from the current year testing method to the prior Plan Year testing
method pursuant to Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(m)-2(c)(1), Qualified Nonelective
Contributions that are taken into account under the current year testing method for a
Plan Year may not be taken into account under the prior Plan Year testing method for
the next Plan Year.

 

			
	13	 	Any such contributions must be made by the
date described in Treas. Reg. Section 1.415-6(b)(7)(ii) in order to be treated
as Annual Additions for the prior Limitation Year. Generally, this period ends
30 days after the time prescribed by law for filing the tax return for the
taxable year of the Employer with or within which the prior Limitation Year
ends (including extensions thereof).

37

 

3.6 Establishing of Accounts:

3.6.1 Pre-Tax Contributions Account:

A Pre-Tax Contributions Account shall be established for each Participant who makes a Pre-Tax
Election to which the Plan Administrator shall credit, or cause to be credited, Pre-Tax
Contributions allocable to each such Participant, plus earnings or losses thereon.

3.6.2 Roth Contributions Account:

A Roth Contributions Account shall be established for each Participant who makes a Roth Election to
which the Plan Administrator shall credit, or cause to be credited, Roth Contributions allocable to
each such Participant, plus earnings or losses thereon.

3.6.3 Profit Sharing or Money Purchase Contributions Account:

A Profit Sharing Contributions Account or Money Purchase Contributions Account shall be established
for each Participant to which the Plan Administrator shall credit or cause to be credited
contributions described in Section 3.1.1 or 3.1.3 (as applicable) and forfeitures attributable to
such contributions, if any, plus earnings or losses thereon.

3.6.4 Employee After-Tax Contributions Account:

An Employee After-Tax Contributions Account shall be established for each Participant who makes an
Employee After-Tax Election, to which the Plan Administrator shall credit, or cause to be credited,
all amounts allocable to each such Participant, plus earnings or losses thereon.

3.6.5 Matching Contributions Account:

A Matching Contributions Account shall be established for each Participant for whom Matching
Contributions are made, to which the Plan Administrator shall credit, or cause to be credited, all
such amounts allocable to each such Participant, plus earnings or losses thereon.

3.6.6 Qualified Matching Contributions Account:

A Qualified Matching Contributions Account shall be established for each Participant for whom
Qualified Matching Contributions are made, to which the Plan Administrator shall credit, or cause
to be credited, all amounts allocable to each such Participant, plus earnings or losses thereon.

3.6.7 Qualified Nonelective Contributions Account:

A Qualified Nonelective Contributions Account shall be established for each Participant for whom
Qualified Nonelective Contributions are made, to which the Plan Administrator shall credit, or
cause to be credited, all amounts allocable to each such Participant, plus earnings or losses
thereon.

3.6.8 Rollover Contributions Account:

A Rollover Contributions Account shall be established for each Participant who contributes to the
Plan under Section 3.3 to which the Plan Administrator shall credit, or cause to be credited,
Rollover Contributions made by the Participant, plus earnings or losses thereon. A separate
account shall be maintained for an Eligible Rollover Distribution that is composed of Roth
contributions.

3.6.9 QVEC Account:

A QVEC Account shall be established for each Participant to contain amounts attributable to QVECs,
if any, plus earnings or losses thereon.

38

 

3.6.10 Prevailing Wage Account:

A Prevailing Wage Account shall be established for each Participant to which Prevailing Wage
Contributions made on behalf of the Participant, if any, are credited, plus earnings or losses
thereon.

3.6.11 Safe Harbor Matching Contributions Account:

A Safe Harbor Matching Contributions Account shall be established for each Participant to which
Matching Contributions made according to the Safe Harbor CODA rules of Section 3.14, if any, are
credited, plus earnings or losses thereon.

3.6.12 Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions Account:

A Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions Account shall be established for each Participant to which
nonelective contributions made according to the Safe Harbor CODA rules of Section 3.14, if any, are
credited, plus earnings or losses thereon.

3.6.13 Miscellaneous Account:

A Miscellaneous Account or Miscellaneous Accounts may be established by the Plan Administrator as
the Plan Administrator determines to be necessary for the administration of the Plan, plus earnings
or losses thereon.

3.7 Limitation on Amount of Allocations:

3.7.1 Definitions:

As used in this Section 3.7, each of the following terms shall have the meaning given to that term
as set forth in this Section 3.7.1:

     (A) Annual Additions means, for each Participant, the sum of the following amounts
credited to the Participant’s Account for the Limitation Year:

          (1) employer contributions within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.415-6(b) (including
Pre-Tax Contributions and Roth Contributions);

          (2) employee contributions within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.415-6(b);

          (3) forfeitures;

          (4) amounts allocated under a simplified employee pension plan; and

          (5) amounts allocated to an individual medical benefit account as defined in Code Section
415(l)(2) (“Individual Medical Benefit Account”) which is part of a pension or annuity plan
maintained by the Primary Employer or Affiliate are treated as Annual Additions to a Defined
Contribution Plan. Also, amounts derived from contributions that are attributable to
post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a “key employee” as defined
in Code Section 419A(d)(3) under a “welfare benefit fund” as defined in Code Section 419(e)
(“Welfare Benefit Fund”) maintained by the Primary Employer or Affiliate, are treated as Annual
Additions to a Defined Contribution Plan.

     For this purpose, any Excess Amount (as defined in subsection (B), below) applied under
Sections 3.7.2(D) or 3.7.3(F) in the Limitation Year to reduce any Employer contributions will be
considered Annual Additions for such Limitation Year.

     Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if, in any Limitation Year, an
Employer contributes an amount to a Participant’s Account because of an erroneous forfeiture in a
prior Limitation Year, or because of an erroneous failure to allocate amounts in a prior Limitation
Year, or by operation of Section 2.5.1 or Section 9.4 (corrective allocations due to administrative
errors), the contribution will not be considered an Annual Addition with respect to the Participant
for that particular Limitation Year, but will be considered an Annual Addition for the Limitation
Year to which it relates. If the amount so contributed in the particular

39

 

Limitation Year
takes into account actual investment gains attributable to the period subsequent to the year
to which the contribution relates, the portion of the total contribution which consists of such
gains shall not be considered an Annual Addition for any Limitation Year.

     (B) Excess Amounts means the excess of the Participant’s Annual Additions for the
Limitation Year of reference over the Maximum Permissible Amount (as defined in subsection D,
below) for that Limitation Year.

     (C) 415 Limitation Compensation means Compensation, as defined in Section 1.20 and as
specified in an Adoption Agreement. In addition, for purposes of applying the limitations of this
Section, 415 Limitation Compensation paid or made available during such Limitation Year shall
include any elective deferrals (as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3)) and any amount which is
contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Employee and which is not includible
in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4) or 457.

     415 Limitation Compensation shall include only that Compensation which is actually paid or
made available in gross income during the Limitation Year. For Limitation Years beginning in 2005
or thereafter, payments made within 2 1/2 months after severance from Employment (within the
meaning of Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I)) will be compensation within the meaning of 415
Limitation Compensation if they are payments that, absent a severance from Employment, would have
been paid to the Employee while the Employee continued in employment with the Employer and are
regular compensation for services during the Employee’s regular working hours, compensation for
services outside the Employee’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential),
commissions, bonuses, or other similar compensation, and payments for accrued bona fide sick,
vacation or other leave, but only if the Employee would have been able to use the leave if
employment had continued. Any payments not described above are not considered compensation if paid
after severance from Employment, even if they are paid within 2 1/2 months following severance from
Employment, except for payments to an individual who does not currently perform services for the
Employer by reason of qualified military service (within the meaning of Code Section 414(u)(1)) to
the extent these payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the
individual had continued to perform services for the Employer rather than entering qualified
military service.

          (1) Self-Employed Individuals.

          Without regard to the definition of 415 Limitation Compensation selected, for a Self-Employed
Individual, 415 Limitation Compensation means his or her Earned Income, provided that if the
Self-Employed Individual is not a Participant for an entire Plan Year, his or her 415 Limitation
Compensation for that Plan Year shall be his or her Earned Income for that Plan Year multiplied by
a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days he or she is a Participant during the
Plan Year and the denominator of which is the number of days in the Plan Year.

          (2) Disabled Participants.

          415 Limitation Compensation for a Participant in a Defined Contribution Plan who is
permanently and totally disabled (as defined in Code Section 22(e)) is the Plan Compensation such
Participant would have received for the Limitation Year if the Participant had been paid at the
rate of compensation paid immediately before becoming disabled.

     (D) Maximum Permissible Amount means the maximum Annual Additions (as defined in
subsection (A) above) that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant’s Account under the
Plan for any Limitation Year. Except for catch-up contributions described in Code Section 414(v),
the maximum Annual Additions that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant’s Account under
this Plan for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of:

          (1) $40,000, as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living under Code Section 415(d), or

          (2) 100 percent of the Participant’s 415 Limitation Compensation for the Limitation Year.

The compensation limit referred to in (2) above shall not apply to any contribution for medical
benefits after severance from employment (within the meaning of Code Section 401(h) or 419A(f)(2))
which is otherwise treated as Annual Additions. If a short Limitation Year is created because of an
amendment changing the

40

 

Limitation Year to a different 12-consecutive month period, the Maximum Permissible Amount will not
exceed the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation multiplied by the following fraction:

Number of months in the short Limitation Year

12

3.7.2 Annual Additions Limit:

The provisions of this subsection 3.7.2 apply with respect to a Participant who does not
participate in, and has never participated in, another Qualified Plan maintained by the Primary
Employer or Affiliate, a welfare benefit fund as defined in Code Section 419(e) maintained by the
Primary Employer or an Affiliate or an individual medical account as defined in Code Section
415(l)(2) maintained by an Primary Employer or Affiliate or a simplified employee pension, as
defined in Code Section 408(k), maintained by the Primary Employer or an Affiliate, which provides
an Annual Addition as defined in Section 3.7.1(A) of the Plan, other than this Plan.

     (A) Limit. The amount of Annual Additions which may be credited to a Participant’s
Account for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of the Maximum Permissible Amount or
any other limitation contained in the Plan. If the Employer contribution or forfeiture that would
otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s Account would cause the Annual Additions
on behalf of the Participant for the Limitation Year to exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount with
respect to that Participant for the Limitation Year, the amount contributed or allocated will be
reduced so that the Annual Additions on behalf of the Participant for the Limitation Year will
equal such Maximum Permissible Amount.

     (B) Estimated 415 Limitation Compensation. Prior to determining the Participant’s
actual 415 Limitation Compensation for a Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum
Permissible Amount for the Participant for the Limitation Year on the basis of a reasonable
estimation of the Participant’s Compensation for that Limitation Year. Such estimated 415
Limitation Compensation shall be uniformly determined for all Participants similarly situated.

     (C) Actual 415 Limitation Compensation. As soon as is administratively feasible after
the end of a Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation Year will be
determined on the basis of the Participant’s actual 415 Limitation Compensation for the Limitation
Year.

     (D) Disposition of Excess Amount. If under Section 3.7.2(C), as a result of the
allocation of forfeitures or as a result of an error in estimating 415 Limitation Compensation or
in determining the amount of Elective Deferral Contributions, there is an Excess Amount with
respect to the Participant for a Limitation Year, the Excess Amount shall be disposed of as
follows:

          (1) First, any contribution to the Participant’s Employee After-Tax Contributions Account (to
the extent a Matching Contribution has not been made with respect to such contribution), plus
earnings or minus losses attributable thereto will be distributed to the Participant to the extent
that the return thereof would reduce the Excess Amount in such Participant’s Account.

          (2) If, after the application of Section 3.7.2(D)(1), an Excess Amount still exists, any Roth
Contributions (to the extent a Matching Contribution has not been made with respect to such
contributions) plus earnings or minus losses attributable thereto, will be distributed to the
Participant to the extent that the return thereof would reduce the Excess Amount in such
Participant’s Account.

          (3) If, after the application of Section 3.7.2(D)(1) and (2) an Excess Amount still exists,
any Pre-Tax Contributions (to the extent a Matching Contribution has not been made with respect to
such contributions) plus earnings or minus losses attributable thereto, will be distributed to the
Participant to the extent that the return thereof would reduce the Excess Amount in such
Participant’s Account.

          (4) If, after the application of Section 3.7.2(D)(1), (2) and (3) an Excess Amount still
exists, any Employee After-Tax Contributions (plus earnings attributable thereto) to which Matching
Contributions are attributable shall be distributed to the Participant to the extent that the
return thereof would reduce the Excess Amount in such Participant’s Account. The pro rata portion
of the Matching Contribution (and earnings attributable thereto) attributable to such returned
Employee After-Tax Contributions shall be held in a suspense account and used to reduce the
Matching Contribution under this Plan for such Participant in the next Limitation Year.

41

 

          (5) If after the application of Section 3.7.2(D)(1), (2), (3) and (4) an Excess Amount still
exists, any Roth Contributions (plus earnings attributable thereto) to which Matching Contributions
are attributable shall be distributed to the Participant to the extent that the return thereof
would reduce the Excess Amount in such Participant’s Account. The pro rata portion of the Matching
Contribution (and earnings attributable thereto) attributable to such returned Roth Contributions
shall be held in a suspense account and used to reduce the Matching Contribution under the Plan for
such Participant in the next Limitation Year.

          (6) If after the application of Section 3.7.2(D)(1), (2), (3),(4) and (5) an Excess Amount
still exists, any Pre-Tax Contributions (plus earnings attributable thereto) to which Matching
Contributions are attributable shall be distributed to the Participant to the extent that the
return thereof would reduce the Excess Amount in such Participant’s Account. The pro rata portion
of the Matching Contribution (and earnings attributable thereto) attributable to such returned
Pre-Tax Contributions shall be held in a suspense account and used to reduce the Matching
Contribution under the Plan for such Participant in the next Limitation Year.

          (7) If after the application of Section 3.7.2(D)(1), (2) (3),(4), (5) and (6) an Excess Amount
still exists, and the Participant is covered by the Plan at the end of the Limitation Year, the
remaining Excess Amount in the Participant’s Account will be held in a suspense account and used to
reduce Employer contributions (including allocation of any forfeitures) under this Plan to which
such Participant is otherwise entitled in the next Limitation Year, and in each succeeding
Limitation Year, if necessary.

          (8) If after the application of Section 3.7.2(D)(1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) an
Excess Amount still exists, and the Participant is not covered by the Plan at the end of the
Limitation Year, the Excess Amount will be held unallocated in a suspense account. The suspense
account will be applied to reduce future Employer contributions under the Plan for all remaining
Participants in the next Limitation Year, and in each succeeding Limitation Year, if necessary.

          (9) If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a Limitation Year under Section
3.7.2(D)(8), the suspense account will not participate in the allocation of the Trust Fund’s
investment gains or losses to or from any other Account. If a suspense account is in existence at
any time during a particular Limitation Year, all amounts in the suspense account must be allocated
and reallocated to the applicable Participants’ or Accounts before any Employer or Participant
contributions may be made to the Plan for the Limitation Year. Excess Amounts, except as provided
in Section 3.7.2(D)(1) through (7) may not be distributed to Participants or former Participants.

          (10) Determination of Income or Loss. Excess Amount shall be adjusted for any income
or loss. The income or loss allocable to Excess Amount is equal to the income or loss allocable to
the Participant’s Account from which amounts are returned for the Plan Year in which the Excess
Amount occurred multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Participant’s Excess Amount
for the Plan Year and the denominator is (i) the Participant’s Account Balances attributable to the
Account from which amounts are returned as of the first day of the Plan Year without regard to any
income or loss occurring during such Plan Year; and (ii) all amounts allocated to the Participant’s
Account during the Plan Year.

          Notwithstanding anything in the preceding paragraph to the contrary, any reasonable method
for computing the income or loss allocable to Excess Amount may be used, provided that such method
is used consistently for all Participants and for all corrective distributions under the Plan for
the Plan Year, and is used by the Plan for allocating income or loss to a Participant’s Account.
Income or loss allocable to the period between the end of the Plan Year in which the Excess Amount
occurred and the date of distribution (gap earnings) may be disregarded in determining income or
loss.

3.7.3 Participation in More Than One Plan:

The provisions of this Section 3.7.3 apply with respect to a Participant who, in addition to the
Plan, is covered or has been covered under one or more Defined Contribution Plans (whether or not
Master or Prototype Plans), welfare benefit funds, an individual medical account or a simplified
employee pension plan maintained by the Primary Employer or an Affiliate, which provides an Annual
Addition as described in Section 3.7.1(A) of the Plan during any Limitation Year.

     (A) The Annual Additions which may be credited to a Participant’s Account under the Plan for
any such Limitation Year shall not exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount reduced by the Annual
Additions

42

 

credited to the Participant’s Account under the other qualified Master or Prototype
Defined Contribution Plans
and welfare benefit fund, individual medical account or simplified employee pension plan for
the same Limitation Year. If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under other
qualified Master or Prototype Defined Contribution Plans, welfare benefit funds, individual medical
account, and simplified employee pension plan maintained by the Employer are less than the Maximum
Permissible Amount and the Employer contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated
to a Participant’s Account under this Plan would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year
to exceed this limitation, the amount contributed or allocated shall be reduced so that the Annual
Additions under all such other plans and funds for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum
Permissible Amount. If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under such other
qualified Master or Prototype Defined Contribution Plans and welfare benefit funds, individual
medical account, or simplified employee pension plan in the aggregate are equal to or greater than
the Maximum Permissible Amount, no amount will be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s
Account under the Plan for the Limitation Year.

     (B) In determining the Participant’s actual 415 Limitation Compensation for a Limitation Year,
the Maximum Permissible Amount for a Participant may be determined in the manner described in
Section 3.7.2(B).

     (C) As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of a Limitation Year, the Maximum
Permissible Amount for the Limitation Year shall be determined on the basis of the Participant’s
actual 415 Limitation Compensation for the Limitation Year.

     (D) If, under Section 3.7.3(A) above, or as a result of the allocation of forfeitures, a
Participant’s Annual Additions under the Plan and the Participant’s Annual Additions under such
other plans would result in an Excess Amount for a Limitation Year, the Excess Amount shall be
deemed to consist of the Annual Additions last allocated, except that Annual Additions attributable
to a simplified employee pension plan will be deemed to have been allocated first, followed by
Annual Additions to a welfare benefit fund or individual medical benefit account regardless of the
actual allocation date.

     (E) If an Excess Amount was allocated to a Participant on an allocation date of the Plan which
coincides with an allocation date of another such plan, the Excess Amount attributed to the Plan
will be the product of:

          (1) the total Excess Amount allocated as of such date, times

          (2) the ratio of (a) the Annual Additions allocated to the Participant for the Limitation Year
as of such date under this Plan to (b) the total Annual Additions allocated to the Participant for
the Limitation Year as of such date under this Plan and all the other qualified Master or Prototype
Defined Contribution Plans.

     (F) Any Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be disposed in the manner described in
Section 3.7.2(D).

3.7.4 Participation in Non-Prototype Plans:

If a Participant is covered under another qualified Defined Contribution Plan, other than the Plan
which is not a Master or Prototype Plan, Annual Additions which may be credited to the
Participant’s Account under the Plan for any Limitation Year shall be limited in accordance with
the provisions of Sections 3.7.3(A) through (F) above as though each such other plan was a Master
or Prototype Plan, unless the Employer provides other limitations in the other qualified Defined
Contribution Plan. Any annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) for the benefit of a
Participant shall be treated as a Defined Contribution Plan maintained by each Employer with
respect to which the Participant has the control required under Code Section 414(b) or (c) (as
modified by Code Section 415(h)).

3.8 Return of Employer Contributions Under Special Circumstances:

3.8.1 Contributions Are Conditional:

All contributions by the Employer are conditioned on their being deductible under Code Section 404
(to the extent the Employer is not otherwise tax exempt) and upon the initial qualification of the
Plan (as adopted by the Employer) under Code Section 401(a).

43

 

3.8.2 Return of Contributions:

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, upon timely written demand by the
Employer or the Plan Administrator to the Trustee:

     (A) Any contribution by the Employer to the Plan under a mistake of fact must be returned to
the Employer by the Trustee within one year of the contribution. Earnings attributable to such
contribution shall not be returned to the Employer, but losses attributable to the contribution
shall reduce the amount to be returned.

     (B) Any contribution made by the Employer incident to the determination by the IRS that the
Plan is initially a Qualified Plan shall be returned to the Employer by the Trustee within one year
after notification from the IRS that the Plan is not initially a Qualified Plan, but only if the
application for the qualification is made by the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer’s
return for the taxable year in which the Plan is adopted, or such later date as the Secretary may
prescribe.

     (C) If the deduction of a contribution made by the Employer is disallowed by the IRS under
Code Section 404, such contribution (to the extent disallowed) must be returned to the Employer
within one year of the disallowance of the deduction. Earnings attributable to such contribution
shall not be returned to the Employer, but losses attributable to the contribution shall reduce the
amount to be returned.

3.9 QVECs:

The Plan Administrator will not accept deductible employee contributions which are made for a
taxable year beginning after December 31, 1986. Contributions made prior to that date, if any,
will be maintained in a separate QVEC Account with respect to each affected Participant which will
be nonforfeitable at all times. Each Participant’s QVEC Account, if any, shall share in the gains
and losses under the Plan in the same manner as any other Account under the Plan. No part of the
QVEC Account may be used to purchase life insurance or is available for a loan under the Plan.
Subject to the Article VI Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements (if applicable), the
Participant may withdraw any part of his or her QVEC Account at any time by making a written
application to the Plan Administrator.

3.10 Qualified Nonelective Contributions:

The Employer may elect to make Qualified Nonelective Contributions under a Plan that does not use
the prior Plan Year Testing method on behalf of one or more Nonhighly Compensated Employees, and
for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, subject to the limits set forth in Section
3.4.2(E) and Section 3.5(E), as applicable. Such contributions for a Plan Year shall be allocated
among Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees in an amount necessary to satisfy the
ADP Test or the ACP Test. Such Qualified Nonelective Contributions may be made in lieu of or in
addition to distributing Excess Contributions as provided in Section 3.4.2 of the Plan, or
distributing or forfeiting Excess Aggregate Contributions as provided in Section 3.5 of the Plan.

3.11 Qualified Matching Contributions:

The Employer may elect to make Qualified Matching Contributions under the Plan. Such Contributions
for a Plan Year shall be allocated among Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees and
who make Pre-Tax Contributions or Roth Contributions for the Plan Year in an amount necessary to
satisfy the ADP Test or the ACP Test. Such Qualified Matching Contributions may be made in lieu of
or in addition to distributing Excess Contributions as provided in Section 3.4.2 of the Plan, or
distributing or forfeiting Excess Aggregate Contributions as provided in Section 3.5 of the Plan.

3.12 Contribution and Allocation of Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching
Contributions:

Qualified Nonelective Contributions and/or Qualified Matching Contributions for a Plan Year shall
be contributed and allocated to the Trust no later than the last day of the 12-month period
immediately following the Plan Year to which such contributions relate.

44

 

3.13 Prevailing Wage Contribution:

If selected in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer shall make Prevailing Wage Contributions in
accordance with the applicable prevailing wage contract described therein. Prevailing Wage
Contributions may offset Profit Sharing Contributions to the extent provided in the Adoption
Agreement.

3.14 Safe Harbor Method CODA:

3.14.1 Rule of Application:

     (A) If the Safe Harbor CODA option in the Adoption Agreement is selected, the provisions of
this Section 3.14 shall apply for the Plan Year and any provisions relating to the ADP Test
described in Code Section 401(k)(3) (and Plan Section 3.4.2(B)) or the ACP Test described in Code
Section 401(m)(2) (and Plan Section 3.5) shall not apply.

     (B) Notwithstanding Section 3.14.1(A), if Matching Contributions that do not satisfy the ACP
Test Safe Harbor requirements of Section 3.14.5 or if Employee After-Tax Contributions are made to
the Plan, the Plan must satisfy the ACP Test using the current year testing method as permitted
under applicable law.

3.14.2 Governing Provisions:

To the extent that any other provision of the Plan is inconsistent with the provisions of this
Section 3.14, and this Section 3.14 has been selected by the Primary Employer in the Adoption
Agreement, the provisions of this Section 3.14 govern.

3.14.3 Definitions:

     (A) ADP Test Safe Harbor is the method described in Section 3.14.4 for satisfying the ADP Test
of Code Section 401(k)(3).

     (B) Safe Harbor Contributions are Safe Harbor Matching Contributions or Safe Harbor
Nonelective Contributions described in Section 3.14.4.

     (C) Compensation is defined in Section 1.20, except, for purposes of this Section 3.14, no
dollar limit, other than the limit imposed by Code Section 401(a)(17), applies to the compensation
of a Nonhighly Compensated Employee. However, solely for purposes of determining the Plan
Compensation subject to a Participant’s deferral election, the Employer may use an alternative
definition to the definition described in the preceding sentence, provided such alternative
definition is a reasonable definition within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.414(s)-1(d)(2)
and permits each Participant to elect sufficient Pre-Tax Contributions and/or Roth Contributions to
receive the maximum amount of Matching Contributions (determined using the definition of Plan
Compensation described in the preceding sentence) available to the Participant under the Plan.

     (D) Eligible Participant means an Active Participant eligible to make Elective Deferral
Contributions under the Plan for any part of the Plan Year or who would be eligible to make
Elective Deferral Contributions but for a suspension due to statutory limitations, such as Code
Sections 402(g) and 415.

     (E) Safe Harbor Matching Contributions are contributions made by the Employer in the amount(s)
specified as such in the Adoption Agreement on account of an Eligible Participant’s Elective
Deferral Contributions and/or Employee After-Tax Contributions.

     (F) Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions are nonelective contributions in an amount specified
as such in the Adoption Agreement made by the Employer on behalf of Eligible Participants.

3.14.4 ADP Test Safe Harbor:

     (A) Safe Harbor Contributions.

45

 

          (1) The Plan shall satisfy the contribution requirement of Code Section 401(k)(12) through the
use of Safe Harbor Matching Contributions or Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions as selected in
the Adoption Agreement.

          (2) Notwithstanding the requirement in (1) above that the Employer make Safe Harbor
Contributions to the Plan, if selected in the Adoption Agreement, the Safe Harbor Contributions
will be made to the Defined Contribution Plan indicated in the Adoption Agreement. If the Defined
Contribution Plan utilizes this Base Plan Document (referred to herein as “Other BPD Plan”), the
provisions relating to eligibility to receive a Safe Harbor Contribution as set forth in the CODA
Adoption Agreement shall be applicable to the Other BPD Plan, but only to the extent needed to make
an Employee eligible to receive a Safe Harbor Contribution in the Other BPD Plan and not with
respect to any contribution that does not constitute a Safe Harbor Contribution. Any contribution
made to the Other BPD Plan and allocated to a Participant’s Account for a Plan Year shall be
credited towards the Safe Harbor Contribution required for that Participant for that Plan Year and
shall constitute a Safe Harbor Contribution to the extent that it does not exceed the required Safe
Harbor Contribution for that Plan Year. However, Safe Harbor Contributions will be made to the
Plan unless (a) each Eligible Participant eligible under the Plan is also eligible under the other
plan and (b) the other plan has the same Plan Year as the Plan. The option to make Safe Harbor
Contributions to another Defined Contribution Plan is permitted only if the Plan is a
non-standardized plan or a plan that is paired with another plan that is using the Prototype Plan.
Safe Harbor Contributions made to the Plan shall be allocated to each Eligible Participant’s Safe
Harbor Matching Contributions Account or Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions Account, as
applicable.

          (3) A Participant’s accrued benefit derived from Safe Harbor Contributions may not be
distributed earlier than the occurrence of an event described in Section 5.1.2(A), (B) or (C). In
addition, such contributions must satisfy the ADP Test Safe Harbor without regard to permitted
disparity under Code Section 401(1).

     (B) Notice Requirement.

     Generally, the Employer must provide a comprehensive notice of the rights and obligations
under the Plan to each Eligible Participant, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the
average Employee. This notice must be provided within a reasonable period before the beginning of
the Plan Year (or, in the year an Eligible Employee becomes an Eligible Participant, within a
reasonable period before the Eligible Employee becomes an Eligible Participant). Notice is deemed
to have been provided within such reasonable period if it is provided at least 30 days, but not
more than 90 days, before the beginning of the Plan Year. If an Eligible Employee becomes an
Eligible Participant after the 90th day before the beginning of the Plan Year and does
not receive the notice for that reason, the notice must be provided no more than 90 days before the
Eligible Employee becomes an Eligible Participant but not later than the date the Eligible Employee
becomes an Eligible Participant.

     (C) Election Periods.

     In addition to any other election periods provided under the Plan, each Eligible Participant
may make or modify a deferral election during the 30-day period immediately following receipt of
the notice described in Section 3.14.4(B) above.

3.14.5 ACP Test Safe Harbor: 

The ACP Test Safe Harbor Requirements are met if:

     (A) Matching Contributions are not made with respect to Elective Deferral Contributions or
Employee After-Tax Contributions that in the aggregate exceed 6 percent of the Eligible
Participant’s Plan Compensation,

     (B) The rate of Matching Contributions does not increase as the rate of Elective Deferral
Contributions (Pre-Tax Contributions and Roth Contributions) or Employee After-Tax Contributions
increase,

     (C) At the rate of Elective Deferral Contributions (Pre-Tax Contributions and Roth
Contributions) or Employee After-Tax Contributions, the rate of Matching
Contributions that would
apply with respect to any Highly Compensated Employee who is an Eligible Participant is no greater
than the rate of Matching

46

 

Contributions that would apply to a Nonhighly Compensated Employee who is
an Eligible Participant and who has the same rate of
Elective Deferral Contributions (Pre-Tax Contributions and Roth Contributions) or Employee
After-Tax Contributions; and

     (D) Matching Contributions that are discretionary do not exceed 4% of the Employee’s Plan
Compensation.

3.14.6 Contributions Fully Vested:

All contributions made under this Section 3.14 shall be nonforfeitable.

3.15 USERRA:

     (A) Make-Up Profit Sharing, Prevailing Wage, Safe Harbor Nonelective and Money Purchase
Contributions.

     To the extent that USERRA requires the Employer to make contributions to the Plan for any
Participant, such contributions shall be made (without adjustment for any investment gains or
losses, earnings or expenses) when the Participant returns to service as an Eligible Employee of
the Employer. Any such make-up contribution shall be in an amount equal to the sum of the
contributions that the Employer would have made for allocation to the Participant’s Account
(without adjustment to reflect investment gains or losses or income or expenses that would have
been attributable thereto) had the Participant remained in the employ of the Employer as an
Eligible Employee throughout the period of his military service absence, with imputed Plan
Compensation equal to the Plan Compensation that he would have earned at his or her rate of pay
from the Employer in effect immediately prior to inception of his absence for military service.

     (B) Make-Up Pre-Tax, Roth, Employee After-Tax, and Matching Contributions (including Safe
Harbor Matching Contributions).

     If the Plan permits Elective Deferral Contributions and/or Employee After-Tax Contributions,
any Employee who is entitled to USERRA reemployment rights shall be subject to the following
provisions:

          (1) If, at the time of the commencement of his or her absence for qualified military service
(as defined in Code Section 414(u)), the Eligible Employee was not yet a Participant by reason of
failure to satisfy the Plan’s minimum service requirements, such Eligible Employee shall be deemed
to have become a Participant as of the Entry Date on which he or she would otherwise have become a
Participant had his or her employment not been interrupted by qualified military service.

          (2) Any Participant who resumes employment with the Employer within the time during which his
reemployment rights are protected by USERRA shall be entitled to make up missed Elective Deferral
Contributions and Employee After-Tax Contributions at any time during the period commencing with
his or her resumption of employment with the Employer and ending on the earliest to occur of (a)
the date that occurs five years from the date on which such qualified military service absence
commenced, (b) the date on which his or her employment terminates after having been resumed
following qualified military service, or (c) the date that occurs after a passage of time
commencing on his or her resumption of employment following qualified military service which is
equal to three times the duration of his or her absence for qualified military service. Any such
make-up contributions shall be by payroll withholding unless otherwise permitted by Treas. Regs. or
other applicable guidance.

          (3) Solely for the purposes of determining all limitations applicable thereto under the Plan
and under the Code, any make-up contributions made by a Participant exercising his or her rights
under paragraph (2) hereof shall be deemed to have been made in the Plan Year in which originally
missed. For the purpose of applying these limitations, the Participant will be imputed with Plan
Compensation in an amount equal to the amount that the Participant would have earned during his or
her period of absence in the Plan Year (or fraction thereof) had he or she been employed through
the entirety of such period of absence at his or her regular rate of wages or salary in effect
(including any contractual holiday, vacation or sick pay, contractual bonuses and other contractual
direct cash remuneration) immediately prior to the commencement of such absence.

47

 

          (4) To the extent that the Participant makes contributions described in paragraph (2) hereof
in a timely manner, the Employer shall contribute for allocation directly to that Participant’s
Matching Contribution Account (or Safe Harbor Matching Contributions Account if applicable) an
amount equal to the Matching Contributions (or Safe Harbor Matching Contributions if applicable)
that would have been made for the benefit of the Participant if the Participant’s make-up Pre-Tax
Contributions, Roth Contributions, and/or Employee After-Tax Contributions had been made at the
time his imputed Plan Compensation would have been earned.

     (C) Earnings on Make-Up Contributions.

There shall be no adjustment of either Employer contribution amounts or a Participant’s Account
Balance for other purposes (such as the payment of Plan administrative costs and trustee or
investment manager fees) that might or would have occurred had the make-up Pre-Tax Contributions,
Roth Contributions, Employee After-Tax Contributions, Profit Sharing Contributions, Safe Harbor
Contributions, Money Purchase Contributions and Matching Contributions been made on a current
basis during either the period of the Participant’s absence or any period after his return to
employment and prior to the date on which such make-up contribution is actually made.

3.16 Electronic Media:

Any notice, election, consent, waiver, or other communication under this Article III may be made by
means of such electronic, telephonic or other media authorized by the Plan Administrator to the
extent permitted and in the manner required under applicable law.

ARTICLE IV

VESTING

4.1 Determination of Vesting:

4.1.1 Vested Accounts:

A Participant shall at all times have a vested percentage of 100% in the Account Balance in his or
her Pre-Tax Contributions Account, Roth Contributions Account, Qualified Nonelective Contributions
Account, Employee After-Tax Contributions Account, Qualified Matching Contributions Account,
Rollover Contributions Account, Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account , Safe Harbor Nonelective
Account and QVEC Account.

4.1.2 Full Vesting Events:

A Participant shall have a vested percentage of 100% in his or her Account upon: (A) the
attainment of Normal Retirement Age; (B) termination of employment due to the attainment of: (1)
Early Retirement Age (if selected in an Adoption Agreement); (2) Disability; (3) death; (C) the
complete discontinuance of contributions by the Employer; (D) the complete termination of the Plan;
or (E) solely in the case of an affected Participant, a partial termination of the Plan.

4.1.3 Other Vesting Events:

Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.1.1 and Section 4.1.2, each Participant’s Account shall
become vested in accordance with the vesting and, if applicable, Early Retirement Age provisions
selected in the Adoption Agreement. The vesting schedule that applies to Matching Contributions
shall satisfy either a 3-year cliff vesting schedule or a “2-to-6-year graded vesting schedule.” A
“2-to-6-year graded vesting schedule” and “3-to-7-year graded vesting schedule” means an Employee’s
vested percentage based on each included year of Vesting Service under the following applicable
schedule:

	 	 	 	 	 
	2-to-6-year graded	 	3-to-7-year graded
	 
	 	 	 	 
	0-1 year /0%
	 	0-2 years /0%
	2 years /20%
	 	3 years /20%
	3 years /40%
	 	4 years /40%
	4 years /60%
	 	5 years /60%

48

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	2-to-6-year graded	 	3-to-7-year graded
	 
	 	 	 	 
	5 years /80%
	 	6 years /80%
	6 years /100%
	 	7 years /100%

4.1.4 Forfeitures:

Forfeitures of Profit Sharing Contributions, Money Purchase Contributions and Matching
Contributions, other than Excess Aggregate Contributions or Matching Contributions related to
contributions that are Excess Aggregate Contributions, Excess Elective Deferral Contributions, or
Excess Contributions, shall be made in accordance with the selection made in the Adoption
Agreement. In the event that a provision is not selected in the Adoption Agreement and forfeitures
arise, forfeitures shall be used in the following order: (A) to offset the administrative costs of
the Plan; (B) to reduce Employer contributions; and (C) to provide additional allocations to
Participants in accordance with the applicable Employer contribution allocation formula selected.

4.2 Rules for Crediting Vesting Service:

4.2.1 General Rule:

Subject to Section 4.2.2, Years of Service shall be credited for purposes of determining a
Participant’s Vesting Service as specified in the Adoption Agreement. If the Employer maintains
the plan of a Predecessor Employer, service with such Predecessor Employer shall be treated as
service with the Employer for purposes of Vesting Service.

4.2.2 Breaks in Service:

     (A) Fewer than Five Consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service. A Participant who incurs
fewer than five consecutive one-year Breaks in Service shall retain credit for Vesting Service
earned before such period of Breaks in Service.

     (B) Five Consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service. A Participant who incurs five or
more consecutive one-year Breaks in Service shall not accrue additional Vesting Service for
Employment after such period of Breaks in Service with respect to his or her Account accrued before
the commencement of the Break in Service period. Except as provided in (C) below, Years of Service
both before and after the Break in Service shall count in determining the Participant’s Vesting
Service with respect to all contributions made after the Participant’s reemployment.

     (C) Five Consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service: Nonvested Termination. A
Participant who incurs a Nonvested Severance and is reemployed after having incurred at least five
consecutive one-year Breaks in Service shall be treated as a new employee and his or her Years of
Service earned before such period of Breaks in Service shall be disregarded for crediting Vesting
Service.

4.3 Employer Accounts Forfeitures:

4.3.1 Nonvested Severance:

Subject to Section 5.4, upon the Nonvested Severance of a Participant, the nonvested portion of his
or her Account shall be forfeited as of the date of his or her termination of Employment.

4.3.2 Partially Vested Severance:

Upon the Partially Vested Severance of a Participant, the nonvested portion of his or her Account
shall be forfeited as of the date of his or her termination of Employment; provided, however, that
the Participant receives a distribution in accordance with Section 5.6. If the Participant does
not receive a distribution following his or her termination of Employment, the nonvested portion of
his or her Account shall be forfeited following a period of five consecutive one-year Breaks in
Service.

4.3.3 Vesting After Partial Distribution:

If a distribution is made at a time when a Participant has a nonforfeitable right to less than 100
percent of the Employer Derived Account Balance, and the Participant may increase the
nonforfeitable percentage in his or

49

 

her Account, the Participant’s nonforfeitable portion of his or her Account shall be equal to an amount
(“X”) determined by the formula:

X=P(AB + (R x D)) - (R x D)

For purposes of applying the formula: P is the nonforfeitable percentage at the relevant time, AB
is the Account Balance at the relevant time, D is the amount of the distribution, and R is the
ratio of the Account Balance at the relevant time to the Account Balance after distribution.

4.3.4 Withdrawal Does Not Cause Forfeiture:

No forfeitures shall occur solely as a result of an Employee’s withdrawal of Employee After-Tax
Contributions, Rollover Contributions, and/or Elective Deferral Contributions.

4.4 Top-Heavy Provisions:

If the Plan is or becomes a Top-Heavy Plan in any Plan Year, the provisions of this Section 4.4
shall supersede any conflicting provisions in the Plan.

4.4.1 Terms:

As used in this Section 4.4, each of the following terms shall have the meanings given to that term
as set forth in this Section 4.4.1:

     (A) Determination Date means, for any Plan Year subsequent to the first Plan Year the
last day of the preceding Plan Year. For the first Plan Year of the Plan, Determination Date means
the last day of that year.

     (B) Permissive Aggregation Group means the Required Aggregation Group of plans plus
any other plan or plans of the Primary Employer or Affiliate which, when considered as a group with
the Required Aggregation Group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections
401(a)(4) and 410.

     (C) Required Aggregation Group means (1) each Qualified Plan of the Primary Employer
or Affiliate in which at least one Key Employee participates or participated at any time during the
Plan Year containing the Determination Date or any of the four preceding Plan Years, regardless of
whether the Plan has terminated, and (2) any other Qualified Plan of the Primary Employer or
Affiliate which enables a plan described in (1) to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4)
or 410.

     (D) Top-Heavy Plan means, for any Plan Year, the Plan if any of the following
conditions exists:

          (1) If the Top-Heavy Ratio for the Plan exceeds 60% and the Plan is not part of any Required
Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation Group of plans.

          (2) If the Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group of plans but not part of a
Permissive Aggregation Group and the Top-Heavy Ratio for the group of plans exceeds 60%.

          (3) If the Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group and part of a Permissive Aggregation
Group of plans and the Top-Heavy Ratio for the Permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60%.

     (E) Top-Heavy Ratio means:

          (1) If the Primary Employer or Affiliate maintains one or more Defined Contribution Plans
(including any simplified employee pension plan) and the Primary Employer or Affiliate has never
maintained any Defined Benefit Plan which during the five-year period ending on the Determination
Dates has or has had accrued benefits, the Top-Heavy Ratio for this Plan alone or for the Required
or Permissive Aggregation Group as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of
the Account Balances of all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s), and the denominator of
which is the sum of all Account Balances, both computed in accordance with Code Section 416 and the
regulations thereunder. The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of Account Balances
of an Employee as of the Determination Date(s) shall be increased by the

50

 

distributions made with
respect to the Employee under the Plan and any plan aggregated with the Plan under
Code Section 416(g)(2) during the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date(s). The
preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been
terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Code Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i). In the
case of any distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death, or
disability, a “5-year period” shall be substituted for the “1-year period”.

The accrued benefits and accounts of any individual who has not performed services for the Primary
Employer or Affiliate during the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date shall not be taken
into account.

Both the numerator and denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio are increased to reflect any contribution
not actually made as of the Determination Date(s), but which is required to be taken into account
on that date under Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder.

          (2) If the Primary Employer or an Affiliate maintains one or more Defined Contribution Plans
(including any simplified employee pension plan) and the Primary Employer or an Affiliate maintains
or has maintained one or more Defined Benefit Plans which during the five-year period ending on the
Determination Date(s) has or has had any accrued benefits, the Top-Heavy Ratio for any Required or
Permissive Aggregation Group as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of
Account Balances under the aggregated Defined Contribution Plans for all Key Employees, determined
in accordance with (1) above, and the present value of accrued benefits under the aggregated
Defined Benefit Plans for all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s), and the denominator of
which is the sum of the Account Balances under the aggregated Defined Contribution Plans for all
Participants, determined in accordance with (1) above, and the present value of accrued benefits
under the Defined Benefit Plans for all Participants as of the Determination Dates, all determined
in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder. The accrued benefits under a
Defined Benefit Plan in both the numerator and denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio are increased for
any distribution of an accrued benefit made in the one-year period ending on the Determination
Date.

          (3) For purposes of (1) and (2) above, the value of Account Balances and the present value of
accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends
with the 12-month period ending on the Determination Date, except as provided in Code Section 416
and the regulations thereunder for the first and second Plan Years of a Defined Benefit Plan. The
Account Balances and accrued benefits of a Participant (1) who is not a Key Employee but who was a
Key Employee in a prior year, or (2) who has not been credited with at least one Hour of Service
with the Primary Employer or an Affiliate maintaining the Plan at any time during the one-year
period ending on the Determination Date, will be disregarded.

          (4) The calculation of the Top-Heavy Ratio, and the extent to which distributions, rollovers,
and transfers are taken into account will be made in accordance with Code Section 416 and the
regulations thereunder.14 QVECs will not be taken into account for purposes of
computing the Top-Heavy Ratio. When aggregating plans, the value of Account Balances and accrued
benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same
calendar year.

          (5) The accrued benefit of a Participant who is not a Key Employee shall be determined under
(1) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all Defined Benefit Plans
maintained by the Primary Employer or Affiliate or (2) if there is no such method, as if such
benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule
of Code Section 411(b)(1)(C).

     (F) Present Value. For purpose of this Section, present value shall be based only on
the interest and mortality rates specified in the Adoption Agreement.

 

			
	14	 	Specifically, in the case of “unrelated
rollovers and transfers” (both initiated by the Employee and made from a plan
maintained by an employer to a plan maintained by another unrelated employer)
the distributing plan takes the distribution into account and the plan
accepting the rollover or transfer does not take the distribution into account.
In the case of “related rollovers and transfers” (one either not initiated by
the Employee or made to a plan maintained by the same employer), the
distributing plan does not take the distribution into account and the plan
accepting the rollover or transfer takes the distribution into account.

51

 

     (G) Valuation Date. means the date the last business day of the Plan Year.

4.4.2 Top-Heavy Vesting Schedule:

If the Plan is determined to be a Top-Heavy Plan as of any Determination Date, then the following
vesting schedule shall apply beginning with the first Plan Year commencing after such Determination
Date, unless the Plan’s vesting schedule specified in the Adoption Agreement provides for vesting
that is at least as rapid as the following schedule, in which case the vesting schedule specified
in the Adoption Agreement shall apply:

	 	 	 	 	 
	Years of Service	 	Nonforfeitable Percentage
	2
	 	 	20	%
	3
	 	 	40	%
	4
	 	 	60	%
	5
	 	 	80	%
	6 or more
	 	 	100	%

If the vesting schedule in this Section applies, it shall apply to all benefits within the meaning
of Code Section 411(a)(7) except those attributable to Employee After-Tax Contributions and
Elective Deferral Contributions, including benefits accrued before the effective date of Code
Section 416 and benefits accrued before the Plan became Top-Heavy. Further, once the Plan is
determined to be a Top-Heavy Plan, the minimum Top-Heavy vesting schedule shall continue to apply.
No decrease in a Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage may occur regardless of whether the Plan’s
status as Top-Heavy changes for any subsequent Plan Year. However, this Section does not apply to
the Account of any Employee who does not have an Hour of Service after the Plan has initially
become Top-Heavy and such Employee’s Account Balance attributable to Employer contributions and
forfeitures shall be determined without regard to this Section. The Minimum Allocation pursuant to
Section 4.4.3 (to the extent required to be nonforfeitable under Code Section 416(b)) may not be
forfeited under Code Section 411(a)(3)(B) or Code Section 411(a)(3)(D).

4.4.3 Minimum Allocation:

     (A) Except as provided in Sections 4.4.3(C) and (D), for any Plan Year in which the Plan is a
Top-Heavy Plan, contributions and forfeitures allocated to the Account of any Participant who is
not a Key Employee in that Plan Year and is not covered by a collective bargaining agreement
(unless such agreement expressly requires otherwise) shall not be less than the lesser of:

          (1) 3% of such Participant’s 415 Limitation Compensation, or

          (2) in the case where the Employer has no Defined Benefit Plan which designates the Plan to
satisfy Code Section 416, the largest percentage of contributions and forfeitures, as a percentage
of the Key Employee’s 415 Limitation Compensation, allocated to the Account of any Key Employee for
that year. The Minimum Allocation is determined without regard to any Social Security
contribution. This Minimum Allocation shall be made even though, under other Plan provisions, the
Participant would not otherwise be entitled to receive an allocation, or would have received a
lesser allocation for the Plan Year because of (a) the Participant’s failure to complete a Year of
Service, (b) the Participant’s failure to make mandatory employee contributions to the Plan or (c)
compensation less than a stated amount.

     (B) For purposes of computing the Minimum Allocation, a Participant’s 415 Limitation
Compensation will be used as limited by Code Section 401(a)(17).

     (C) The provision in (A) above shall not apply to any Participant who was not employed by the
Employer on the last day of the Plan Year.

     (D) If the Employer has executed an Adoption Agreement covering Participants under a Paired
Plan or by a plan which is a profit sharing plan and by another plan which is a money purchase
pension plan, the Minimum Allocation specified in the preceding Section 4.4.3(A) shall be provided
by the money purchase pension plan. If a Participant is covered under a Paired Plan or under the
Plan and a Defined Benefit Plan maintained under an Adoption Agreement offered by the Sponsor, the
Minimum Allocation specified in the preceding Section 4.4.3(A) shall not be applicable and the
Participant shall receive the minimum benefit specified in the Defined Benefit Plan.

52

 

     (E) Matching Contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum
contribution requirements of Code Section 416(c)(2). The preceding sentence shall apply with
respect to Matching Contributions under the Plan or, if the Plan provides that the minimum
contribution requirement shall be met in another plan, such other plan. Matching Contributions
that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as matching
contributions for purposes of the actual contribution percentage test and other requirements of
Code Section 401(m).

     (F) The top-heavy requirements of Code Section 416 and this Section 4.4 shall not apply in any
year in which the Plan consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the
requirements of Code Section 401(k)(12) and Matching Contributions with respect to which the
requirements of Code Section 401(m)(11) are met. (Such a plan is referred to as a “safe harbor”
401(k) plan and is deemed to satisfy the special nondiscrimination tests for 401(k) plans if the
plan satisfies certain minimum contribution requirements and a notice requirement.)

ARTICLE V

AMOUNT AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS,

WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS

5.1 Distribution:

5.1.1 Benefit Commencement Date:

Subject to Section 5.1.2, a Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date shall be as soon as
administratively practicable following his or her Fully Vested Severance, Partially Vested
Severance or Nonvested Severance, if applicable, and in accordance with Section 5.6. A Participant
does not incur a severance from employment for purposes of this Article V due to a transfer of
employment to an Affiliate.

5.1.2 Elective Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective, Qualified Matching, and Safe Harbor
Contributions:

     Elective Deferral Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Qualified Matching
Contributions, Safe Harbor Contributions, and income allocable to each are distributable to a
Participant or, if applicable to his or her Beneficiary no earlier than:

     (A) upon severance from employment, death, or Disability;

     (B) termination of the Plan; and

     (C) unless otherwise selected in the Adoption Agreement, the attainment of age 591/2 in the case
of a profit sharing plan.

Unless otherwise selected in the Adoption Agreement, Elective Deferral Contributions may be
distributed in the event of the hardship of the Participant as described in Section 5.9.

All distributions that may be made under one or more of the foregoing distributable events are
subject to the consent requirements of Section 5.6.4.

In addition, a distribution that is triggered by the event described in subparagraphs 5.1.2 (B)
above must be made in a “lump sum distribution” within the meaning of Code Section 402(e)(4)(D)
(without regard to subclauses (I), (II), (III), and (IV) of clause (i) thereof).

5.2 Amount of Benefits Upon a Fully Vested Severance:

Upon his or her Fully Vested Severance for any reason other than Disability, a Participant’s
benefit shall be the Account Balance of his or her Account determined in accordance with Section
10.6.

5.3 Amount of Benefits Upon a Partially Vested Severance:

Upon his or her Partially Vested Severance for any reason other than Disability, a Participant’s
benefit shall be: (A) the Account Balance of his or her Subaccounts (other than the Subaccounts
listed in Section 4.1.1(Vested

53

 

Accounts)) determined in accordance with Section 10.6 multiplied by his or her vested percentage
determined under Section 4.1.3, or, if applicable, Section 4.4.2 (Top-Heavy Vesting Schedule), plus
(B) the Account Balance of his or her Subaccounts listed in Section 4.1.1 (Vested Accounts)
determined in accordance with Section 10.6.

5.4 Amount of Benefits Upon a Nonvested Severance:

Upon his or her termination of Employment prior to satisfying the vesting requirement of Sections
4.1.2 and 4.1.3, shall be the Account Balance of his or her vested Subaccounts (under Section
4.1.1), if any, determined in accordance with Section 10.6, plus a zero dollar cash-out
distribution of his or her Subaccounts other than those listed in Section 4.1.1.

5.5 Amount of Benefits Upon a Severance Due to Disability:

If a Participant severs Employment due to a Disability, his or her Account Balance will be 100%
vested in accordance with Section 4.1.2, and his or her benefit shall be the Account Balance of his
or her Account determined in accordance with Section 10.6.

5.6 Distribution and Restoration:

5.6.1 Cash-Out of Small Amounts:

     (A) If a Participant has a termination of Employment, and the value of his or her vested
Account Balance is not greater than $5,000 (or if selected in the Adoption Agreement, a lower
amount), the Participant shall receive a distribution of the value of the entire vested portion of
such Account Balance in a single sum and the nonvested portion of such Account Balance shall be
treated as a forfeiture.

     (B) If a Participant would have received a distribution under the preceding paragraph but for
the fact that the Participant’s vested Account Balance exceeded $5,000 (or if selected in the
Adoption Agreement, a lower amount) when the Participant has a termination of Employment and if at
a later time such Account Balance is reduced such that it is not greater than $5,000 (or if
selected in the Adoption Agreement, a lower amount), the Participant shall receive a distribution
of such Account Balance in a single sum and the nonvested portion will be treated as a forfeiture.

     (C) For purposes of this Section, if a Participant incurs a Nonvested Severance, he or she
shall be deemed to have received a distribution of zero dollars reflecting the entire value of his
or her Employer Derived Account Balance.

     (D) Whether a Participant’s vested Account Balance as described in this Section exceeds $5,000
(or if selected in the Adoption Agreement, a lower amount) shall be determined at the time of the
current distribution without regard to the value of such Account Balance at the time of any prior
distribution.

Unless selected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, in the determination whether a Participant’s
Account Balance may be mandatorily distributed, the value of a Participant’s nonforfeitable
Account Balance shall be determined with regard to that portion of the Account Balance that is
attributable to rollover contributions (and earnings allocable thereto) within the meaning of Code
Sections 402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3)(A)(ii), and 457(e)(16). If the value of the
Participant’s nonforfeitable Account Balance as so determined is $5,000 (or if selected in the
Adoption Agreement, a lower amount) or less, the Plan shall immediately distribute the
Participant’s entire nonforfeitable Account Balance.

     (E) Effective March 28, 2005, in the event of a mandatory distribution greater than $1,000 in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.6.1, if the Participant does not elect to have
such distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Participant in a
direct rollover or to receive the distribution directly in accordance with Article VI, then the
Plan Administrator shall pay the distribution in a direct rollover to an individual retirement
plan designated by the Plan Administrator. A Roth Contributions Account shall be treated as being
held under a separate plan for purposes of applying the automatic rollover rules for mandatory
distributions of this Section, including the determination whether the amount of the distribution
exceeds $1,000.

54

 

5.6.2 Forfeiture of Nonvested Account Upon Distribution:

If a Participant experiences a termination of Employment, and elects, in accordance with the
requirements of Section 5.6.4 or 5.6.5 (as applicable) to receive the value of his or her vested
Account Balance, the nonvested portion shall be treated as a forfeiture.

5.6.3 Restoration of Forfeited Amounts:

If a Participant receives or is deemed to receive a distribution under this Section and the
Participant resumes employment covered under the Plan, the Participant’s Employer Derived Account
Balance shall be restored (from additional Employer contributions and/or forfeitures, as provided
in Section 4.1.4) to the amount on the date of distribution if the Participant repays to the Plan
the full amount of the distribution attributable to Elective Deferral and Employer contributions
before the earlier of five years after the first date on which the Participant is subsequently
re-employed by the Employer, or the date the Participant incurs five consecutive one-year Breaks in
Service following the date of the distribution. If Participant is deemed to receive a distribution
under this Section, and the Participant resumes employment covered under the Plan before the date
this Participant incurs five consecutive one-year Breaks in Service, upon the reemployment of such
Participant, the Employer Derived Account Balance of the Participant shall be restored to the
amount on the date of such deemed distribution.

5.6.4 Consent Requirements:

     (A) If the value of a Participant’s vested Account Balance exceeds $5,000 (or if selected in
the Adoption Agreement, a lower amount) and the Account Balance is Immediately Distributable:

          (1) the Participant must consent in order for a distribution to be made in any form; and

          (2) the Participant’s Spouse must consent in order for a distribution to be made in a form
other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity unless the Plan is a “Non-QJSA Profit Sharing
Plan” (as defined in Section 6.1.2), in which case the Spouse need not consent unless elected
otherwise by the Plan Administrator.

     (B) Consent Not Required Under Certain Circumstances. Neither the consent of the
Participant nor the Participant’s Spouse shall be required to the extent that a distribution is
required to satisfy Section 401(a)(9), Section 402(g), Section 415, Section 401(k), or Section
401(m) of the Code. In addition, upon termination of the Plan, if the Plan does not offer an
annuity option (purchased from a commercial provider) and if the Primary Employer or an Affiliate
does not maintain another Defined Contribution Plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as
defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)), the Participant’s Account Balance will, without the
Participant’s consent, be distributed to the Participant. However, if the Primary Employer or an
Affiliate maintains another Defined Contribution Plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan
as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)), then the Participant’s Account Balance will be transferred,
without the Participant’s consent, to the other plan if the Participant does not consent to an
immediate distribution.

5.6.5 Timing of Notice and Consent:

     (A) General Rules for a QJSA Plan. The consent of the Participant and the
Participant’s Spouse, if applicable, shall be obtained in writing within the 90-day period ending
on the “annuity starting date.” The “annuity starting date” is the first day of the first period
for which an amount is paid as an annuity or any other form. The Plan Administrator shall notify
the Participant (and the Participant’s Spouse if the Plan is subject to the Qualified Joint and
Survivor Annuity requirements) of the right to defer any distribution until the Participant’s
Account Balance is no longer Immediately Distributable. Such notification shall include a general
description of the material features, and an explanation of the relative values of the optional
forms of benefit available under the Plan in a manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of
Code Sections 417(a)(3) and 402(f), and shall be provided no less than 30 days and no more than 90
days prior to the annuity starting date.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5.6.5 to the contrary, if the value of a Participant’s
vested Account as of the applicable Valuation Date is not greater than $5,000 (or, if selected in
the Adoption Agreement, a lower amount), no notification is required as provided in Code Section
417(a)(3).

55

 

     (B) Non-QJSA Profit Sharing Plans. In the case of a “Non-QJSA Profit Sharing Plan” (as
defined in Section 6.1.2), distributions may commence less than 30 days after the notice required
under Code Section 402(f) is provided if the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant
that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to
consider whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution
option), and the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

     (C) Plans Other Than Non-QJSA Profit Sharing Plans. If this Plan is subject to the
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements, the notice described in (A) above shall include
a written explanation of: (1) the terms and conditions of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity;
(2) the Participant’s right to make, and the effect of, an election to waive a Qualified Joint and
Survivor Annuity; (3) the rights of the Participant’s Spouse; and (4) the right to make and the
effect of, a revocation of a previous election to waive a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.
The annuity starting date for a distribution in a form other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuity may be less than 30 days after receipt of the written explanation described above if: (1)
the Participant has been provided with information that clearly indicates the Participant has at
least 30 days to consider whether to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and elect (with
spousal consent) a form of distribution other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; (2) the
Participant is permitted to revoke any affirmative distribution election at least until the annuity
starting date or, if later, at any time prior to the expiration of the 7 day period beginning the
day after the explanation of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to the
Participant; (3) the annuity starting date is a date after the date that the written explanation of
the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity was provided to the Participant; and (4) distribution in
accordance with the affirmative election does not begin prior to the expiration of the 7-day period
that begins the day after the explanation of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided
to the Participant.

5.7 Withdrawals During Employment:

5.7.1 Age 591/2 Withdrawal:

If the Plan is a profit sharing plan, unless selected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, upon
attainment of age 591/2 and upon such notice as the Plan Administrator may require, a Participant may
elect to withdraw all or any part of the vested Account Balance in his or her Account as of the
Valuation Date immediately preceding the processing of this withdrawal.

5.7.2 Age 701/2 or Normal Retirement Age Withdrawal:

If the age 701/2 withdrawal option is selected in the Adoption Agreement which permits age 701/2
withdrawals during Employment, upon the January 1 of the calendar year in which a Participant
attains age 701/2, and upon such notice as the Plan Administrator may require, the Participant may
elect to withdraw all or any part of the vested Account Balance in his or her Account, as of the
Valuation Date immediately preceding the processing of withdrawal. In the case of a money purchase
pension plan, such withdrawal is not permitted before the attainment of the Normal Retirement Age
as defined under the Plan.

5.7.3 Rollover Contribution and Employee After-Tax Contribution Withdrawal:

Notwithstanding Section 5.7.1 or 5.7.2, prior to termination of Employment and upon such notice
that the Plan Administrator may require, a Participant may elect to withdraw all or any portion of
his or her Rollover Contributions Account and/or Employee After-Tax Contributions Account as of the
Valuation Date immediately preceding the processing of this withdrawal.

5.7.4 Rules and Procedures:

The Plan Administrator may establish from time to time rules and procedures with respect to any
withdrawals including the order of Subaccounts from which such withdrawals shall be made.

5.7.5 Forfeitures:

No forfeitures shall occur as a result of a withdrawal under this Section 5.7.

56

 

5.7.6 Spousal Consent:

If a Participant is married at the time of such election under Section 5.7.1, 5.7.2 or 5.7.3, the
Participant’s Spouse must consent to such a withdrawal in the same manner as provided in Section
6.2.3 (waiver of Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity); provided, however, that if the Plan is a
profit sharing plan and Section 6.1.2 applies, the consent of the Participant’s Spouse shall not be
required unless elected otherwise by the Plan Administrator.

5.7.7 Transfers From Money Purchase Pension Plan to Profit Sharing Plan:

This Section 5.7.7 is effective if the Plan is a profit sharing plan that has accepted a transfer
of assets and liabilities from a money purchase pension plan and only to the extent it does not
result in a violation of Code Section 411(d)(6) (subject to Treas. Reg. 1.411(d)-4, Q&A 2(b) and
Revenue Ruling 94-76).

To the extent that any optional form of benefit under the Plan permits a distribution prior to the
Employee’s retirement, death, Disability, or severance from employment, and prior to an event
described in Section 5.1.2(B), (C), or (D), the optional form of benefit is not available with
respect to benefits attributable to assets (including the post-transfer earnings thereon) and
liabilities that are transferred, within the meaning of Code Section 414(l), to the Plan from a
money purchase pension plan qualified under Code Section 401(a) (other than any portion of those
assets and liabilities attributable to voluntary employee contributions).

5.8 Loans:

5.8.1 Participant Loans:

Unless otherwise selected in the Adoption Agreement, loans shall be made available to all
Participants and Beneficiaries (who are “parties in interest” under ERISA Section 3(14)) provided
that such loans: (A) are available to all such Participants and Beneficiaries on a reasonably
equivalent basis; (B) are not made available to highly compensated employees, officers or
shareholders in an amount greater than the amount made available to other Employees; (C) are made
in accordance with the specific provisions regarding such loans as set forth in the Plan or in a
written document forming part of the Plan; (D) bear a reasonable rate of interest; and (E) are
adequately secured. A Participant may submit an application to the Plan Administrator to borrow
from any Subaccount maintained for the Participant (on such terms and conditions as the Plan
Administrator shall prescribe) an amount which when added to the outstanding balance of all other
loans to the Participant (including loans made to the Participant from other Qualified Plans of the
Employer) would not exceed the lesser of (a) $50,000 reduced by the excess (if any) of the highest
outstanding balance of loans during the one year period ending on the day before the loan is made,
over the outstanding balance of loans from the Plan on the date the loan is made, or (b) 50% of the
vested portion of his or her Account (determined without regard to accumulated QVECs) as of the
Valuation Date immediately preceding the receipt of his or her loan application by the Plan
Administrator. The loan application must be made before the expiration of such notice period as
the Plan Administrator may require. For this purpose, all loans from Qualified Plans of the
Primary Employer or an Affiliate shall be aggregated, and an assignment or pledge of any portion of
the Participant’s interest in the Plan, and a loan, pledge or assignment with respect to any
insurance contract purchased under the Plan, will be treated as a loan under this Section 5.8.1.
The Plan Administrator shall establish such procedures as are necessary or desirable to administer
Plan loans in accordance with this Section 5.8.

5.8.2 Conditions for Loans:

If approved, each such loan shall comply with the following conditions:

     (A) it shall be evidenced by a promissory note;

     (B) it shall bear a reasonable rate of interest,

     (C) the Participant must obtain the consent of his or her Spouse, if any, to the use of his or
her Account Balance as security for the loan. Spousal consent shall be obtained no earlier than
the beginning of the 90-day period that ends on the date on which the loan is to be so secured. If
the Plan is a profit sharing plan that meets the requirements in Section 6.1.2 of the Plan (a
“Non-QJSA Profit Sharing Plan”), however, the consent of the Participant’s Spouse shall not be
required unless elected otherwise by the Plan Administrator.

57

 

Any required spousal consent must be
in writing, must acknowledge the effect of the loan, and must be witnessed by a Plan
representative or notary public. Such consent shall thereafter be binding with respect to the
consenting Spouse or any subsequent Spouse with respect to that loan. A new consent shall be
required if the Account Balance is used for renegotiation, extension, renewal, or other revision of
the loan. A new consent shall be required if an Account is used for any increase in the amount of
security. If a valid spousal consent has been obtained in accordance with this subparagraph, then
notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, the portion of the Participant’s
vested Account Balance that is used as a security interest held by the Plan by reason of an
outstanding loan to the Participant shall be taken into account for purposes of determining the
amount of the Account Balance payable at the time of death or distribution, but only if the
reduction is used as repayment of the loan. If less than 100% of the Participant’s vested Account
Balance (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) is payable to the Surviving Spouse,
then the Account Balance shall be adjusted by first reducing the vested Account Balance by the
amount of the security used as repayment of the loan, and then determining the benefit payable to
the Surviving Spouse;

     (D) the loan, by its terms, must require repayment (principal and interest) be amortized in
level payments, not less frequently than quarterly, over a period not extending beyond five years
from the date of the loan; provided, however, that if the proceeds of the loan are used to acquire
a dwelling unit which within a reasonable time (determined at the time the loan is made) will be
used as the principal residence of the Participant, the repayment schedule may be for a term in
excess of five years; and

     (E) the loan shall be adequately secured and may be secured by no more than 50% of the
Participant’s vested interest in his or her Account.

5.8.3 Account Adjustments:

If a Participant or Beneficiary requests and is granted a loan, principal and interest payments
with respect to the loan shall be credited solely to the Account of the borrowing Participant from
which the loan was made. In addition, all repayments of principal and interest shall be reinvested
in the Plan in the same manner and in the same proportion as all other Participant contributions
would otherwise be invested, based on the Participant’s current investment election. Any loss
caused by nonpayment or other default on a Participant’s loan obligations shall be charged solely
to his or her Account. Any other loan shall be treated as an investment of the Trust Fund and
interest and principal payments on account thereof shall be credited to the Trust Fund.

The Plan Administrator shall determine the order of Subaccounts from which a loan may be made.

5.8.4 General Rules:

In all events:

     (A) in the event of a default, foreclosure on the promissory note shall not occur until a
distributable event occurs under this Article V; and

     (B) loans shall not be made available to Highly Compensated Employees in an amount greater
than the amount made available to other Employees.

5.8.5 Suspension of Loan Repayments:

     (A) Suspension for Periods of Qualified Military Service. An Employee’s obligation to
repay principal and/or interest under a loan made under this Section 5.8 may be suspended for any
part of any period during which such Employee is performing service in the uniformed military
service to the extent permitted under Code Section 414(u)(4).

     (B) Suspension for Other Leaves of Absence. In accordance with procedures implemented
by the Plan Administrator, an Employee’s obligation to repay principal and/or interest under a loan
made under this Section 5.8 may be suspended for a period of up to one year on account of a leave
of absence, either without pay from the Employer or at a rate of pay (after income and employment
tax withholding) that is less than the amount of the installment payments required under the terms
of the loan.

58

 

5.9 Hardship Distributions:

5.9.1 General Rules:

To the extent available and selected in the Adoption Agreement, an Employee may request a
distribution due to hardship from, unless selected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, the vested
portion of his or her Account other than from his or her Qualified Nonelective Contributions
Account, Qualified Matching Contributions Account, earnings accrued after December 31, 1988 on the
Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions, or any Safe Harbor Contributions made under Section
3.14, only if the distribution is made both due to an immediate and heavy financial need of the
Participant and is necessary to satisfy such financial need. Hardship distributions are subject to
the spousal consent requirements contained in Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 if the Plan is not a
“Non-QJSA Profit Sharing Plan” as defined in Section 6.1.2 unless elected otherwise by the Plan
Administrator.

5.9.2 Immediate and Heavy Financial Need:

A hardship distribution shall be permitted only if the distribution is due to:

     (A) expenses for (or necessary to obtain) medical care that would be deductible under Code
Section 213(d) (determined without regard to whether the expenses exceed 7.5% of adjusted gross
income);

     (B) costs directly related to the purchase of a principal residence for the Employee
(excluding mortgage payments);

     (C) payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses, for up to the
next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Employee, or the Employee’s Spouse, children or
dependents as defined in Code Section 152, and for taxable years beginning on or after January 1,
2005, without regard to Code Section 152(b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B);

     (D) payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Employee from the Employee’s principal
residence or foreclosure on the mortgage on that residence;

     (E) payments for burial or funeral expenses for the Employee’s deceased parent, Spouse,
children or dependents as defined in Code Section 152 without regard to Code Section 152(d)(1)(B);
or

     (F) expenses for the repair of damage to the Employee’s principal residence that would qualify
for the casualty deduction under Code Section 165 (determined without regard to whether the loss
exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income).

The financial needs identified in (E) and (F) shall apply only during Plan Years beginning after 2005.

5.9.3 Distribution Necessary to Satisfy Financial Need:

A distribution is treated as necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of an
Employee only to the extent the amount of the distribution is not in excess of the amount required
to relieve the financial need or to the extent the need may be satisfied from other resources that
are reasonably available to the Employee. This determination generally is to be made on the basis
of all relevant facts and circumstances. For purposes of this paragraph, the Employee’s resources
are deemed to include those assets of the Employee’s Spouse and minor children that are reasonably
available to the Employee. Thus, for example, a vacation home owned by the Employee and the
Employee’s Spouse, whether as community property, joint tenants, tenants by the entirety, or
tenants in common, generally will be deemed a resource of the Employee. However, property held for
the Employee’s child under an irrevocable trust or under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act is not
treated as a resource of the Employee. The amount of an immediate and heavy financial need may
include any amounts necessary to pay any federal, state, or local income taxes or penalties
reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution. A distribution generally may be treated as
necessary to satisfy a financial need if the Employer relies upon the Employee’s written
representation, unless the Employer has actual knowledge to the contrary, that the need cannot
reasonably be relieved:

     (A) through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise;

59

 

     (B) by liquidation of the Employee’s assets;

     (C) by cessation of Pre-Tax Contributions, Roth Contributions, and Employee After-tax
Contributions under the Plan;

     (D) by other distributions or nontaxable (at the time of the loan) loans from plans maintained
by the Employer or by any other employer; or

     (E) by borrowing from commercial sources on reasonable commercial terms, in an amount
sufficient to satisfy the need.

For purposes of this paragraph, a need cannot reasonably be relieved by one of the actions listed
above if the effect would be to increase the amount of the need. For example, the need for funds to
purchase a principal residence cannot reasonably be relieved by a plan loan if the loan would
disqualify the employee from obtaining other necessary financing.

A distribution is deemed necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of an Employee
if each of the following requirements are satisfied: (1) the Employee has obtained all other
currently available distributions (including distribution of ESOP dividends under Code Section
404(k) but not hardship distributions) and non-taxable (at the time of the loan) loans under the
Plan and all other plans maintained by the Employer; and (2) the Participant’s Elective Deferral
Contributions and Employee After-Tax Contributions will be suspended for at least 6 months after
receipt of the hardship distribution in the Plan and in all other plans maintained by the Primary
Employer or an Affiliate (including all qualified and nonqualified plans of deferred compensation,
stock option plans, stock purchase plans, or a CODA that is part of a Code Section 125 plan, but
excluding any mandatory employee contribution portion of a defined benefit plan).

5.9.4 Exception to General Rules:

A distribution due to hardship as described in Section 5.9.2 may be made from any account other
than an Elective Deferral Contributions Account, Qualified Nonelective Contributions Account,
Qualified Matching Contributions Account, or Safe Harbor Contributions Account without regard to
the distribution necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need requirement set forth
in Section 5.9.3.

5.10 Limitation on Commencement of Benefits:

Unless the Participant elects otherwise, distribution of benefits shall commence no later than the
60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which:

     (A) the Participant attains age 65 (or Normal Retirement Age if earlier);

     (B) occurs the tenth anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation
in the Plan; or

     (C) the Participant terminates Employment with the Employer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a Participant and Spouse (if so required) to consent
to a distribution while a benefit is Immediately Distributable shall be deemed to be an affirmative
election to defer commencement of payment of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this Section.

5.11 Distribution Requirements:

5.11.1 Definitions:

     As used in this Article V, each of the following terms shall have the meaning given to that
term as set forth in this Section 5.11.1.

     (A) Designated Beneficiary:

60

 

          The individual who is designated as the Beneficiary under Article VII of the Plan and is the
designated beneficiary under Code Section 401(a)(9) and Section 1.401(a)(9)-4 of the Treas. Regs.

     (B) Distribution Calendar Year:

          A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions
beginning before the Participant’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar
year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s Required Beginning
Date. For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first Distribution Calendar
Year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Section 5.11.4(B).
The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first Distribution Calendar Year will be
made on or before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. The required minimum distribution
for other Distribution Calendar Years, including the required minimum distribution for the
Distribution Calendar Year in which the Participant’s Required Beginning Date occurs, will be made
on or before December 31 of that Distribution Calendar Year.

     (C) Life Expectancy:

          Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, Q&A-1
of the Treas. Regs.

     (D) Participant’s Account Balance:

          The Account Balance as of the last Valuation Date in the calendar year immediately preceding
the Distribution Calendar Year (referred to herein as the “Valuation Calendar Year”) increased by
the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the Account Balance
as of dates in the Valuation Calendar Year after the Valuation Date and decreased by distributions
made in the Valuation Calendar Year after the Valuation Date. The Account Balance for the
Valuation Calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the
Valuation Calendar Year or in the Distribution Calendar Year if distributed or transferred in the
Valuation Calendar Year.

     (E) Required Beginning Date:

          (1) General rule. The Required Beginning Date of a Participant is April 1 of the
calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2
or the calendar year in which the Participant retires. For a 5% owner, the Required Beginning Date
is the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains
age 70 1/2.

          (2) 5% owner. A Participant is treated as a 5% owner for purposes of this Section
5.11 if such Participant is a 5% owner as defined in Code Section 416(i) (determined in accordance
with Code Section 416 but without regard to whether the plan is top-heavy) at any time during the
Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year in which such owner attains age 70 1/2 or any
subsequent Plan Year. Once distributions have begun to a 5% owner under this Section 5.11, they
must continue to be distributed, even if the Participant ceases to be a 5% owner in a subsequent
year.

5.11.2 Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated: 

All distributions required under this Section 5.11 will be determined and made in accordance with
the Treas. Regs. under Code §401(a)(9) and the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirement
of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G).

5.11.3 TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) Elections: 

Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 5.11, distributions may be made under a
designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance with Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and
Fiscal Responsibility Act (“TEFRA”).

5.11.4 Time and Manner of Distribution:

     (A) Required Beginning Date:

61

 

     The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the
Participant no later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date.

     (B) Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin:

     If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be
distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as provided in (1) through (4) below, unless
an irrevocable election is made under (5) below.

          (1) If the Participant’s Surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary,
then distributions to the Surviving Spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year
immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the
calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 701/2, if later.

          (2) If the Participant’s Surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole Designated
Beneficiary, then distributions to the Designated Beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the
calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died.

          (3) If there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of
the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of
the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

          (4) If the Participant’s Surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary and
the Surviving Spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the Surviving Spouse
begin, this Section 5.11.4(B), other than Section 5.11.4(B)(1), will apply as if the Surviving
Spouse were the Participant.

          (5) A Participant or Beneficiary may elect on an individual basis whether the 5-year rule
(under which distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of
the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death) or the life
expectancy rule in Sections 5.11.4(B) and 5.11.6(B) applies to distributions after the death of a
Participant who has a Designated Beneficiary. The election must be made no later than the earlier
of September 30 of the calendar year in which distributions would be required to begin under
Section 5.11.4(B)(1), (2), or (4) or by September 30 of the calendar year which contains the fifth
anniversary of the Participant’s (or if applicable, Surviving Spouse’s) death. If neither the
Participant nor the Beneficiary makes an election under this Section 5.11.4(B)(5), distributions
will be made in accordance with Sections 5.11.4.(B) and 5.11.6(B).

     For purposes of this Section 5.11.4.(B) and Section 5.11.6, unless Section 5.11.4(B)(4)
applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. If
Section 5.11.4(B)(4) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are
required to begin to the Surviving Spouse under Section 5.11.4(B)(1). If distributions under an
annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the
Participant’s Required Beginning Date (or to the Participant’s Surviving Spouse before the date
distributions are required to begin to the Surviving Spouse under Section 5.11.4(B)(1)), the date
distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.

     (C) Forms of Distributions:

     Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an
insurance company or in a single sum on or before the Required Beginning Date, as of the first
Distribution Calendar Year distributions will be made in accordance with Sections 5.11.5 and 5.11.6
of this Section. If the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased
from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the
requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) of the Treas. Regs.

5.11.5 Payment of Required Minimum Distributions during Participant’s Lifetime:

     (A) Amount of Required Minimum Distribution for Each Distribution Calendar Year:

     During a Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each
Distribution Calendar Year is the lesser of:

62

 

          (1) the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the distribution
period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, Q&A-2 of the Treas. Regs.,
using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the Distribution Calendar Year; or

          (2) if the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary for the Distribution Calendar Year is the
Participant’s Spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the
number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, Q&A-3 of the Treas.
Regs., using the Participant’s and Spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and Spouse’s
birthdays in the Distribution Calendar Year.

     (B) Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant’s
Death:

     Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Section 5.11.5 beginning with the
first Distribution Calendar Year and up to and including the Distribution Calendar Year that
includes the Participant’s date of death.

5.11.6 Required Minimum Distributions after Participant’s Death:

     (A) Death On or After Distributions Begin:

          (1) Participant Survived By Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or
after the date distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that
will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death
is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the longer of the
remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s
Designated Beneficiary, determined as follows:

               (a) Participant’s Remaining Life Expectancy. The Participant’s remaining life
expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for
each subsequent year.

               (b) Surviving Spouse’s Remaining Life Expectancy. If the Participant’s Surviving
Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the
Surviving Spouse is calculated for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the
Participant’s death using the Surviving Spouse’s age as of the Surviving Spouse’s birthday in that
year. For Distribution Calendar Years after the year of the Surviving Spouse’s death, the
remaining life expectancy of the Surviving Spouse is calculated using the age of the Surviving
Spouse as of the Spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the Spouse’s death, reduced by one for
each subsequent calendar year.

               (c) Non-Surviving Spouse Remaining Life Expectancy. If the Participant’s Surviving
Spouse is not the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, the Designated Beneficiary’s remaining
life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Beneficiary in the year following the year of
the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

          (2) No Designated Beneficiary: If the Participant dies on or after the date
distributions begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the
year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution
Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the
Participant’s Account Balance by the Participant’s remaining life expectancy calculated using the
age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

     (B) Death Before Date Distributions Begin:

          (1) Participant Survived By Designated Beneficiary: Unless the 5-year rule is elected
as provided under Section 5.11.4(B)(5) (in which case distribution of the Participant’s entire
interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of
the Participant’s death), if the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is
a Designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution
Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the
Participant’s Account Balance by the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s Designated
Beneficiary, determined as provided in Section 5.11.6(A).

63

 

          (2) No Designated Beneficiary: If the Participant dies before the date distributions
begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of
the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by
December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

          (3) Death Of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions To Surviving Spouse Are Required To
Begin: If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s Surviving
Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, and the Surviving Spouse dies before
distributions are required to begin to the Surviving Spouse under Section 5.11.4(B)(1), this
Section 5.11.6(B) will apply as if the Surviving Spouse were the Participant.

5.12 Electronic Media:

Any notice, election, consent to a distribution, waiver, loan request, request for withdrawal, or
other communication under this Article V may be made by means of such electronic, telephonic or
other media authorized by the Plan Administrator to the extent permitted and in the manner required
under applicable law.

ARTICLE VI

FORMS OF PAYMENT OF RETIREMENT BENEFITS

6.1 Methods of Distribution:

6.1.1 Plans Subject to Annuity Requirements — Normal Form of Benefit:

If the Plan is a money purchase pension plan or a profit sharing plan other than a Non-QJSA Profit
Sharing Plan (as defined in Section 6.1.2), a Participant’s benefit shall be payable in the normal
form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity if the Participant is married on his or her Benefit
Commencement Date and in the normal form of an immediate annuity for the life of the Participant if
the Participant is not married on that date. A Participant in a money purchase pension plan or a
profit sharing plan that is not a Non-QJSA Profit Sharing Plan, may at any time prior to his or her
Benefit Commencement Date elect, in accordance with Section 6.2, any of the following optional
forms of payment instead of the normal form:

     (A) an Annuity Contract (any Annuity Contract distributed must be nontransferable) payable as:

          (1) a Life Annuity ;

          (2) a joint and 50% survivor annuity with a contingent annuitant;

          (3) a joint and 100% survivor annuity with a contingent annuitant;

          (4) an annuity for the life of the Participant with 120 monthly payments certain.

     (B) a single sum distribution; or

     (C) in installments over a period not in excess of that required to comply with Section
5.11.5, unless selected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement.

Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, a distribution shall be made in cash and/or
in-kind. The Plan shall value an in-kind distribution at fair market value as of the date of
reference.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 6.1.1 to the contrary, if the value of a Participant’s
vested Account as of the applicable Valuation Date is not greater than $5,000 (or, if selected in
the Adoption Agreement, a lower amount), his or her benefit shall be paid in the form of a single
sum distribution and no optional form of benefit payment shall be available.

6.1.2 Non-QJSA Profit Sharing Plans — Single Sum Normal Form of Benefit:

     (A) Conditions for Non-QJSA Profit Sharing Plan Status. If the following conditions
are satisfied with respect to Participant’s Account in a profit sharing plan, then the Plan shall
be treated as a “Non-QJSA

64

 

Profit
Sharing Plan” with respect to such Participant’s Account: (1) the Participant does not or
cannot elect payments in the form of a Life Annuity from his or her Account; and (2) on the death
of the Participant, the Participant’s vested Account Balance will be paid to the Participant’s
Surviving Spouse; provided, however, that if there is no Surviving Spouse, or if the Surviving
Spouse has consented to the naming of a different Beneficiary in accordance with Section 7.2.2,
then the vested Account Balance may be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary upon the Participant’s
death.

     (B) Transfers from Plan Subject to QJSA Rules. This Section 6.1.2 shall not apply
with respect to a Participant in a profit sharing plan to the extent the Plan is a direct or
indirect transferee of a defined benefit plan, money purchase pension plan, stock bonus, or profit
sharing plan which is subject to the survivor annuity requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(11) and
417, unless the survivor annuity requirements are permissibly eliminated in accordance with Code
Section 411(d)(6) and the regulation thereunder.

     (C) Distribution Forms. If this Section 6.1.2 applies, then:

          (1) the normal form of benefit shall be a single sum distribution;

          (2) a Participant may also elect to receive his or her benefit in the form of installments in
accordance with Section 6.1.1(C) of the Plan unless selected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement;
and

          (3) Sections 6.2.1 and 6.2.3 shall not apply except as provided in this Section 6.1.2.

Unless selected in the Adoption Agreement, a distribution shall be made in cash and/or in-kind.
The Plan shall value an in-kind distribution at fair market value as of the date of reference.

6.2 Election of Optional Forms:

6.2.1 QJSA Explanation:

Unless Section 6.1.2 applies, within a reasonable period, but in any event no less than 30 and no
more than 90 days prior to a Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date, the Plan Administrator shall
provide to the Participant a written explanation of the terms and conditions of a Qualified Joint
and Survivor Annuity. Such written explanation shall consist of:

     (A) the terms and conditions of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity;

     (B) the Participant’s right to make, and the effect of, an election to waive the Qualified
Joint and Survivor Annuity;

     (C) the rights of the Participant’s Spouse under Section 6.2.3;

     (D) the right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of a previous election to waive the
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; and

     (E) the financial effect of the various optional forms of benefit under the Plan.

The Benefit Commencement Date for a distribution in a form other than a Qualified Joint and
Survivor Annuity may be less than 30 days after receipt of the written explanation described in the
preceding paragraph provided: (1) the Participant has been provided with information that clearly
indicates that the Participant has at least 30 days to consider whether to waive the Qualified
Joint and Survivor Annuity and elect (with spousal consent) to a form of distribution other than a
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; (2) the Participant is permitted to revoke any affirmative
distribution election at least until the Benefit Commencement Date or, if later, at any time prior
to the expiration of the seven-day period that begins the day after the explanation of the
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant; and (3) the Benefit
Commencement Date is a date after the date that the written explanation was provided to the
Participant.

The Plan Administrator may provide for such other notices, information or election periods or take
such other action as the Plan Administrator considers necessary or appropriate to implement the
provisions of this Section 6.2.1.

65

 

6.2.2 Election Revocation:

A Participant may revoke his or her election to take an optional form of benefit, and elect a
different form of benefit, at any time prior to the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date.

6.2.3 Spousal Consent to QJSA/QPSA Waiver:

     (A) Spousal Consent Required for QJSA/QPSA Waiver. The election of an optional
benefit by a Participant must also be a waiver of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or
Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity, as applicable, by the Participant. Any waiver of a
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall not be
effective unless:

          (1) the Participant’s Spouse consents in writing;

          (2) the election designates a specific Beneficiary for an optional form of benefit including
any class of Beneficiaries or any contingent Beneficiaries, which may not be changed without
spousal consent (or the Spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without any
further Spousal consent);

          (3) the Spouse’s consent to the waiver is witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public;
and

          (4) the Spouse’s consent acknowledges the effect of the election.

Additionally, a Participant’s waiver of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity will not be
effective unless the election designates a form of benefit payment which may not be changed without
spousal consent (or the Spouse expressly permits designations without any further spousal consent).
If it is established to the satisfaction of a Plan representative that there is no Spouse or that
the Spouse cannot be located, a waiver will be deeded an effective election.

     (B) Circumstances Under Which Spousal Consent Not Required. Spousal consent to any
election or designation by a Participant under the Plan shall not be required if the Participant
establishes to the satisfaction of the Plan Administrator that such written consent may not be
obtained because there is no Spouse, the Spouse cannot be located, the Participant is legally
separated or the Participant has been abandoned (within the meaning of local law) and the
Participant has a court order to that effect (unless a qualified domestic relations order, within
the meaning of Code Section 414(p), provides otherwise), or because of such other circumstances as
the Secretary may prescribe by regulation, notice or otherwise. In addition, a Spouse’s consent
shall not be required where the Spouse is legally incompetent to provide such consent. In such a
case, the Spouse’s legal guardian may provide the required consent, even if that legal guardian is
the Participant.

     (C) Other Rules for Spousal Consent. Any consent necessary under this provision (or
establishment that the consent of a Spouse may not be obtained under paragraph (B)) shall be
effective only with respect to such Spouse. A consent that permits designations by the Participant
without any requirement of further consent by such Spouse must acknowledge that the Spouse has the
right to limit consent to a specific Beneficiary, and a specific form of benefit, where applicable,
and that the Spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish either or both of such rights. Additionally,
a revocation of a prior waiver may be made by a Participant without the consent of the Spouse at
any time before his or her Benefit Commencement Date. The number of revocations shall not be
limited. Any new waiver will require a new consent by the electing Participant’s Spouse. No
consent obtained under this provision shall be valid unless the Participant has received notice as
provided in this Section.

6.2.4 Death Before Benefits Commence:

The election of an optional form of benefit which contemplates the payment of an annuity shall not
be given effect if any person who would receive benefits under the annuity dies before the Benefit
Commencement Date.

66

 

6.3 Change in Form of Benefit Payments:

Any former Employee whose payments are being deferred or who is receiving installment payments may
request acceleration, including a single sum payment of his or her vested Account Balance, or other
modification of the form of benefit distribution, subject to Code Section 401(a)(9) and Section
5.11, provided that any necessary
consent to such change required under Section 6.2.3 (to the extent applicable) is obtained from the
Employee’s Spouse.

6.4 Direct Rollovers:

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a
Distributee’s election under this Section 6.4, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the
manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover
Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct
Rollover. A Direct Rollover is a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by
the Distributee.

6.5 Electronic Media:

Any notice, election, consent to a distribution, waiver, or other communication under this Article
VI may be made by means of such electronic, telephonic or other media authorized by the Plan
Administrator to the extent permitted and in the manner required under applicable law.

ARTICLE VII

DEATH BENEFITS

7.1 Payment of Account Balances:

7.1.1 Payment to Beneficiary:

In the case of an Active Participant who dies or an Inactive Participant who dies before benefit
commencement, the benefits payable to the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be the vested Account
Balance of the Participant’s Account. Except as otherwise provided in this Article VII, a
Beneficiary may request that he or she be paid his or her benefits as soon as practicable after the
Participant’s death. Until all amounts are distributed hereunder to the Participant’s Beneficiary,
the Participant’s Account Balance shall be adjusted for gains or losses occurring after the
Participant’s death in accordance with the provisions of the Plan governing the adjustment of
Account Balances for other types of distributions.

7.1.2 Form of Benefit:

     (A) Plans Subject to Annuity Requirements. Unless a single sum or installment
payments subject to the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) has been selected within the
Election Period pursuant to an effective election, if a Participant dies before the “annuity
starting date,” then the Participant’s vested Account Balance shall be applied toward the purchase
of a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity. The Surviving Spouse may elect to have such annuity
distributed within a reasonable period after the death of the Participant. However, if no
effective election has been made within the Election Period prior to the Participant’s death, the
Surviving Spouse shall have the right to select a single sum or installment payments subject to the
requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) after the Participant’s death and to commence the
distribution within a reasonable period after the death of the Participant.

A Participant who will not have attained age 35 as of the end of a Plan Year may make a special
qualified election to waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity for the period beginning
on the date of such election and ending on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant
will attain age 35. Such election shall not be valid unless the Participant receives a written
explanation of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity in such terms as are comparable to the
explanation required for a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. Qualified Preretirement Survivor
Annuity coverage will be automatically reinstated as of the first day of the Plan Year in which the
Participant attains age 35. Any new waiver on or after such date shall be subject to the full
requirements applicable to a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity.

     (B) Non-QJSA Profit-Sharing Plans. Payment of benefits payable under this Article
shall be paid to

67

 

the Participant’s Beneficiary in the form of a single sum or as installment
payments subject to the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and at the time elected by the
Beneficiary. If benefits have commenced as of the Participant’s death in a form of benefit that
provides for continued payments after the Participant’s death to a designated Beneficiary, such
amounts shall be paid to the Participant’s designated Beneficiary in accordance with the terms of
such optional form of benefit; provided, however, that a Beneficiary may elect to accelerate the
distribution of a benefit that is being paid in installments and have the remaining amounts paid to
the Beneficiary in the form of a single sum payment.

7.1.3 Cash Out:

If the value of a Participant’s vested Account Balance determined as of the Valuation Date
immediately following the Participant’s death is not greater than $5,000 (or, if selected in the
Adoption Agreement, a lower amount), distribution of such benefit shall be made to the
Participant’s Beneficiary in a single sum cash payment as soon as practicable following the
Participant’s death.

7.2 Beneficiaries:

7.2.1 Written Explanation of Benefit:

Unless the Plan is a Non-QJSA Profit Sharing Plan, as described in Section 6.1.2, the Plan
Administrator shall provide each Participant, within the period described in Section 7.2.1(A) for
such Participant, a written explanation of the death benefit under Section 7.2.5 in such terms and
in such a manner as would be comparable to the explanation provided for meeting the requirements
applicable to a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity under Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417.

     (A) The period for providing a written explanation of the death benefit for a Participant ends
on the latest of the following:

          (1) the period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains
age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant
attains age 35;

          (2) a reasonable period ending after the Employee becomes a Participant; or

          (3) a reasonable period ending after Code Section 417 first applies to the Participant.

     In case of a Participant who terminates Employment before attaining age 35 and who has a
vested interest in his or her Account, notice must be provided within a reasonable period ending
after termination of Employment.

     (B) For purposes of the preceding paragraph, a reasonable period ending after the enumerated
events described in (2) and (3) is the end of the two-year period that begins one year before the
date the applicable event occurs and ending one year after that date. A Participant who has a
vested interest in his or her Account and who terminates Employment before the Plan Year in which
age 35 is attained, shall be provided such notice within the two-year period beginning one year
before and ending one year after the Participant’s date of termination. If such a Participant
returns to Employment, the applicable period for such Participant shall be re-determined.

7.2.2 Beneficiary Designation:

     (A) Designation of Beneficiary by a Participant. A Participant may designate one or
more Beneficiaries to whom amounts due after his or her death, other than under the Qualified Joint
and Survivor Annuity, shall be paid. If a Participant fails to make a proper designation or if no
designated Beneficiary survives the Participant, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be the
Participant’s Surviving Spouse, or if the Participant has no Surviving Spouse, the Participant’s
estate. A Participant’s Beneficiary (if an individual) shall not have any right to benefits under
the Plan unless he or she shall survive the Participant.

     (B) Designation of Beneficiary by a Beneficiary. A Beneficiary may designate one or
more Beneficiaries to whom amounts due after his or her death shall be paid. If a Beneficiary
fails to make a proper

68

 

designation or if no designated Beneficiary survives the Beneficiary, the
Beneficiary’s Beneficiary shall be the Beneficiary’s estate. A Beneficiary’s Beneficiary (if an
individual) shall not have any right to benefits under the Plan unless he or she shall survive the
Beneficiary.

7.2.3 Manner of Designation:

Any designation of a Beneficiary incorporated into an Annuity Contract or insurance contract shall
be governed by the terms of such Annuity Contract or insurance contract. Any other designation of
a Beneficiary must be filed with the Plan Administrator, in a time and manner designated by such
Plan Administrator, in order to be effective. Any such designation of a Beneficiary may be revoked
by filing a later designation or an instrument of revocation with the Plan Administrator, in a time
and manner designated by the Plan Administrator.

7.2.4 Beneficiary of Married Participants — Designation of Non-Spouse Beneficiary:

     (A) General Rules. The Beneficiary of a Participant who is married on his or her date
of death shall be the Participant’s Surviving Spouse, unless the Participant has elected a
different Beneficiary in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the Plan Administrator’s
procedures. A married Participant’s designation of a Beneficiary other than his or her Spouse,
including a Beneficiary referred to in the first sentence of Section 7.2.3, or the change of any
such Beneficiary to a new Beneficiary other than the Participant’s Spouse, shall not be valid
unless made in writing and consented to by the Participant’s Spouse.

     (B) Effect of Divorce on Spousal Designation. Except to the extent otherwise provided
in a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Code Section 414(p)):

          (1) Any actual designation of a Spouse as a Participant’s Beneficiary on a form accepted by
the Plan Administrator hereunder shall continue to be valid and will not be revoked notwithstanding
a later divorce of the Spouse from the Participant, until and unless the Participant changes his or
her designated Beneficiary in accordance with the procedures established by the Plan Administrator;

          (2) If the Participant’s Spouse is deemed to be the Participant’s Beneficiary at any time on
account of an absence of any other valid Beneficiary designation and the Participant and Spouse
divorce, the Participant’s former Spouse shall not be treated as a Beneficiary hereunder until and
unless the Participant specifically designates such person as his or her Beneficiary in accordance
with the procedures established by the Plan Administrator; and

          (3) If a Participant remarries after a divorce, the new Spouse will automatically be treated
as the sole designated Beneficiary hereunder until and unless a waiver and designation of an
alternate Beneficiary are thereafter delivered in accordance with the procedures established by the
Plan Administrator.

     (C) Requirements for Spousal Consent to Non-Spouse Beneficiary. The Spouse’s consent
to such designation will be effective only if:

          (1) the Spouse consents in writing;

          (2) the designation designates a specific alternate Beneficiary including any class of
Beneficiaries or any contingent Beneficiaries which may not be changed without spousal consent (or
the Spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without any further spousal consent);

          (3) the Spouse’s consent is witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public; and

          (4) the Spouse’s consent acknowledges the effect of the designation.

     (D) Circumstances Under Which Spousal Consent Not Required. Spousal consent to any
Beneficiary designation by a Participant under the Plan shall not be required if the Participant
establishes to the satisfaction of the Plan Administrator that such written consent may not be
obtained because there is no Spouse, the Spouse cannot be located, the Participant is legally
separated or the Participant has been abandoned (within the meaning of local law) and the
Participant has a court order to that effect (unless a qualified domestic relations order, within
the meaning of Code Section 414(p), provides otherwise), or because of such other circumstances as
the Secretary may prescribe by regulation, notice or otherwise. In addition, a

69

 

Spouse’s consent
shall not be required where the Spouse is legally incompetent to provide such consent. In such a
case, the Spouse’s legal guardian may provide the required consent, even if that legal guardian is
the Participant.

7.3 Multiple Beneficiaries:

     No contingent Beneficiary shall receive any benefit under the Plan if the Participant is
survived by at least one primary Beneficiary. If one, but fewer than all of the primary
Beneficiaries designated by the Participant survive the Participant, the percentage interest that
otherwise would have been payable to the primary Beneficiary or Beneficiaries who predeceased the
Participant shall be divided among the primary Beneficiaries who survive the Participant in the
ratio determined by comparing the percentages specified by the Participant for those beneficiaries
and adjusting the percentages accordingly. For example, if the Participant indicated percentages
of 20% for Beneficiary A, 30% for Beneficiary B and 50% for Beneficiary C. If Beneficiary C
predeceased the Participant, Beneficiaries A and B would share Beneficiary C’s 50% interest in a
2:3 ratio. Beneficiary A’s interest would increase to 40% and Beneficiary B’s interest would
increase to 60%. The foregoing ratio principle shall be used to determine each such surviving
contingent Beneficiary’s interest if one or more of such contingent Beneficiaries predeceases the
Participant.

7.4 Qualified Disclaimers:

A Beneficiary who is entitled to receive any benefits under the Plan may disclaim all or any
portion of such benefits by filing a written disclaimer with the Plan Administrator after the death
of the Participant. Any such disclaimer shall be irrevocable, must be notarized or witnessed to
the Plan Administrator’s satisfaction, and must comply with the requirements of the Code for
qualified disclaimers in order to be effective. If such a disclaimer is received by the Plan
Administrator before the payment of all remaining benefits under the Plan otherwise owed to such
disclaiming Beneficiary, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, any
disclaimed benefits otherwise payable to the person filing such disclaimer shall be paid to the
person designated by the Participant to receive such benefits in the event of such a disclaimer, or
if the Participant has made no such designation, then to the person who would be the Participant’s
Beneficiary determined in accordance with this Article VII as if the disclaiming person had
predeceased the Participant.

7.5 Electronic Media:

Any notice, election, consent to a distribution, or other communication under this Article VII may
be made by means of such electronic, telephonic or other media authorized by the Plan Administrator
to the extent permitted and in the manner required under applicable law.

ARTICLE VIII

FIDUCIARIES

8.1 Named Fiduciaries:

8.1.1 Plan Administrator:

The Plan Administrator shall be the named administrative fiduciary of the Plan and a “named
fiduciary” of the Plan, as that term is defined in ERISA Section 402(a)(2), with authority to
control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, other than authority to manage and
control Plan assets. The Plan Administrator shall also be the “Plan Administrator” with respect to
the Plan, as those terms are defined in ERISA Section 3(16)(A) and in Code Section 414(g),
respectively (See Article IX “Plan Administration”).

8.1.2 Named Fiduciaries:

     (A) The Trustee (other than Merrill Lynch Bank & Trust Co., FSB), or the Investment Committee,
shall be a named investment fiduciary and a “named fiduciary” of the Plan, as that term is defined
in ERISA Section 402(a)(2), with authority to manage and control all Trust Fund assets and to
select an Investment Manager or Investment Managers.

     (B) If Merrill Lynch Bank & Trust Co., FSB is the Trustee, it shall be a nondiscretionary
trustee (and all investment authority shall be
delegated to a named investment fiduciary). An
Investment Committee shall be

70

 

appointed (and may be removed) by the Primary Employer. The
Investment Committee shall be the named investment fiduciary and a “named fiduciary” with respect
to Trust Fund assets.

     (C) Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, with respect to Participant Directed
Assets, the Participant or Beneficiary having the power to direct the investment of such assets
shall be the named investment fiduciary and a “named fiduciary.”

8.1.3 Investment Authority:

Unless otherwise delegated to the Investment Committee, the Trustee (other than Merrill Lynch Bank
& Trust Co., FSB if it is a Trustee) shall have, in addition to the other rights, powers, duties
and obligations granted or imposed upon it elsewhere in the Plan, the power to make and deal with
any investment of the Trust Fund permitted in Section 10.4, except Participant Directed Assets or
assets for which an Investment Manager has such power, in any manner which it deems advisable and
shall also:

     (A) establish and carry out a funding policy and method consistent with the objectives of the
Plan and the requirements of ERISA;

     (B) have the power to select Annuity Contracts, if applicable;

     (C) have the power to determine, if applicable, what investments specified in Section 10.4 are
available as Participant Directed Assets, including, without limitation, Qualified Employer
Securities and regulated investment company shares.

If Merrill Lynch Bank & Trust Co., FSB is the sole Trustee, the foregoing authority and
responsibilities are delegated by the Primary Employer to the named investment fiduciary of the
Plan (which shall be the Primary Employer unless the Primary Employer delegates that function to
another named investment fiduciary).

8.1.4 ERISA Fiduciary Duty Standards.

Each fiduciary of the Plan shall discharge his or her duties with respect to the Plan solely in the
interest of the Participants and Beneficiaries and:

     (A) for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their Beneficiaries
and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan; and

     (B) with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that
a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of
an enterprise of a like character and with like aims.

8.2 Employment of Advisers:

A “named fiduciary,” with respect to the Plan (as defined in ERISA Section 402(a)(2)) and any
“fiduciary” (as defined in ERISA Section 3(4)) appointed by such a “named fiduciary,” may employ
one or more persons to render advice with regard to any responsibility of such “named fiduciary” or
“fiduciary” under the Plan.

8.3 Multiple Fiduciary Capacities:

Any “named fiduciary” with respect to the Plan (as defined in ERISA Section 402(a)(2)) and any
other “fiduciary” (as defined in ERISA Section 3(4)) with respect to the Plan may serve in more
than one fiduciary capacity. A named fiduciary shall be treated as a fiduciary only with respect
to such responsibilities and authority delegated to it by the Plan or by the Primary Employer. In
the absence of any delegation of fiduciary authority to any other individual by the Primary
Employer, the Primary Employer is the named fiduciary for all administrative and investment
purposes of the Plan.

8.4 Indemnification:

To the extent not prohibited by state or federal law, the Employer agrees to, and shall indemnify
and hold harmless, as the case may be, each Plan Administrator (if a person other than the
Employer), Trustee,

71

 

 Investment Committee and/or any Employee, officer or director of the Employer,
or an Affiliate, from all claims for liability, loss, damage or expense (including payment of
reasonable expenses in connection with the defense
against any such claim) which result from any exercise or failure to exercise any of the
indemnified person’s responsibilities with respect to the Plan, other than by reason of gross
negligence.

8.5 Payment of Expenses:

8.5.1 Plan Expenses:

All fees and reasonable expenses incurred by the Plan, to the extent payable from the assets of the
Plan as permitted by ERISA, including without limitation, expenses and fees (including fees for
legal services rendered and fees to the Trustee) of the Sponsor, Plan Administrator, Investment
Manager, Trustee, and any insurance company, shall be charged against and withdrawn from the Trust
Fund; provided, however, the Employer may pay any of such expenses or reimburse the Trust Fund for
any payment. In addition, forfeitures may be applied toward the payment of Plan expenses as
provided in Section 4.1.4.

8.5.2 Transactional Costs:

All transactional costs or charges imposed or incurred (if any) for Participant Directed Assets
shall be charged to the Account of the directing Participant or Beneficiary. Transactional costs
and charges shall include, but shall not be limited to, charges for the acquisition or sale or
exchange of Participant Directed Assets, brokerage commissions, service charges and professional
fees.

8.6 Taxes:

Any taxes which may be imposed upon the Trust Fund or the income therefrom shall be deducted from
and charged against the Trust Fund.

8.6.1 Permitted Payments:

To the extent permitted by law, the Employer authorizes the Trustee and/or its affiliates to
receive payments from certain mutual funds (and/or collective trusts) for which no affiliate of the
Trustee acts as investment manager or advisor (or from the principal distributors and/or advisors
of those funds or trusts), in connection with the performance of reasonable and necessary services
(including recordkeeping, subaccounting, account maintenance, administrative and other shareholder
services). The Employer understands that different mutual funds (or collective trusts) may be
subject to different fee arrangements. Upon written request, the Trustee shall provide further
details on any specific fee arrangements that may be applicable to investments under the Plan.

ARTICLE IX

PLAN ADMINISTRATION

9.1 The Plan Administrator:

9.1.1 Appointment of Plan Administrator:

The Primary Employer may appoint one or more persons to serve as Plan Administrator, who may also
be removed by the Primary Employer. If any individual is appointed as Plan Administrator, and the
individual is an Employee, the individual will be considered to have resigned as Plan Administrator
if he or she terminates Employment and at least one other person continues to serve as Plan
Administrator. An employee shall receive no compensation for his or her services rendered to or as
Plan Administrator.

9.1.2 Voting Authority:

If more than one person is designated as Plan Administrator, the Plan Administrator shall act by a
majority of its members at the time in office and such action may be taken either by a vote at a
meeting or in writing without a meeting. However, if less than three members are appointed, the
Plan Administrators shall act only upon the unanimous consent of its members. An individual who is
a Plan Administrator and who is also a Participant

72

 

shall not vote or act upon any matter relating
to himself or herself, unless such person is the sole Plan Administrator.

9.1.3 Other Authority:

The Plan Administrator may authorize in writing any person to execute any document or documents on
the Plan Administrator’s behalf, and any interested person, upon receipt of notice of such
authorization directed to it, may thereafter accept and rely upon any document executed by such
authorized person until the Plan Administrator shall deliver to such interested person a written
revocation of such authorization.

9.2 Powers and Duties of the Plan Administrator:

9.2.1 Interpretation of Plan Document:

The Plan Administrator shall have full discretionary authority necessary to administer the Plan and
carry out its provisions. The Plan Administrator’s authority shall include discretionary authority
to interpret all Plan provisions, including provisions relating to eligibility, benefit amounts,
and all other questions arising in the administration, interpretation, and operation of the Plan.
No Participant or Beneficiary shall be entitled to any distribution of benefits hereunder
(including any Plan loans) unless the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, determines that
the requirements otherwise specified in the Plan have been met with respect to such distributions.
Any determination by the Plan Administrator shall be conclusively binding upon all persons
interested in the Plan. It is intended that any exercise of the Plan Administrator’s discretionary
authority not be reversed by a court of law unless such exercise of authority is determined to be
arbitrary and capricious or made in bad faith.

9.2.2 Administrative Powers:

The Plan Administrator shall have the power and sole discretion to promulgate such rules and
procedures, to maintain or cause to be maintained such records and to issue such forms as it shall
deem necessary and proper for the administration of the Plan.

9.2.3 Elections:

Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall determine the time and manner in
which all elections authorized by the Plan shall be made or revoked.

9.2.4 Miscellaneous:

The Plan Administrator shall have all the rights, powers, duties, discretionary authority, and
obligations granted to or imposed upon it elsewhere in the Plan.

9.3 Delegation of Responsibility:

The Plan Administrator may designate persons, including persons other than “named fiduciaries” (as
defined in ERISA Section 402(a)(2)) to carry out the specified responsibilities of the Plan
Administrator and shall not be liable for any act or omission of a person so designated.

9.4 Administrative Error:

The Plan Administrator shall take such actions as it deems, in its sole discretion, to be necessary
to correct any inequity resulting from incorrect information received or communicated in good
faith, or due to administrative or operational error. Such actions may include, but are not
limited to: (A) utilizing the IRS Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System; (B) the Department
of Labor Voluntary Fiduciary Correction Program, or any other similar program of the IRS, or
Department of Labor, or other agency; (C) reallocating plan assets; (D) adjusting future payments
to Participants and Beneficiaries; and (E) pursuing actions to recover erroneous benefit payments
made in error or on the basis of incorrect or incomplete information.

73

 

ARTICLE X

TRUSTEE AND INVESTMENT COMMITTEE

10.1 Appointment of Trustee and Investment Committee:

10.1.1 Appointment:

The Primary Employer shall appoint one or more persons as a Trustee who shall serve as such for all
or a portion of the Trust Fund. By executing the Adoption Agreement: (A) the Primary Employer
represents that all necessary action has been taken for the appointment of the Trustee and that the
Plan maintains adequate procedures for identifying and avoiding, unless an appropriate exemption is
available, “prohibited transactions”, as defined in ERISA; (B) except as provided in DOL Reg.
2550-403a-1(b), the Primary Employer acknowledges that all assets of the Plan shall be held by the
Trustee(s); (C) the Trustee acknowledges that it accepts such appointment; and (D) both the Primary
Employer and the Trustee agree to act in accordance with the Trust provisions contained in this
Article X.

10.1.2 Status of Trustee:

An Employee appointed as Trustee or to the Investment Committee shall receive no compensation for
services rendered in such capacity and will be considered to have resigned if he or she terminates
Employment and at least one other person continues to act as Trustee or as the Investment
Committee, as the case may be. If Merrill Lynch Bank & Trust Co., FSB is the sole Trustee, the
Primary Employer shall appoint an Investment Committee and Merrill Lynch Bank & Trust Co., FSB
shall be a nondiscretionary directed trustee.

10.1.3 Action of Trustee: 

If more than one person is acting as the Trustee, or as an Investment Committee, such Trustee, or
Investment Committee, shall act by a majority of the persons at the time so acting and such action
may be taken either by a vote at a meeting or in writing without a meeting. If less than three
members are serving, the Trustee, or Investment Committee, shall act only upon the unanimous
consent of those serving. The Trustee, or Investment Committee, may authorize in writing any
person to execute any document or documents on its behalf, and any interested person, upon receipt
of notice of such authorization directed to it, may thereafter accept and rely upon any document
executed by such authorized person until the Trustee, or Investment Committee, shall deliver to
such interested person a written revocation of such authorization.

10.1.4 Action of the Employer:

If Merrill Lynch Bank & Trust Co., FSB (the “Trust Company”) is appointed as Trustee, the Primary
Employer authorizes the Trust Company to provide information relating to the trust forming part of
the Employer’s plan to any of the affiliates of the Trust Company and their employees, including
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and its financial advisors.

Upon execution of the Adoption Agreement, the Trust Company will establish a Cash Management
Account for Retirement Plans (RCMA Account) with its affiliate, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner &
Smith Incorporated. This account will be used to hold the Trust’s securities in the name of
MLPF&S, or in the nominee name designated by MLPF&S.

By accepting the provisions of this Prototype Plan, the Employer hereby directs the Trust Company
to withhold any information, (including but not limited to name of trust, address, and securities
position) requested by any company in which securities are held. This shall apply to any and all
securities held now, and to any securities held in the account of the Trust in the future.

10.2 The Trust Fund

The Trustee shall receive such sums of money or other property acceptable to the Trustee that shall
from time to time be paid or delivered to the Trustee under the Plan. The Trustee shall hold in
the Trust Fund all such assets, without distinction between principal and income, together with all
property purchased therewith and the proceeds thereof and the earnings and income thereon. The
Trustee shall not be responsible for, or have any duty to enforce, the collection of any
contributions or assets to be paid or transferred to it, or for verifying

74

 

whether
contributions or transfers to it are allowable under the Plan, nor shall the Trustee be responsible
for the adequacy of the Trust Fund to meet or discharge liabilities under the Plan. Assets of the
Trust may be held in an account maintained with an affiliate of the Trustee or such other financial
institution, as the Trustee considers appropriate.

10.2.1 Contributions to Trust Fund:

The Trustee shall receive in cash or other assets acceptable to the Trustee, so long as such assets
received do not constitute a prohibited transaction, all contributions paid or delivered to it
which are allocable under the Plan and to the Trust Fund and all transfers paid or delivered under
the Plan to the Trust Fund from a predecessor trustee or another trust (including a trust forming
part of another plan qualified under Code Section 401(a); provided, however, that the Trustee shall
not be obligated to receive any such contribution or transfer unless prior thereto or coincident
therewith, as the Trustee may specify, the Trustee has received such reconciliation, allocation,
investment or other information concerning, or such direction, contribution or representation with
respect to, the contribution or transfer or the source thereof as the Trustee may require. The
Trustee shall not accept any Employer contribution in the form of a Qualifying Employer Security
unless either (A) that contribution is discretionary and the contributed Qualifying Employer
Security is not encumbered, or (B) the contribution of such Qualifying Employer Security satisfies
the requirements of ERISA Section 408(e) to the extent applicable. The Trustee shall have no duty
or authority to (A) require any contributions or transfers to be made under the Plan or to the
Trustee, (B) compute any amount to be contributed or transferred under the Plan to the Trustee, or
(C) determine whether amounts received by the Trustee comply with the Plan.

10.2.2 Assets of Trust Fund: 

The Trust Fund shall consist of all money and other property received by the Trustee under Section
10.2, increased by any income or gains on or increment in such assets and decreased by any
investment loss or expense, benefit or disbursement paid under the Plan.

10.3 Relationship with Plan Administrator:

10.3.1 Trustee Not Responsible for Payments from the Trust Fund:

Neither the Trustee, nor the Investment Committee, if any, shall be responsible in any respect for
the administration of the Plan. Payments of money or property from the Trust Fund shall be made by
the Trustee upon direction from the Plan Administrator or its designee. Payments by the Trustee
shall be transmitted to the Plan Administrator or its designee for delivery to the proper payees or
to payee addresses supplied by the Plan Administrator or its designee, and the Trustee’s obligation
to make such payments shall be satisfied upon such transmittal. The Trustee shall have no
obligation to determine the identity of persons entitled to payments under the Plan or their
addresses.

10.3.2 Communication of Plan Administrator Directions:

Directions from or on behalf of the Plan Administrator or its designee shall be communicated to the
Trustee or the Trustee’s designee for that purpose only in a manner and in accordance with
procedures acceptable to the Trustee. The Trustee’s designee shall not, however, be empowered to
implement any such directions except in accordance with procedures acceptable to the Trustee. The
Trustee shall have no liability for following any such directions or failing to act in the absence
of any such directions. The Trustee shall have no liability for the acts or omissions of any
person making or failing to make any direction under the Plan or the provisions of this Article X
nor any duty or obligation to review any such direction, act or omission.

10.3.3 Disputes Concerning Payments:

If a dispute arises over the propriety of the Trustee making any payment from the Trust Fund, the
Trustee may withhold the payment until the dispute has been resolved by a court of competent
jurisdiction or settled by the parties to the dispute. The Trustee may consult legal counsel and
shall be fully protected in acting upon the advice of counsel.

75

 

10.4 Investment of Assets:

10.4.1 Permissible Investments:

Except as provided in Section 10.4.2, investments of the Trust Fund shall be made in the following
manner, but only if compatible with the Sponsor’s administrative and operational requirement and
framework:

     (A) shares of any regulated investment company managed in whole or in part by the Sponsor or
any affiliate of the Sponsor;

     (B) any property purchased through the Sponsor or any affiliate of the Sponsor, whether or not
productive of income or consisting of wasting assets, including, without limitation by
specification, governmental, corporate or personal obligations, trust and participation
certificates, leaseholds, fee titles, mortgages and other interests in realty, preferred and common
stocks, convertible stocks and securities, shares of regulated investment companies, certificates
of deposit, put and call options and other option contracts of any type, foreign or domestic,
whether or not traded on any exchange, futures contracts and options on futures contracts traded on
or subject to the rules of an exchange which has been designated as a contract market by the
Commodity Futures Trading Commission, an independent U.S. government agency, contracts relating to
the lending of property, evidences of indebtedness or ownership in foreign corporations or other
enterprises, or indebtedness of foreign governments, group trust participations, limited or general
partnership interests, insurance contracts, annuity contracts, any other evidences of indebtedness
or ownership including oil, mineral or gas properties, royalty interests or rights (including
equipment pertaining thereto); and

     (C) Qualifying Employer Securities or “qualifying employer real properties” (as that term is
defined in ERISA Section 407(d) to the extent permitted in Section 10.4.3).

10.4.2 Investment Limitations:

     (A) Unless selected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, up to 25% or with the written consent
of the Sponsor or its representative, an additional percentage of each Plan Year’s contributions
may be invested in property as specified in Section 10.4.1(B) acquired through a person other than
the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor.

     (B) Except as permitted by Section 10.4.2(A) and except as may result from a Rollover
Contribution, without the written consent of the Sponsor or its representative, property may not be
acquired through a person other than the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor if following such
acquisitions the value of the property so acquired would exceed 25% of the value of the Trust Fund.

10.4.3 Investments in Qualifying Employer Securities or Qualifying Employer Real Property:

In its sole discretion, the Investment Committee, or the named fiduciary if there is no Investment
Committee:

     (A) may permit the investment of up to 10% of the Trust Fund in Qualifying Employer Securities
or “qualifying employer real property” (as that term is defined in ERISA Section 407(d)), to the
extent such investment is compatible with the Sponsor’s administrative and operational requirements
and framework; and

     (B) may determine, subject to Section 10.4.2, that a percentage of assets in excess of 10% of
the Trust Fund may be invested in Qualifying Employer Securities or “qualifying employer real
property” by a profit sharing plan.

10.4.4 Prototype Plan:

The Plan will be recognized as a Prototype Plan by the Sponsor only by complying with the
provisions of this Section 10.4.

76

 

10.5 Investment Direction, Participant Directed Assets and Qualifying Employer
Investments:

10.5.1 Management of Investments:

The Trustee, or Investment Committee if appointed, shall manage the investment of the Trust Fund
except insofar as (A) an Investment Manager has authority to manage Trust assets, or (B)
Participant Directed Assets are permitted as specified in the Adoption Agreement. Except as
required by ERISA, if an Investment Committee is acting, the Trustee shall invest the Trust Fund as
directed by the Investment Committee, an Investment Manager or a Participant or Beneficiary, as the
case may be, and the Trustee shall have no discretionary control over, nor any other discretion
regarding, the investment or reinvestment of any asset of the Trust. Participant Directed Assets
shall be invested in accordance with the direction of the Participant or, in the event of the
Participant’s death before an Account is fully distributed, the Participant’s Beneficiary with
respect to the assets involved; provided, however, that Participant Directed Assets may not be
invested in “collectibles” (as defined in Code Section 408(m)(2)). If there are Participant
Directed Assets, the investment of these assets shall be made in accordance with such rules and
procedures established by the Plan Administrator which must be consistent with the rules and
procedures of the Sponsor or its affiliate, as applicable.

10.5.2 Participant Directed Assets:

With respect to Participant Directed Assets, neither the Plan Administrator, the Investment
Committee nor the Trustee shall:

     (A) make any investments or dispose of any investments without the direction of the
Participant or Beneficiary for whom the Participant Directed Assets are maintained, except as
provided in Section 8.5 so as to pay fees or expenses of the Plan;

     (B) be responsible for reviewing any investment direction with respect to Participant Directed
Assets or for making recommendations on acquiring, retaining or disposing of any assets or
otherwise regarding any assets;

     (C) have any duty to determine whether any investment is an authorized or proper one; or

     (D) be liable for following any investment direction or for any losses, taxes or other
consequences incurred as a consequence of investments selected by any Participant or Beneficiary or
for holding assets uninvested until it receives proper instructions.

Unless selected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, Participant Directed Assets shall be permitted.

10.5.3 Administration of Participant Directed Assets:

If Participant Directed Assets are permitted, a list of the Participants and Beneficiaries and such
information concerning them as the Trustee may specify shall be provided by the Employer or the
Plan Administrator to the Trustee and/or such person as are necessary for the implementation of the
directions in accordance with the procedure acceptable to the Trustee.

10.5.4 Investment of Funds Pending Investment Direction:

It is understood that the Trustee may, from time to time, have on hand funds that are received as
contributions or transfers to the Trust Fund which are awaiting investment or funds from the sale
of Trust Fund assets which are awaiting reinvestment. Absent receipt by the Trustee of a direction
from the proper person for the investment or reinvestment of such funds or otherwise prior to the
application of funds in implementation of such a direction, the Trustee shall cause such funds to
be invested in shares of such money market fund or other short term investment vehicle as the
Trustee, or Investment Committee if appointed, may specify for this purpose from time to time. Any
such investment fund may be sponsored, managed, or distributed by the Sponsor or an affiliate of
the Sponsor.

77

 

10.5.5 Communication of Investment Direction:

Directions for the investment or reinvestment of Trust assets of a type referred to in Section 10.4
from the Investment Committee, an Investment Manager or a Participant or Beneficiary, as
applicable, shall, in a manner and in accordance with procedures acceptable to the Trustee, be
communicated to and implemented by, as applicable, the Trustee, the Trustee’s designee or, with the
Trustee’s consent and if an Investment Committee is operating, a broker/dealer designated for the
purpose by the Investment Committee. Communication of any such direction to such a designee or
broker/dealer shall conclusively be deemed an authorization to the designee or broker/dealer to
implement the direction even though coming from a person other than the Trustee. The Trustee shall
have no liability for its or any other person’s following such directions or failing to act in the
absence of any such directions. The Trustee shall have no liability for the acts or omissions of
any person directing the investment or reinvestment of Trust Fund assets or making or failing to
make any direction referred to in Section 10.5.6.

10.5.6 Voting and Other Rights Other than for Qualifying Employer Securities:

The voting and other rights in securities or other assets held in the Trust shall be exercised by
the Trustee provided, however, that if an Investment Committee is appointed, the Trustee shall act
as directed by such person who at the time has the right to direct the investment or reinvestment
of the security or other asset involved.

10.5.7 Voting Qualifying Employer Securities:

With respect to any Qualifying Employer Securities allocated to an Account or any assets held in a
self-direct brokerage account in the Trust, each Participant shall be entitled to direct the
Trustee in writing as to the manner in which Qualifying Employer Securities or such assets are to
be voted.

10.5.8 Tender or Exchange of Qualifying Employer Securities:

With respect to any Qualifying Employer Securities allocated to an Account, each Participant shall
be entitled to direct the Trustee in writing as to the manner in which to respond to a tender or
exchange offer or other decisions with respect to the Qualifying Employer Securities. The Plan
Administrator shall utilize its best efforts to timely distribute or cause to be distributed to
each Participant such information received from the Trustee as will be distributed to shareholders
of the Employer in connection with any such tender or exchange offer or other similar matter or any
vote referred to in Section 10.5.7.

10.5.9 Failure to Vote or Tender With Respect to Trust Fund Assets:

If an Investment Committee is appointed, notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, in
the event the person with the right to direct a voting or other decision with respect to any
security, Qualifying Employer Securities, or other asset held in the Trust does not communicate any
decision on the matter to the Trustee or the Trustee’s designee by the time prescribed by the
Trustee or the Trustee’s designee for that purpose or if the Trustee notifies the Investment
Committee, if applicable, either that it does not have precise information as to the securities,
Qualifying Employer Securities, or other assets involved allocated on the applicable record date to
the accounts of all Participants and Beneficiaries or that time constraints make it unlikely that
Participant, Beneficiary or Investment Manager direction, as applicable, can be received on a
timely basis, the decision shall be the responsibility of the Investment Committee and shall be
communicated to the Trustee on a timely basis. In the event an Investment Committee with any right
under the Plan to direct a voting or other decision with respect to any security, Qualifying
Employer Securities, or other asset held in the Trust, does not communicate any decision on the
matter to the Trustee or the Trustee’s designee by the time prescribed by the Trustee for that
purpose, the Trustee may, at the cost of the Employer, obtain advice from a bank, insurance
company, investment adviser or other investment professional (including an affiliate of the
Trustee) or retain an Investment Manager or other independent fiduciary with full discretion to
make the decision. Except as required by ERISA, the Trustee shall (a) follow all directions above
referred to in this Section and (b) shall have no duty to exercise voting or other rights relating
to any such security, Qualifying Employer Security or other asset.

78

 

10.5.10 Proxy Materials:

The Plan Administrator shall establish, or cause to be established, a procedure acceptable to the
Trustee for the timely dissemination to each person entitled to direct the Trustee or its designee
as to a voting or other decision called for thereby or referred to therein of all proxy and other
materials bearing on the decision.

10.5.11 Common or Collective Trust Fund:

Any person authorized to direct the investment of Trust assets may, if the Trustee and the
Investment Committee, if applicable, so permit, direct the Trustee to invest such assets in a
common or collective trust acceptable to the Trustee for the investment of assets of qualified
trusts under Code Section 401(a), individual retirement accounts under Code Section 408(a) and
plans or governmental units described in Code Section 818(a)(6). The documents governing any such
common or collective trust fund maintained by the Trustee, and in which Trust assets have been
invested, are hereby incorporated into this Article X by reference.

10.6 Valuation of Accounts:

10.6.1 Valuation Date:

A Participant’s Account shall be valued at fair market value on each Valuation Date. Subject to
Section 10.6.2(A), as of each Valuation Date, the earnings and losses of the Trust Fund shall be
allocated to each Participant Account in the ratio that such Account Balance in that category of
account bears to all Account Balances in that category. To the extent that the expenses of the
Trust Fund are borne by the Trust Fund, such expenses shall be allocated to and charged against
each Account in any consistently applied manner determined by the Plan Administrator, having
absolute discretion with respect to such matters, subject to the requirements of ERISA. To the
extent that the Plan Administrator does not determine otherwise, expenses of the Trust Fund shall
be allocated to each Participant’s Account in the ratio that such Account Balance in that category
of Accounts bears to all Account Balances in that category. With respect to Participant Directed
Assets, the earnings and losses and expenses (including transactional expenses under Section 8.5.2)
of such Participant Directed Assets shall be allocated to the Account of the Participant or
Beneficiary having authority to direct the investment of the assets in his or her Account.

10.6.2 Valuation Date of Distribution:

The Valuation Date with respect to any distributions (including, without limitation, loan
distributions and purchase of annuities) from any Account upon the occurrence of a Benefit
Commencement Date or otherwise, shall be:

     (A) with respect to Participant Directed Assets, the date as of which the Account distribution
is made; and

     (B) with respect to other assets, the Valuation Date immediately preceding the Benefit
Commencement Date, if applicable, or immediately preceding the proposed date of any other
distribution from an Account.

With respect to any contribution allocable to an Account which has not been made as of a Valuation
Date determined under this Section 10.6.2, the principal amount of such contribution distributable
because of the occurrence of a Benefit Commencement Date shall be distributed as soon as
practicable after the date paid to the Trust Fund.

10.6.3 Valuation of Assets:

The assets of the Trust shall be valued at fair market value as determined by the Trustee based
upon such sources of information as it may deem reliable, including, but not limited to, stock
market quotations, statistical evaluation services, newspapers of general circulation, financial
publications, advice from investment counselors or brokerage firms, or any combination of sources.
The reasonable costs incurred in establishing values of the Trust Fund shall be a charge against
the Trust Fund, unless paid by the Employer.

79

 

When the Trustee is unable to determine a value based upon information from independent sources, it
may rely upon information from the Employer, Plan Administrator, Investment Committee, appraisers
or other sources, and shall not incur any liability for inaccurate valuation based in good faith
upon such information.

10.6.4 Loans:

In the event that Participant loans are available under the Plan, the Trustee shall reflect one
aggregate balance for participant loans under the Plan and shall reflect changes thereto only as
directed by the Employer or Plan Administrator.

10.7 Insurance Contracts:

10.7.1 Authority to Appoint Insurance Company:

The Trustee, other than Merrill Lynch Bank & Trust Co., FSB if an Investment Committee is not
appointed, Investment Committee, or Participant or Beneficiary with respect to Participant Directed
Assets if permitted by the Plan Administrator, may appoint one or more insurance companies to hold
assets of the Plan, and may direct, subject to Section 10.7, the purchase of insurance contracts or
policies from one or more insurance companies with assets of the Plan. Neither the Investment
Committee, the Trustee nor the Plan Administrator shall be liable for the validity of any such
contract or policy, the failure of any insurance company to make any payments or for any act or
omission of an insurance company with respect to any duties delegated to any insurance company.

10.7.2 Payment of Insurance Premiums:

With the consent of the Plan Administrator and upon such notice as the Plan Administrator may
require, a Participant may direct that a portion of his or her Account be used to pay premiums on
life insurance on the Participant’s life; provided, however, that (a) the aggregate premiums paid
on ordinary life insurance must be less than 50% of the aggregate contributions allocated to the
Participant’s Employer Account, (b) the aggregate premiums paid on term life insurance contracts,
universal life insurance contracts and all other life insurance contracts which are not ordinary
life insurance may not exceed 25% of the aggregate contributions allocated to the Participant’s
Employer Account, and (c) the sum of one-half of the premiums paid on ordinary life insurance and
the total of all other life insurance premiums may not exceed 25% of the aggregate contributions
allocated to the Employer Account of the Participant. For purposes of these limitations, ordinary
life insurance contracts are contracts with both non-decreasing death benefits and non-increasing
premiums.

10.7.3 Owner of Insurance Contract:

A Trustee other than Merrill Lynch Bank & Trust Co., FSB shall be the owner of each life insurance
contract purchased under this Section 10.7 and the proceeds of each such contract shall be payable
to the Trustee, provided that all benefits, rights and privileges under each contract on the life
of a Participant which are available while the Participant is living shall be exercised by the
Trustee only upon and in accordance with the written instructions of the Participant. The proceeds
of all such insurance on the life of a Participant shall be paid over by the Trustee to the
Participant’s Beneficiary in accordance with Article VII. Under no circumstances shall the Trustee
retain any part of the proceeds.

10.7.4 Dividends Earned on Insurance:

Any dividends or credits earned on a life insurance contract shall be applied when received in
reduction of any premiums thereon, or, if no premiums are due, applied to increase the proceeds of
the insurance contract.

10.7.5 Reduced Death Benefit:

If a Participant is found by the Plan Administrator to be insurable only at a substandard premium
rate, the policy shall provide a reduced death benefit using the same premium as would be required
if the Participant were a standard risk, the amount of the death benefit being determined in
accordance with the amount of the rating.

80

 

10.7.6 Cash Surrender Value:

The cash surrender value of an insurance contract to the extent derived from Employer or
Participant contributions, if any, shall be included, respectively, in the Account Balance of the
Account from which the premiums were paid. Any death benefits under an insurance contract payable
before the Participant’s termination of Employment shall be paid to the Trustee for addition to the
relevant Account of the Participant for distribution in accordance with Section 7.1.

10.7.7 Minimum Premium Requirements:

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the purchase of life insurance for any
Participant shall be subject to such minimum premium requirements as the Trustee may determine from
time to time.

10.7.8 Origination of Premium Payments:

Premiums on life insurance contracts on a Participant’s life shall be paid by the Trustee, unless
directed otherwise by the Participant, first from cash in the Participant’s Employer Accounts to
the extent thereof, and then from cash in the Participant’s Employee After-Tax Contributions
Account, if any, to the extent thereof. If there is insufficient cash in either Account to pay
premiums due, the Trustee shall notify the Participant. If the Participant does not thereafter
instruct the Trustee to sell sufficient assets in an Account of the Participant to pay premiums due
on a timely basis, the Trustee shall not be obligated to take any further action with respect to
any life insurance contract on the Participant’s life, whether as regards continuing insurance on a
paid-up basis, effecting a reduction of the insurance in force, or otherwise, except at the
direction of the Participant.

10.7.9 Distribution of Life Insurance Contracts:

Prior to such time as a Participant becomes entitled to receive a distribution of any benefits
under this Plan for any reason other than the Participant’s death, the Trustee shall, in accordance
with the written direction of the Participant delivered to the Plan Administrator within such
period of time as is acceptable to the Plan Administrator, either convert all life insurance
contracts on the Participant’s life into cash or an annuity to provide current or future retirement
income to the Participant or distribute the contracts to the Participant as a part of a benefit
distribution; provided, however, that:

     (A) the contracts shall not be distributed unless, if the Participant is married at the time
the distribution of the contracts is to be made, and the Plan is a money purchase pension plan or a
profit sharing plan to which Section 6.1.2 does not apply, the Participant’s Spouse at that time
consents to a distribution in the manner prescribed by Section 6.2.3; and

     (B) if the cash value of any contracts at the time they become distributable to a Participant
exceeds a Participant’s vested interest in his or her Employer Accounts at that time, the
Participant shall be entitled to receive a distribution of such contracts only if the Participant
promptly pays such excess in cash to the Trust Fund.

Life insurance contracts on a Participant’s life shall not continue to be maintained under the Plan
following the Participant’s termination of Employment or after Employer contributions have ceased.

If a Participant on whose life an insurance contract is held does not make a timely and proper
direction regarding the contract under this Section 10.7.9, the Participant shall be deemed to have
directed that the contract be converted into cash to be distributed in the manner in which the
Participant’s benefit is to be distributed.

10.7.10 Conflict Between Plan and Insurance Contract:

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if there is any conflict between the
terms of the Plan and the terms of any insurance contract purchased under this Section 10.7, the
provisions of the Plan shall control.

81

 

10.8 The Investment Manager:

10.8.1 Appointment:

With respect to Participant Directed Assets, the Trustee (other than Merrill Lynch Bank & Trust Co.
FSB if an Investment Committee is not appointed), Investment Committee, a Participant or a
Beneficiary if permitted by the Plan Administrator may, by an instrument in writing, appoint one or
more Investment Managers, who may be an affiliate of the Merrill Lynch Bank & Trust Co., FSB, to
direct the Trustee in the investment of all or a specified portion of the assets of the Trust in
property specified in Section 10.4. Any such Investment Manager shall be directed by the Trustee
(other than Merrill Lynch Bank & Trust Co. FSB if an Investment Committee is not appointed),
Investment Committee, Participant or Beneficiary, as applicable, to act in accordance with the
procedures referred to in Section 10.5.5. If appointed, the Investment Committee shall notify the
Trustee in writing before the effectiveness of the appointment or removal of any Investment
Manager. If there is more than one Investment Manager whose appointment is effective under the
Plan at any one time, the Trustee shall, upon written instructions from the Investment Committee,
Participant or Beneficiary, as applicable, establish separate funds for control by each such
Investment Manager. The funds shall consist of those Trust Fund assets designated by the
Investment Committee, Participant or Beneficiary.

10.8.2 Qualifications of Investment Manager:

Each person appointed as an Investment Manager shall be:

     (A) an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940,

     (B) a bank as defined in that Act, or

     (C) an insurance company qualified to manage, acquire or dispose of any asset of the Plan
under the laws of more than one state.

10.8.3 Investment Manager as Fiduciary:

Each Investment Manager shall acknowledge in writing that it is a “fiduciary” (as defined in ERISA
Section 3(21)) with respect to the Plan. The Trustee, (other than Merrill Lynch Bank & Trust Co.
FSB if an Investment Committee is not appointed), or the Investment Committee if appointed, shall
enter into an agreement with each Investment Manager specifying the duties and compensation of such
Investment Manager and the other terms and conditions under which such Investment Manager shall be
retained. Neither the Trustee, (other than Merrill Lynch Bank & Trust Co., FSB if an Investment
Committee is not appointed) nor the Investment Committee, if appointed, shall be liable for any act
or omission of any Investment Manager and shall not be liable for following the advice of any
Investment Manager with respect to any duties delegated to any Investment Manager.

10.8.4 Identification of Amounts for Investment Manager:

The Trustee, other than Merrill Lynch Bank & Trust Co. FSB, or Investment Committee if appointed,
or the Participant or Beneficiary, if applicable with respect to Participant Directed Assets, shall
have the power to determine the amount of Trust Fund assets to be invested in accordance with the
direction of a designated Investment Manager and to set investment objectives and guidelines for
the Investment Manager.

10.8.5 Second Trust Fund:

The Primary Employer may appoint a second trustee under the Plan with respect to assets which the
Employer desires to contribute or have transferred to the Trust Fund, but which the other Trustee
does not choose to accept: provided, however, that if Merrill Lynch Bank & Trust Co., FSB is a
Trustee, its consent (which consent may be evidenced by its acceptance of its appointment as
Trustee) shall be required. In the event and upon the effectiveness of the acceptance of the
second Trustee’s appointment, the Primary Employer shall be deemed to have created two trust funds
under the Plan, each with its own Trustee, each governed separately by this Article X. Each
Trustee under such an arrangement shall, however, discharge its duties and responsibilities solely
with respect to those assets of the Trust delivered into its possession and except under ERISA,
shall have no duties, responsibilities or obligations with respect to property of the other Trust
nor have any liability for the acts or

82

 

omissions of the other Trustee. As a condition to its
consent to the appointment of a second trustee, Merrill
Lynch Bank & Trust Co., FSB shall assure that recordkeeping, distribution and reporting procedures
are established on a coordinated basis between it and the second trustee as considered necessary or
appropriate with respect to the Trusts.

10.9 Powers of Trustee:

10.9.1 Trustee’s Power:

At the direction of the person authorized to direct such action as referred to in Section 10.5.1,
but limited to those assets or categories of assets acceptable to the Trustee as referred to in
Section 10.4, or in its sole discretion if no such person is so authorized, the Trustee, or the
Trustee’s designee or a broker/dealer as referred to in Section 10.5.5, is authorized and
empowered:

     (A) To invest and reinvest the Trust Fund, together with the income therefrom, in assets
specified in Section 10.4;

     (B) To deposit or invest all or any part of the assets of the Trust Fund in savings accounts
or certificates of deposit or other deposits in a bank or savings and loan association or other
depository institution, including the Trustee or any of its affiliates, provided with respect to
such deposits with the Trustee or an affiliate, the deposits bear a reasonable interest rate;

     (C) To hold, manage, improve, repair and control all property, real or personal, forming part
of the Trust Fund; to sell, convey, transfer, exchange, partition, lease for any term, even
extending beyond the duration of this Trust, and otherwise dispose of the same from time to time;

     (D) To have, respecting securities, all the rights, powers and privileges of an owner,
including the power to give proxies, pay assessments and other sums deemed by the Trustee necessary
for the protection of the Trust Fund; to vote any corporate stock either in person or by proxy,
with or without power of substitution, for any purpose; to participate in voting trusts, pooling
agreements, foreclosures, reorganizations, consolidations, mergers and liquidations, and in
connection therewith to deposit securities with or transfer title to any protective or other
committee; to exercise or sell stock subscriptions or conversion rights; and, regardless of any
limitation elsewhere in this instrument relative to investments by the Trustee, to accept and
retain as an investment any securities or other property received through the exercise of any of
the foregoing powers;

     (E) Subject to Section 10.5.4 hereof, to hold in cash, without liability for interest, such
portion of the Trust Fund which it is directed to so hold pending investments, or payment of
expenses, or the distribution of benefits;

     (F) To take such actions as may be necessary or desirable to protect the Trust from loss due
to the default on mortgages held in the Trust Fund including the appointment of agents or trustees
in such other jurisdictions as may seem desirable, to transfer property to such agents or trustees,
to grant to such agents such powers as are necessary or desirable to protect the Trust Fund, to
direct such agent or trustee, or to delegate such power to direct, and to remove such agent or
trustee;

     (G) To settle, compromise or abandon all claims and demands in favor of or against the Trust
Fund;

     (H) To invest in any common or collective trust fund of the type referred to in Section
10.5.11 hereof maintained by the Trustee;

     (I) To exercise all of the further rights, powers, options and privileges granted, provided
for, or vested in trustees generally under ERISA and other pertinent federal law, and to the extent
that federal law is inapplicable, under the laws of the State of New Jersey if Merrill Lynch Bank &
Trust Co., FSB is the Trustee or the state where the Trustee is located if Merrill Lynch Bank &
Trust Co., FSB is not the Trustee, so that the powers conferred upon the Trustee herein shall not
be in limitation of any authority conferred by law, but shall be in addition thereto;

83

 

     (J) To borrow money from any source and to execute promissory notes, mortgages or other
obligations and to pledge or mortgage any trust assets as security, subject to applicable
requirements of the Code and ERISA; and

     (K) To maintain accounts at, execute transactions through, and lend on an adequately secured
basis stocks, bonds or other securities to, any brokerage or other firm, including any firm which
is an affiliate of the Trustee.

10.9.2 Additional Powers:

To the extent necessary or which it deems appropriate to implement its powers under Section 10.9.1
or otherwise to fulfill any of its duties and responsibilities as Trustee of the Trust Fund, the
Trustee shall have the following additional powers and authority:

     (A) to register securities, or any other property, in its name;

     (B) to register securities in the name of any nominee or in street name, provided that such
securities are held on behalf of the Plan by (i) a bank or trust company that is subject to
supervision by the United States or a state, or a nominee of such bank or trust company; (ii) a
broker or dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or its nominee; or (iii) a
“clearing agency,” as defined in section 3(a)(23) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or its
nominee;

     (C) to designate and engage the services of, and to delegate powers and responsibilities to,
such agents, representatives, advisers, counsel and accountants as the Trustee considers necessary
or appropriate, any of whom may be an affiliate of the Trustee or a person who renders services to
such an affiliate, and, as a part of its expenses under this Trust Agreement, to pay their
reasonable expenses and compensation;

     (D) to make, execute and deliver, as Trustee, any and all deeds, leases, mortgages,
conveyances, waivers, releases or other instruments in writing necessary or appropriate for the
accomplishment of any of the powers listed in this Trust Agreement; and

     (E) generally to do all other acts which the Trustee deems necessary or appropriate for the
protection of the Trust Fund.

10.9.3 Limitations on Trustee’s Authority:

The Trustee shall have no duties or responsibilities other than those specified in the Plan.

10.10 Accounting and Records: 

10.10.1 Maintenance of Records and Accounts: 

The Trustee shall maintain or cause to be maintained accurate records and accounts of all Trust
transactions and assets. The records and accounts shall be available at reasonable times during
normal business hours for inspection or audit by the Plan Administrator, Investment Committee, if
appointed, or any person designated for the purpose by either of them.

10.10.2 Written Accounting:

Within 90 days following the close of each fiscal year of the Plan or the effective date of the
removal or resignation of the Trustee, the Trustee shall file with the Plan Administrator a written
accounting setting forth all transactions since the end of the period covered by the last previous
accounting. The accounting shall include a listing of the assets of the Trust showing the value of
such assets at the close of the period covered by the accounting. On direction of the Plan
Administrator, and if previously agreed to by the Trustee, the Trustee shall submit to the Plan
Administrator interim valuations, reports or other information pertaining to the Trust.

The Plan Administrator may approve the accounting by written approval delivered to the Trustee or
by failure to deliver written objections to the Trustee within 60 days after receipt of the
accounting. Any such approval shall be binding on the Primary Employer, the Plan Administrator,
the Investment Committee and, to the extent

84

 

permitted by ERISA, all other persons. If the Primary
Employer provides to the Trustee written notice of its objections after the expiration of such
60-day period, then the Trustee shall use its reasonable best efforts to correct such inaccuracies
or errors but the Primary Employer shall be fully responsible for all costs incurred in correcting
such inaccuracies or errors.

10.11 Judicial Settlement of Accounts:

The Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction at any time for judicial settlement of
any matter involving the Plan including judicial settlement of the Group Trustee’s account. If it
does so, the Trustee must give the Plan Administrator the opportunity to participate in the court
proceedings, but the Trustee may also involve other persons. Any expenses the Trustee incurs in
legal proceedings involving the Plan, including attorney’s fees, are chargeable to the Trust Fund
as an administrative expense. Any judgment or decree that may be entered in such a proceeding,
shall, subject to the provision of ERISA, be conclusive upon all persons having or claiming to have
any interest in the Trust Fund or under any Plan.

10.12 Resignation and Removal of Trustee:

10.12.1 Resignation of Trustee:

A Trustee may resign at any time upon at least 30 days’ written notice to the Primary Employer.

10.12.2 Removal of Trustee:

The Primary Employer may remove a Trustee upon at least 30 days’ written notice to the Trustee.

10.12.3 Successor Trustee:

Upon resignation or removal of a Trustee, the Primary Employer shall appoint a successor trustee
provided that in connection with its resignation, the Trustee may designate another entity to be
the successor unless the Primary Employer appoints a successor trustee within 30 days of the notice
of resignation. Notwithstanding the forgoing, upon failure of the Primary Employer to appoint, or
the failure of the effectiveness of the appointment by the Primary Employer of, a successor trustee
by the effective date of the resignation or removal, the Trustee may apply to any court of
competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor.

Promptly after receipt by the Trustee of notice of the effectiveness of the appointment of the
successor trustee: (A) the Trustee shall deliver to the successor trustee such records as may be
reasonably requested to enable the successor trustee to properly administer the Trust Fund and all
property of the Trust after deducting therefrom such amounts as the Trustee deems necessary to
provide for expenses, taxes, compensation or other amounts due to or by the Trustee not paid by the
Primary Employer prior to the delivery; and (B) except if the second Trustee is removed or resigns,
the Plan will no longer be considered a Prototype Plan.

10.12.4 Settlement of Accounts:

Upon resignation or removal of a Trustee, that Trustee shall have the right to a settlement of its
account, which settlement shall be made, at the Trustee’s option, either by an agreement of
settlement between the Trustee and the Primary Employer or by a judicial settlement in an action
instituted by the Trustee. The Primary Employer shall bear the cost of any such judicial
settlement, including reasonable attorney’s fees.

10.12.5 Transfer of Assets:

The Trustee shall not be obligated to transfer Trust assets until the Trustee is provided assurance
by the Primary Employer satisfactory to the Trustee that all fees and expenses reasonably
anticipated will be paid.

10.12.6 Rights and Privileges:

Upon settlement of the account and transfer of the Trust Fund to the successor trustee, all rights
and privileges under the Trust Agreement shall vest in the successor trustee and all responsibility
and liability of the Trustee with respect to the Trust and assets thereof shall, except as
otherwise required by ERISA, terminate subject

85

 

only to the requirement that the Trustee execute all
necessary documents to transfer the Trust assets to the successor trustee.

10.13 Group Trust:

10.13.1 Trustee of Group Trust:

If selected in the Adoption Agreement, the Trustee shall be the Trustee for the Plan and for each
other Qualified Plan specified in the Adoption Agreement; provided, however, that such other
Qualified Plan is in effect in accordance with an Adoption Agreement under this Prototype Plan.
Any reference to Trustee and to the Trust Fund in the Plan shall mean the Trustee as the trustee of
a Group Trust consisting of the assets of each such plan. The Plan and each other Qualified Plan
specified in the Adoption Agreement shall be deemed to join in and adopt the Trust as the Trust for
each such plan. By executing the Adoption Agreement, the Trustee accepts designation as trustee of
this Group Trust.

10.13.2 Maintenance of Accounting Records:

The Trustee shall establish and maintain such accounting records for each of the Plans as shall be
necessary to reflect the interest in the Group Trust applicable at any time or from time to time to
each Plan. No part of the corpus or income of the Group Trust allocable to an individual Plan may
be used for or diverted to any purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants and
their Beneficiaries entitled to benefits under that Plan. The allocable interest of a Plan in the
Group Trust may not be assigned.

10.14 Disclosure to Merrill Lynch Affiliates and Portfolio Companies:

In order to provide for the ongoing administration of the Trust, the Primary Employer authorizes
the Trustee to provide information relating to the Trust to any of the affiliates of the Trustee
and their employees, including Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.

The Primary Employer hereby directs the Trustee to withhold from any company in which securities
are held under the Trust with respect to the Plan now or in the future (which companies are
referred to herein as “Portfolio Companies”) any information requested by Portfolio Companies
(including but not limited to the name and address of the Trust and any securities positions held
in the Trust Fund with respect to the Plan).

ARTICLE XI

PLAN AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION

11.1 Plan Amendment:

11.1.1 Authority to Amend:

The Sponsor may amend any part of the Prototype Plan. The Primary Employer shall have the right at
any time, by an instrument in writing, effective retroactively or otherwise, to (A) change the
choice of options in the Adoption Agreement, in whole or in part; (B) add overriding language in
the Adoption Agreement when such language is needed to satisfy Code Section 415 or Code Section 416
because of the required aggregation of multiple plans; and (C) add certain model amendments
published by the IRS which specifically provide that their adoption will not cause the Plan to be
treated as individually designed. No such amendment, however, shall have any of the effects
specified in Section 11.1.3. If the Prototype Plan fails to maintain qualification or the Primary
Employer (or any other Employer) amends the Plan or nonelective portions of the Adoption Agreement
except as previously provided (including a waiver of the minimum funding requirement under Code
Section 412(d)), it will no longer participate in the Prototype Plan, but will be considered to
have an individually designed plan for purposes of qualification under Code Section 401(a). If an
Employer is amending its plan from an individually-designed plan or from one prototype plan to
another, a list of the “Code Section 411(d) (6) protected benefits” that must be preserved may be
attached, and such a list would not be considered an amendment to the Plan. If an Employer is not
entitled to participate under this Prototype Plan, the Plan is an individually designed plan and
the reliance provisions specified in the applicable Adoption Agreement no longer apply.

86

 

11.1.2 Recognition as Prototype Plan:

The Plan will be recognized as a Prototype Plan by the Sponsor only by complying with the
registration requirements as specified in the Adoption Agreement.

11.1.3 Limitations of Amendments:

No amendment to the Plan shall be effective to the extent that it:

     (A) authorizes any part of the Trust Fund to be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than
for the exclusive benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries;

     (B) has the effect of decreasing a Participant’s accrued benefit. Notwithstanding the
preceding sentence, a Participant’s Account Balance may be reduced to the extent permitted under
Code Section 412(c)(8). For purposes of this paragraph, an amendment which has the effect of (1)
decreasing a Participant’s Account Balance or (2) eliminating or reducing an early retirement
benefit or a retirement-type subsidy, with respect to benefits attributable to service before the
amendment shall be treated as reducing accrued benefits, except as permitted under Treas. Reg.
Section 1.411(d)-4 or any other guidance issued under Code Section 411(d)(6). In the case of a
retirement-type subsidy, the preceding sentence shall apply only with respect to a Participant who
satisfies (either before or after the amendment) the pre-amendment conditions for the subsidy. In
general, a retirement-type subsidy is a subsidy that continues after retirement, but does not
include a qualified disability benefit, a medical benefit, a social security supplement, a death
benefit (including life insurance), or a plant shutdown benefit (that does not continue after
retirement age);

     (C) reduces the vested percentage of any Participant determined without regard to such
amendment as of the later of the date such amendment is adopted or the date it becomes effective;
or

     (D) eliminates or restricts an optional form of benefit. For purposes of this paragraph the
preceding shall not apply to a Plan amendment that eliminates or restricts the ability of a
Participant to receive payment of his or her Account Balance under a particular optional form of
benefit if the amendment provides a single-sum distribution form that is otherwise identical to the
optional form of benefit eliminated or restricted. For purposes of this condition, a single-sum
distribution form is otherwise identical only if it is identical in all respects to the eliminated
or restricted optional form of benefit (or would be identical except that it provides greater
rights to the Participant) except with respect to the timing of payments after commencement.

11.1.4 Vesting Schedule Amendment:

If the Plan’s vesting schedule is amended, or the Plan is amended in any way that directly or
indirectly affects the computation of the Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage in his or her
Account, (A) a Participant with at least 3 years of Vesting Service with the Employer may elect,
within a reasonable period after the adoption of the amendment or change, to have the
nonforfeitable percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment or change, and
(B) in the case of an Employee who is a Participant as of the later of the date such amendment is
adopted or the date it becomes effective, the nonforfeitable percentage (determined as of such
date) of such Employee’s Employer-derived accrued benefit will not be less than the percentage
computed under the plan without regard to such amendment.

The period during which the election may be made shall commence with the date the amendment is
adopted or deemed to be made and shall end on the latest of:

     (1) 60 days after the amendment is adopted;

     (2) 60 days after the amendment becomes effective; or

     (3) 60 days after the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer or
Plan Administrator.

87

 

11.2 Right of the Employer to Terminate Plan:

11.2.1 Authority to Terminate:

The Primary Employer intends and expects that from year to year it will be able to and will deem it
advisable to continue the Plan in effect and to make contributions as herein provided. However,
the Primary Employer has the right, at any time, to suspend or discontinue contributions under the
Plan and thereafter to continue to maintain the Plan (subject to such suspension or discontinuance)
until the Primary Employer terminates the
Plan. The Primary Employer has the right, at any time, to terminate the Plan and the Trust created
and maintained under the Plan. An Employer reserves the right, however, to terminate the Plan with
respect to its Employees at any time by an instrument in writing delivered to the Plan
Administrator and the Trustee, or to completely discontinue its contributions thereto at any time.

11.2.2 Additional Power to Terminate:

The Plan will also terminate: (A) if the Employer is a sole proprietorship, upon the death of the
sole proprietor; (B) if the Employer is a partnership, upon termination of the partnership; (C)
upon the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the business; or
(D) upon any other termination of the business. Any successor to or purchaser of the Employer’s
trade or business, after any event specified in the prior sentence, may continue the Plan, in which
case the successor or purchaser will thereafter be considered the Employer for purposes of the
Plan. Such a successor or purchaser shall execute an appropriate Adoption Agreement or amendment
if and when requested by the Plan Administrator or Trustee.

11.2.3 Miscellaneous:

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if the Employer fails to attain or
retain qualification of the Plan under Code Section 401(a), the Plan will not participate in this
Prototype Plan and will, instead, be considered an individually designed plan for purposes of such
qualification.

11.3 Effect of Partial or Complete Termination or Complete Discontinuance of
Contributions:

11.3.1 Determination of Date of Complete or Partial Termination:

The date of complete or partial termination shall be established by the Plan Administrator in
accordance with the directions of the Primary Employer (if then in existence) in accordance with
applicable law.

11.3.2 Effect of Termination:

     (A) As of the date of a partial termination of the Plan:

          (1) the accrued benefit of each affected Participant, to the extent funded, shall become
nonforfeitable (as provided in Section 4.1.2);

          (2) no affected Participant shall be granted credit based on Hours of Service after such date;

          (3) Compensation paid to an affected Participant after such date shall not be taken into
account; and

          (4) no contributions by an affected Participant shall be required or permitted.

          For purposes of this Section, an “affected Participant” is a Participant who is affected by
the event causing the partial termination of the Plan.

     (B) As of the date of the complete termination of the Plan or of a complete discontinuance of
contributions:

          (1) the accrued benefit of each Participant to the extent funded, shall become nonforfeitable
(as provided in Section 4.1.2);

88

 

          (2) no Participant shall be granted credit based on Hours of Service after such date;

          (3) Compensation paid after such date shall not be taken into account;

          (4) no contributions by Participants shall be required or permitted;

          (5) no Eligible Employee shall become a Participant after such date; and

          (6) except as may otherwise be required by applicable law, all obligations of the Primary
Employer and Affiliates to fund the Plan shall terminate.

     (C) All other provisions of the Plan shall remain in effect unless otherwise amended.

11.3.3 Distribution of Accounts:

Upon the complete discontinuance of contributions under the Plan, at the Primary Employer’s
election, either the Trust Fund shall continue to be held and distributed as if the Plan had not
been terminated (in which case such Plan shall continue to be subject to all requirements under
Title I of ERISA, and qualification requirements under the Code) or any and all assets remaining in
the Trust Fund as of the date of such termination or discontinuance, together with any earnings
subsequently accruing thereon, shall be distributed by the Trustee to all Participants at the Plan
Administrator’s direction.

Upon the complete termination of the Plan, the Trust Fund shall be distributed to all Participants
within one year after the date of termination. If the Plan does not offer an annuity option
(purchased from a commercial provider) then if the Primary Employer or any Affiliate does not
maintain another Defined Contribution Plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined
in Code Section 4975(e)(7)), the Participant’s benefit may, without the Participant’s consent, be
distributed to the Participant. However, if the Primary Employer or any Affiliate maintains
another Defined Contribution Plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code
Section 4975(e)(7)), then the Participant’s Account will be transferred, without the Participant’s
consent, to the other plan if the Participant does not consent to an immediate distribution.
Distributions shall be made in compliance with the applicable provisions, including restrictions,
of Articles VI and VII. The Trust Fund shall continue in effect until all distributions therefrom
are complete. Upon the completion of such distributions, the Trustee shall be relieved from all
further liability with respect to all amounts so paid or distributed.

ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

12.1 Exclusive Benefit of Participants:

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Trust Fund shall be held for the benefit
of all persons who shall be entitled to receive payments under the Plan. Subject to Section 3.8,
the corpus or income of the Trust Fund may not (other than such part as is required to pay
expenses) be used for or diverted to, purposes other than the exclusive benefit of Participants or
their Beneficiaries and for defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan.

12.2 Plan Not a Contract of Employment:

The Plan is not a contract of employment, and the terms of employment of any Employee shall not be
affected in any way by the Plan or related instruments except as specifically provided therein.

12.3 Action by Employer:

Any action by an Employer that is a corporation shall be taken by the board of directors of the
corporation or any person or persons duly empowered to exercise the powers of the corporation with
respect to the Plan. In the case of an Employer that is a partnership or any other legal entity,
action shall be taken by any general partner of the partnership or governing person respectively,
and in the case of an Employer which is a sole proprietorship, action shall be taken by the sole
proprietor.

89

 

12.4 Source of Benefits:

Benefits under the Plan shall be paid or provided for solely from the Trust Fund, and neither the
Primary Employer, any Affiliate, the Trustee, the Plan Administrator, nor any Investment Manager or
insurance company shall assume any liability under the Plan therefore.

12.5 Benefits Not Assignable:

No benefit or interest provided under the Plan shall be subject to assignment or alienation, either
voluntarily or involuntarily except as permitted under Code Section 401(a)(13). The preceding
sentence shall also apply to the creation, assignment or recognition of a right to any benefit
payable with respect to a Participant under a “domestic relations order” (as defined in Code
Section 414(p)) unless such order is determined by the Plan Administrator to be a “qualified
domestic relations order” (as defined in Code Section 414(p)).

12.6 Domestic Relations Orders:

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Plan Administrator shall have
all powers necessary with respect to the Plan for the proper operation of Code Section 414(p) with
respect to “qualified domestic relations orders” (or “domestic relations orders” treated as such)
referred to in Section 12.5, including, but not limited to, the power to establish all necessary or
appropriate procedures, to authorize the establishment of new accounts with such assets and subject
to such investment control by the Plan Administrator as the Plan Administrator may deem
appropriate, and the Plan Administrator may decide upon and direct appropriate distributions
therefrom.

12.7 Claims Procedure:

12.7.1 Benefit Claims Other Than on Account of Disability: 

In the event that a claim by a Participant, Beneficiary, or other person for benefits under the
Plan is denied, the Plan Administrator will so notify the claimant, giving the reasons for the
denial. This notice will also refer to the specific provisions of the Plan on which the denial was
based, will specify whether any additional information is needed from the Participant or
Beneficiary and will explain the review procedure.

Within 60 days after receiving the denial, the claimant may submit, directly or through a duly
authorized representative, a written request for reconsideration of the application to the Plan
Administrator. Documents or records relied on by the claimant should be filed with the request.
The person making the request may review relevant documents and submit issues and additional
comments in writing.

The Plan Administrator will review the claim within 60 days (or 120 days if a hearing is held
because special circumstances exist) and provide a written response to the appeal. The response
will explain the reasons for the decision and will refer to the Plan provisions on which the
decision is based. The final decision shall be made by the Plan Administrator.

12.7.2 Disability Claims:

If a claim for benefits is based on a determination of the claimant’s Disability by the Plan
Administrator, the claim for Disability-based benefits will be processed within 45 days of receipt
unless the claimant’s application is incomplete. The Plan Administrator will notify the claimant
or the claimant’s representative within the initial 45-day period if his or her application is
incomplete.

If the Plan Administrator needs additional information, the initial 45-day period will be
suspended. When the information is received, the Plan Administrator has the remainder of the
45-day period to process the application.

In unusual circumstances, the Plan Administrator may extend the initial 45-day period to process
the claimant’s application by up to two 30-day extensions. If it does so, the claimant will be
notified in writing of the first extension before the end of the first 45-day period. The claimant
will be notified of the second extension before the end of the first 30-day extension period. If
the Plan Administrator is waiting for information from the claimant during a 30-day extension, the
period during which it must wait is not counted toward the 30 days.

90

 

If the claimant’s initial application for Disability-based benefits is denied in whole or in part,
the Plan Administrator will provide the claimant with a written explanation of the denial and the
claimant’s rights to have the denial appealed. The explanation also will describe any other
information or material that the claimant can provide that on appeal may result in a reversal of
the denial.

The claimant may then submit a written request for reconsideration of claimant’s claim within 180
days after the denial. Any such request should be accompanied by documents or records that support
the claimant’s appeal and should be sent to the Plan Administrator.

The Plan Administrator will consult with vocational and medical experts in deciding claimant’s
appeal for technical advice and opinions on claim appeals when appropriate.

The Plan Administrator will make a final claim determination within 45 days of its receipt of the
claimant’s request for an appeal of the initial denial. If the Plan Administrator needs additional
information to process the appeal, it will notify the claimant or the claimant’s representative and
request the information. While the Plan Administrator waits for the information, the 45-day period
will be suspended.

When the information is received, the Plan Administrator has the remainder of the original 45-day
period to process the appeal. In special circumstances, the Plan Administrator may extend the
original 45-day period. The claimant will be notified in writing of the extension before the end
of the original 45-day period. The period for processing the appeal may not exceed 90 days (not
including the time the Plan Administrator waits for information it requests from the claimant).
The decision of the Plan Administrator is the final one under this claims procedure.

12.8 Records and Documents:

Participants and Beneficiaries must supply the Plan Administrator with such personal history data
as may be required by the Plan Administrator in the operation of the Plan. Proof of age, when
required, must be established by evidence satisfactory to the Plan Administrator, and the records
of the Employers concerning length of service and compensation may be accepted by the Plan
Administrator as conclusive for the purposes of the Plan.

12.9 Benefits Payable to Minors, Incompetents and Others:

In the event any benefit is payable to a minor or to a Participant or Beneficiary declared
incompetent by a court having jurisdiction over such matters and a guardian, committee, conservator
or other legal representative of the estate of such a person is appointed, benefits to which he or
she is entitled shall be paid to the legally appointed person for the benefit of the minor or
incompetent. The receipt by any such person to whom any such payment on behalf of any Participant
or Beneficiary is made shall be a sufficient discharge therefore.

12.10 Plan Merger or Transfer of Assets:

12.10.1 Continuation of Plan:

The merger or consolidation of the Employer with any other person, or the transfer of the assets of
the Employer to any other person, or the merger of the Plan with any other plan shall not
constitute a termination of the Plan if provision is made for the continuation of the Plan.

12.10.2 Benefit of Participants:

The Plan may not merge or consolidate with, or transfer any assets or liabilities to, any other
plan, unless each Participant would (if the Plan had then terminated) receive a benefit immediately
after the merger, consolidation or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit that he
or she would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer
(if the Plan had then terminated). Any merger or consolidation shall not constitute a termination
of a Plan or require the acceleration of vesting of Participants’ Account Balances.

91

 

12.11 Employers:

12.11.1 Adoption of Plan by Affiliates:

With the consent of the Primary Employer and by duly authorized action, any Affiliate may adopt the
Plan. If this Plan is a “non-standardized plan” (as defined in Rev. Proc. 2005-16 or other similar
guidance issued by the IRS), such Affiliate shall determine the classes of its Employees who shall
be Eligible Employees and the amount of its contribution to the Plan on behalf of such Employees.

12.11.2 Termination of Participation in Plan

If this Plan is a “non-standardized plan” (as defined in Rev. Proc. 2005-16 or other applicable
guidance issued by the IRS), with the consent of the Primary Employer and by duly authorized
action, an Affiliate may terminate its participation in the Plan or withdraw from the Plan.
Lacking an adoption of another plan and trust, any such withdrawal shall be deemed an adoption by
such Affiliate of a plan and trust identical to the Plan and the Trust, except that all references
to the Employer shall be deemed to refer to such Affiliate. At such time and in such manner as the
Primary Employer directs, the assets of the Trust allocable to Employees of such Affiliate shall be
transferred to the trust deemed adopted by such Affiliate.

12.11.3 Employer Power:

An Employer shall have no power with respect to the Plan except as specifically provided herein.

12.12 Controlling Law: 

The Plan is intended to qualify under Code Section 401(a) and to comply with ERISA, and its terms
shall be interpreted accordingly. Otherwise, to the extent not preempted by ERISA, the laws of the
State of New York shall control the interpretation and performance of the terms of the Plan, other
than the provisions of the Trust Agreement.

12.13 Singular and Plural and Article and Section References:

As used in the Plan, the singular includes the plural, and the plural includes the singular, unless
qualified by the context. Titles of Articles and sections of the Plan are for convenience of
reference only and are to be disregarded in applying the provisions of the Plan. Any reference in
this Prototype Plan to an Article or Section is to the Article or Section so specified of the
Prototype Plan, unless otherwise indicated.

12.14 USERRA:

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service
credit with respect to qualified military service shall be provided in accordance with Code Section
414(u).

12.15 Unclaimed Benefit:

If Employer is unable to locate a Participant to whom a benefit under the Plan has been paid or is
payable within a reasonable period of time after the date such benefit became payable and after
having exhausted reasonable means to locate such individual, the amount of such benefit shall be
treated as a forfeiture and shall be applied according to Section 4.1.4. If a benefit is forfeited
because an individual cannot be found, such benefit will be reinstated if a claim is later made by
the individual. Any such unclaimed benefits not forfeited at the time the Plan terminates shall
escheat to the appropriate state or government entity.

12.16 Electronic Media:

Any notice, election, consent to distribution, waiver, telephone or other Plan communication may be
made by means of such electronic, telephone or other media authorized by the Plan Administrator to
the extent permitted and in the manner required under applicable law.

92

 

Amendment #1 to the Merrill Lynch Special/Flexible Prototype

Defined Contribution Plan and Trust

Base Document #03

(Pension Protection Act of 2006 — Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement)

     Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Incorporated hereby amends the Merrill Lynch
Special/Flexible Prototype Defined Contribution Plan and Trust (Base Document #03) and the
following related adoption agreements, including the Standardized Profit Sharing Plan with CODA and
Non-standardized Profit Sharing Plan with CODA (collectively “Prototype Plan”), as set forth below,
to provide an adopting employer with the option to include a “Qualified Automatic Contribution
Arrangement” as described in Section 401(k)(13) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(“Code”), and as enacted in Section 902 of the Pension Protection Act of 2006. This amendment is
intended as good faith compliance. This amendment supersedes any contrary provisions of the
Prototype Plan.

This amendment is an important legal instrument with legal and tax implications. Merrill Lynch,
Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated does not provide legal and tax advice to the adopting employers
of the Prototype Plan. Each adopting employer is urged to consult with its own attorney with
regard to the Prototype Plan and the suitability of the Prototype Plan to its circumstances.

THE BASE PLAN DOCUMENT #03 SHALL BE AMENDED TO INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING SECTION AT THE END OF ARTICLE
III. A TERM THAT IS NOT OTHERWISE DEFINED BELOW SHALL HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THAT TERM IN THE
PROTOTYPE PLAN.

3.19 Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement (“QACA”):

     This Section 3.19 is effective as of the first day of the Plan Year beginning on or after
December 31, 2007.

3.19.1 Rule of Application. If the Primary Employer has elected the Qualified Automatic
Contribution Arrangement option in the Adoption Agreement, the provisions of this Section 3.19
shall apply for the Plan Year of reference and any provisions relating to the ADP Test described in
Code Section 401(k)(3) or the ACP Test described in Code Section 401(m)(2) shall not apply.

3.19.2 Governing Provisions. To the extent that any other provision of the Plan is
inconsistent with the provisions of this Section, and this Qualified Automatic Contribution
Arrangement has been elected by the Primary Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the provisions of
this Section shall govern.

3.19.3 Definitions.

     (A) Compensation means “Compensation” as defined for purposes of a Safe Harbor Method
CODA unless as otherwise provided below.

     (B) Eligible QACA Participant means an Active Participant eligible to make Pre-Tax
Contributions or Roth Contributions under the Plan and who has not made an affirmative election not
to have such contributions made or to make such contributions at a level specified in his/her
affirmative election. An Eligible QACA Participant shall not include any Employee who was eligible
to participate in the cash or deferred arrangement (or a predecessor cash or deferred arrangement)
immediately before the date on which such arrangement becomes a Qualified Automatic Contribution
Arrangement and had an affirmative election in effect on such date either to participate in the
cash or deferred arrangement or not to participate in the cash or deferred arrangement.

93

 

     (C) QACA Matching Contributions means a matching contribution on behalf of
each Eligible Participant not less than an amount equal to the sum of 100% of the Pre-Tax
Contributions and Roth Contributions of that Eligible Participant to the extent that such
contributions do not exceed 1% of his/her Compensation plus 50% of so much of such Compensation as
exceeds 1% but does not exceed 6% of his/her Compensation at any rate of contribution. A QACA
Matching Contributions shall be subject to the same requirements applicable to a Safe Harbor
Matching Contribution as set forth in the Plan and Code Section 401(k)(12)(B)(ii) and (iii).

     (D) QACA Nonelective Contributions means an Employer contribution, without
regard to whether the Eligible Participant makes a Pre-Tax Contribution or Roth Contribution, on
behalf of the Eligible Participant to the Plan in an amount equal to at least 3% of the
Compensation of that Eligible Participant.

     (E) Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement (“QACA”) means the feature
described in and satisfying all requirements referenced in this Section. The QACA shall not be a
“top-heavy plan” in accordance with Code Section 416(g)(4)(H).

     (F) Qualified Percentage of Compensation means with respect to any
Participant, the percentage of Compensation selected by the Primary Employer in the Adoption
Agreement which percentage shall be applied uniformly except (i) to the extent contributions are
suspended pursuant to Section 5.9.3 and (ii) to the extent necessary to comply with Code Sections
401(a)(17), 402(g) (determined with regard to catch-up contributions described in Sections
402(g)(1)(c) or 402(g)(7) and 415), shall not exceed 10 percent, and shall be at least:

	 	(1)	 	3 percent during the period ending on the last day of the first
Plan Year which begins after the date on which the first Pre-Tax Contribution or
Roth Contribution is made under the QACA with respect to such Participant,
	 
	 	(2)	 	4 percent during the first Plan Year following the Plan Year
described in subclause (i),
	 
	 	(3)	 	5 percent during the second Plan Year following the Plan Year
described in subclause (ii), and
	 
	 	(4)	 	6 percent during any subsequent Plan Year.

3.19.4 QACA Automatic Deferrals. Each Eligible QACA Participant shall be deemed to have
elected to have his/her Employer make Pre-Tax Contributions or Roth Contributions in an amount
equal to the Qualified Percentage of Compensation as selected by the Primary Employer in the
Adoption Agreement. However, QACA Automatic Deferrals shall cease to apply with respect to any
Eligible QACA Participant if such Participant makes an affirmative election:

          (A) to not have such Pre-Tax Contributions or Roth Contributions made, or

          (B) to make such Pre-Tax Contributions or Roth Contributions at a level specified in such
affirmative election.

3.19.5 QACA Matching Contributions. If selected by the Primary Employer in the Adoption
Agreement, the Employer shall make a QACA Matching Contribution with regard to the Pre-Tax
Contribution or Roth Contribution of each Eligible Participant.

3.19.6 QACA Nonelective Contributions. If selected by the Primary Employer in the Adoption
Agreement, the Employer shall make a QACA Nonelective Contribution with regard to each Eligible
Participant.

3.19.7 Entry Date for QACA Matching Contributions and QACA Nonelective Contributions.
Unless otherwise selected in the Adoption Agreement, the Entry Date for QACA Matching Contributions
and QACA Nonelective Contributions shall be the same as the Entry Dates for Elective Deferrals.

3.19.8 Withdrawal and Vesting Restrictions. All QACA Matching Contributions and QACA
Nonelective Contributions made under this Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement shall be
subject to the vesting

94

 

 schedule as selected by the Primary Employer in the Adoption Agreement and
the withdrawal restrictions applicable to a Safe Harbor Contribution in accordance with the
requirements of Code Section 401(k)(2)(B).

3.19.9 Application of Certain Other Rules. The requirements of Code Section
401(k)(12)(E)(ii) and (F) shall apply to QACA Matching Contributions and QACA Nonelective
Contributions. The requirements of Code Section 401(m)(11)(B) shall apply to the Qualified
Automatic Contribution Arrangement.

3.19.10 Notice Requirements. Within a reasonable period before each Plan Year, the Plan
Administrator shall give each Eligible Employee for such Plan Year written notice of his/her rights
and obligations which is sufficiently accurate and comprehensive to inform that Eligible Employee
of such rights and obligations
and is written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average Employee. Such notice shall
explain the Eligible Employee’s right to elect not to have Pre-Tax Contribution or Roth
Contribution made on the Eligible Employee’s behalf (or to elect a different percentage). If under
the QACA, the Eligible Employee may elect among two or more investment options, the notice shall
explain how contributions under the QACA will be invested in the absence of an investment election
by the Eligible Employee. Further the notice shall explain (i) that the Eligible Employee will be
given a reasonable period of time after receipt of the notice and before the first contribution is
made to make either the deferral or investment election and (ii) the additional items set forth in
Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-3(d)(2).

95

 

Amendment #2 to the Merrill Lynch Special/Flexible Prototype

Defined Contribution Plan and Trust

Base Document #03

(Final Regulations under Section 415 Good Faith Amendment)

     Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Incorporated hereby amends the Merrill Lynch Prototype
Defined Contribution Plan and Trust (Base Document #03) (“Prototype Plan”). This amendment
includes provisions to address the Final Regulations under Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (“Code”), as published in 72 Fed. Reg. 16878 (“Final Regulations”) and is
intended as good faith compliance with the Final Regulations. This amendment supersedes any
contrary provisions of the Prototype Plan.

This amendment is an important legal instrument with legal and tax implications. Merrill Lynch,
Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated does not provide legal and tax advice to the adopting employers
of the Prototype Plan. Each adopting employer is urged to consult with its own attorney with
regard to the Prototype Plan and the suitability of the Prototype Plan to its circumstances.

Pursuant to Article 11.1.1 of the Plan, the Sponsor hereby adopts this Amendment on behalf of all
Primary Employers. This amendment is effective beginning for limitation years beginning on or
after July 1, 2007. This amendment supersedes any provisions of the Plan to the extent to which
they are inconsistent with the provisions of this Amendment. Each section in the Base Plan
Document #03 referenced below shall be amended as indicated. Any other section below shall be a
general amendment to the Prototype Plan.

Part I. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to replace Section 1.20(C). Section 1.20(C) shall
say:

(C) Code Section 415 Safe Harbor Compensation

     For an Employee other than a Self-Employed Individual, wages, salaries, fees for professional
services, and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash)
for personal services actually rendered in the course of Employment with the Employer maintaining
the Plan, to the extent that the amounts are includible in gross income (or to the extent amounts
would have been received and includible in gross income but for an election under section 125(a),
132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), or 457(b). These amounts include, but are not limited
to, commissions paid to salespersons, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of
profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements or
other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan as described in 1.62-2(c) and excluding the
following:

	 	(1)	 	Contributions (other than Elective Contributions described in section
402(e)(3), section 408(k)(6), section 408(p)(2)(A)(i), or section 457(b)) made by the
Employer to a plan of deferred compensation (including a simplified employee pension
described in section 408(k) or a simple retirement account described in section 408(p),
and whether or not qualified) to the extent that the contributions are not includible
in the gross income of the Employee for the taxable year in which contributed. In
addition, any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation (whether or not
qualified) are not considered as Compensation for section 415 purposes, regardless of
whether such amounts are includible in the gross income of the Employee when
distributed.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonstatutory option (which is an option
other than a statutory option as defined in 1.421-1(b)), or when restricted stock or
other property held by an Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture (see section 83 and regulations promulgated
under section 83).
	 
	 	(3)	 	Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired
under a statutory stock option (as defined in 1.421-1(b)).

96

 

	 	(4)	 	Other amounts that receive special tax benefits, such as premiums for
group-term life insurance (but only to the extent that the premiums are not includible
in the gross income of the Employee and are not salary reduction amounts that are
described in section 125).
	 
	 	(5)	 	Items that are similar to any of the items listed in items 1-4 above as
contemplated by Treasury Regulation 1.415(c)-2(c)(5).

Part II. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to replace Section 1.20(l). Section 1.20(l) shall
say:

Severance Pay. Unless otherwise indicated in the Adoption Agreement, Compensation shall
include amounts paid after an employee’s severance from employment with the Employer maintaining
the Plan, provided the amount(s) is paid by the later of 21/2 months after severance from employment
or the end of the Limitation Year that includes the date of severance from employment and one of
the following applies:

	 	(1)	 	The amounts paid would have been otherwise included in the definition of Compensation
if they were paid prior to the Participant’s severance from employment with the Employer;
	 
	 	(2)	 	The amounts paid are payments for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation, or other
leave, but only if the Participant would have been able to use the leave if employment had
continued;
	 
	 	(3)	 	The amounts paid are payments received by a Participant pursuant to a nonqualified
unfunded deferred compensation plan, but only if the payment would have been paid at the
same time if the Employee had continued his employment with the Employer and only to the
extent that the payment is includible in the Employee’s gross income;

Any payment that is not described above is not considered Compensation if it is made after the
Employee’s severance from employment with the Employer. However, unless otherwise indicated in the
Adoption Agreement, this rule does not apply to payments made to an individual who does not
currently perform services for the Employer by reason of qualified military service (as that term
is used in Section 414(u)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code) to the extent those payments do not
exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform
services for the Employer rather than entering qualified military service.

Part III. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to replace Section 1.31. Section 1.31 shall say:

1.31 Elective Deferral Contributions:

Any Pre-Tax Contributions or Roth Contributions made to this Plan at the election of a Participant,
in lieu of cash Compensation. With respect to any calendar year, a Participant’s Elective Deferral
Contributions is the sum of all Employer contributions made on behalf of such Participant pursuant
to an election to defer under any qualified cash or deferred arrangement (“CODA”) described in Code
Section 401(k), any salary reduction simplified employee pension plan described in Code Section
408(k)(6), any SIMPLE IRA Plan described in Code Section 408(p), any plan described under Code
Section 501(c)(18), and any contributions made on the behalf of a Participant for the purchase of
any annuity contract under Code Section 403(b) under a salary reduction agreement. Elective
Deferral Contributions shall not include any deferrals properly distributed as Excess Amounts under
Section 3.7.2 and are limited by Code Section 402(g) (See Section 3.4.2).

97

 

Part III. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to add the following paragraph to Section 1.60:

In the event a plan termination occurs, and the effective date of such termination is not the last
day of the Plan’s Limitation Year (as defined in the Adoption Agreement), the Limitation Year shall
end on the date of the plan termination.

Part IV. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to replace Article 3.7.1(A). Article 3.7.1(A)
shall say:

     (A) Annual Additions means, for each Participant, the sum of the following amounts
credited to the Participant’s Account for the Limitation Year:

	 	1.	 	employer contributions within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section
1.415(c)-1 (including Pre-Tax Contributions and Roth Contributions);
	 
	 	2.	 	employee contributions within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section
1.415(c)-1;
	 
	 	3.	 	forfeitures;
	 
	 	4.	 	amounts allocated under a simplified employee pension plan;
	 
	 	5.	 	amounts allocated to an individual medical benefit account as
defined in Code Section 415(l)(2) (“Individual Medical Benefit Account”) which
is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Primary Employer or
Affiliate are treated as Annual Additions to a Defined Contribution Plan. Also,
amounts derived from contributions that are attributable to post-retirement
medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a “key employee” as
defined in Code Section 419A(d)(3) under a “welfare benefit fund” as defined in
Code Section 419(e) (“Welfare Benefit Fund”) maintained by the Primary Employer
or Affiliate, are treated as Annual Additions to a Defined Contribution Plan.

     For this purpose, any Excess Amount (as defined in subsection (B), below) applied under
Sections 3.7.2(D) or 3.7.3(F) in the Limitation Year to reduce any Employer contributions will be
considered Annual Additions for such Limitation Year.

     Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if, in any Limitation Year, an
Employer contributes an amount to a Participant’s Account because of an erroneous forfeiture in a
prior Limitation Year, or because of an erroneous failure to allocate amounts in a prior Limitation
Year, or by operation of Section 2.5.1 or Section 9.4 (corrective allocations due to administrative
errors), the contribution will not be considered an Annual Addition with respect to the Participant
for that particular Limitation Year, but will be considered an Annual Addition for the Limitation
Year to which it relates. If the amount so contributed in the particular Limitation Year takes
into account actual investment gains attributable to the period subsequent to the year to which the
contribution relates, the portion of the total contribution which consists of such gains shall not
be considered an Annual Addition for any Limitation Year.

     Annual Additions shall not include restorative payments as defined under Treasury Regulation
1.415(c)-1(b)(2)(ii)(C).

98

 

Part V. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to replace Section 3.7.1(C). Section 3.7.1(C)
shall say:

     (C) 415 Limitation Compensation means Compensation, as defined in Section 1.20 and as
specified in the Adoption Agreement. In addition, for purposes of applying the limitations of this
section, 415 Limitation Compensation paid or made available during such Limitation Year shall
include any elective deferrals (as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3)) and any amount which is
contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Employee and which is not includible
in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4) and 457. Amounts
paid to an Employee shall be treated as 415 Limitation Compensation to the extent excludible from
the Employee’s gross income on account of the location of the services or because all amounts paid
by the Employer with respect to the Employee are excluded from gross income. Amounts includible in
the gross income of the Employee under the rules of Section 409A or 457(f)(1)(A) or because the
amounts are constructively received by the Employee shall be included as 415 Limitation
Compensation.

415 Limitation Compensation shall include Severance Pay as defined in Section 1.20(l), regardless
of whether it is excluded from Plan Compensation in the Adoption Agreement.

          (1) Self-Employed Individuals.

          Without regard to the definition of 415 Limitation Compensation selected, for a Self-Employed
Individual, 415 Limitation Compensation means his or her Earned Income, provided that if the
Self-Employed Individual is not a Participant for an entire Plan Year, his or her 415 Limitation
Compensation for that Plan Year shall be his or her Earned Income for that Plan Year multiplied by
a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days he or she is a Participant during the
Plan Year and the denominator of which is the number of days in the Plan Year.

          (2) Disabled Participants.

          415 Limitation Compensation for a Participant in a Defined Contribution Plan who is
permanently and totally disabled (as defined in Code Section 22(e)) is the Plan Compensation such
Participant would have received for the Limitation Year if the Participant had been paid at the
rate of compensation paid immediately before becoming disabled.

Part VI. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to delete Sections 3.7.2(D) and 3.7.3(F) and the
second paragraph of Section 3.7.1(A).

Part VII. The Base Document #03 shall be amended add a new subsection (G) to Section 3.7.3.
Section 3.7.3(G) shall say:

     (G) This Section 3.7.3 shall also apply to any Defined Contribution Plan maintained by a
predecessor employer to the extent provided by Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(f)—1(c).

Part VIII. The Base Plan Document #03 shall be amended to replace the eighth footnote. The eighth
footnote shall say:

Any such contributions must be made by the date described in Treas. Reg. Section 1.415(c)-1(b)(6)
in order to be treated as Annual Additions for the prior Limitation Year. Generally, this period
ends 30 days after the time prescribed by law for filing the tax return for the taxable year of the
Employer with or within which the prior Limitation Year ends (including extensions thereof).

Part IX. The Base Plan Document #03 shall be amended to replace the thirteenth footnote. The
thirteenth footnote shall say:

Any such contributions must be made by the date described in Treas. Reg. Section 1.415(c)-1(b)(6)
in order to be treated as Annual Additions for the prior Limitation Year. Generally, this period
ends 30 days after the time prescribed by law for filing the tax return for the taxable year of the
Employer with or within which the prior Limitation Year ends (including extensions thereof).

99

 

Amendment #3 to the Merrill Lynch Special/Flexible Prototype

Defined Contribution Plan and Trust

Base Document #03

(Good Faith Amendment for the Pension Protection Act of 2006)

     Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Incorporated hereby amends the Merrill Lynch Prototype
Defined Contribution Plan and Trust (Base Document #03) (“Prototype Plan”). This amendment
includes provisions to address the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and is intended as good faith
compliance. This amendment supersedes any contrary provisions of the Prototype Plan.

This amendment is an important legal instrument with legal and tax implications. Merrill Lynch,
Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated does not provide legal and tax advice to the adopting employers
of the Prototype Plan. Each adopting employer is urged to consult with its own attorney with
regard to the Prototype Plan and the suitability of the Prototype Plan to its circumstances.

Pursuant to Article 11.1.1 of the Plan, the Sponsor hereby adopts this Amendment on behalf of all
Primary Employers. Except as otherwise noted below, this amendment is effective beginning for plan
years beginning on or after January 1, 2007. This amendment supersedes any provisions of the Plan
to the extent to which they are inconsistent with the provisions of this Amendment. Each section
in the Base Plan Document #03 referenced below shall be amended as indicated. Any other section
below shall be a general amendment to the Prototype Plan.

Part I. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to add a sentence to Section 1.25. The additional
sentence shall say:

Effective January 1, 2007, a Distrubutee shall include a non-spousal beneficiary who is a
Designated Beneficiary, as that term is defined in Section 5.11.1(A).

Part II. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to add a sentence to Section 1.34. The additional
sentence shall say:

Effective January 1, 2007, (i) the definition of Eligible Retirement Plan shall include a Roth IRA
under Code Section 408A, and (ii) with respect to a Distributee who is a non-spouse beneficiary,
the term Eligible Retirement Plan shall mean only an Inherited IRA under Section 408(d)(3)(C)(ii)
of the Code.

100

 

Part III. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to replace Section 1.35. Section 1.35 shall say:

An Eligible Rollover Distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the
credit of the Distributee from an Eligible Retirement Plan, except that an Eligible Rollover
distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal
periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the
Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the
Distributee’s designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any
distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9) (minimum
required distribution); any distribution on account of hardship; and any other distribution
determined not to be an Eligible Rollover Distribution under the Code, or other applicable
guidance. For purposes of determining whether a distribution from the Plan is an Eligible Rollover
Distribution, any distribution(s) that is (are) reasonably expected to total less than $200 during
a year shall not be treated as an Eligible Rollover Distribution. Additionally, a portion of a
distribution shall not fail to be an Eligible Rollover Distribution merely because the portion
consists of amounts which are not includible in gross income. However, such portion may be
transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or
(b) (or in the case of a distribution from a designated Roth Account, a Roth IRA) or to a qualified
trust or to an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) and such trust or contract
provides for separate accounting for amounts so transferred (and earnings thereon), including
separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and
the portion of such distribution which is not so includible (and in the case of a distribution from
a designated Roth Account, the transferee plan has a designated Roth Account). In all events, a
distribution of Excess Amounts (defined in Section 3.7.1), Excess Aggregate Contributions, Excess
Contributions, and Excess Elective Deferral Contributions is not an Eligible Rollover Distribution.
A Roth Contributions Account shall be treated as being held under a separate plan for purposes of
applying the rules in A-9 (dividing an Eligible Rollover Distribution between direct rollover and
direct pay), A-10 (dividing a direct rollover into multiple direct rollovers) and A-11 (de minimis
distributions) of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(31)-1.

Part IV. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to add Section 3.17. Section 3.17 shall say:

3.17 Reserved.

Part V. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to add Section 3.18. Section 3.18 shall say:

3.18 Reserved.

Part VI. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to replace Section 5.9.2. Section 5.9.2 shall say:

5.9.2 Immediate and Heavy Financial Need:

A hardship distribution shall be permitted only if the distribution is due to:

     (C) expenses for (or necessary to obtain) medical care that would be deductible under Code
Section 213(d) (determined without regard to whether the expenses exceed 7.5% of adjusted gross
income) or, effective August 17, 2006, that are incurred by the Participant’s primary Beneficiary;

     (D) costs directly related to the purchase of a principal residence for the Employee
(excluding mortgage payments);

     (E) payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses, for up to the
next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Employee, the Employee’s Spouse, children,
dependents as defined in Code Section 152, or, effective August 17, 2006, primary Beneficiary, and
for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2005, without regard to Code Section 152(b)(1),
(b)(2) and (d)(1)(B);

     (F) payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Employee from the Employee’s principal
residence or foreclosure on the mortgage on that residence;

     (G) payments for burial or funeral expenses for the Employee’s deceased parent, Spouse,
children, dependents as defined in Code Section 152, or, effective August 17, 2006, primary
Beneficiary, without regard to Code Section 152(d)(1)(B); or

101

 

     (H) expenses for the repair of damage to the Employee’s principal residence that would qualify
for the casualty deduction under Code Section 165 (determined without regard to whether the loss
exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income).

The financial needs identified in (E) and (F) shall apply only during Plan Years beginning after
2005.

Part VII. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to replace Section 5.6.5(A). Section 5.6.5(A)
shall say:

     (A) General Rules for a QJSA Plan. The consent of the Participant and the
Participant’s Spouse, if applicable, shall be obtained in writing within the 180-day period ending
on the “annuity starting date.” The “annuity starting date” is the first day of the first period
for which an amount is paid as an annuity or any other form. The Plan Administrator shall notify
the Participant (and the Participant’s Spouse if the Plan is subject to the Qualified Joint and
Survivor Annuity requirements) of the right to defer any distribution until the Participant’s
Account Balance is no longer Immediately Distributable. Such notification shall include a general
description of the material features, and an explanation of the relative values of the optional
forms of benefit available under the Plan in a manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of
Code Sections 417(a)(3) and 402(f), and shall be provided no less than 30 days and no more than 180
days prior to the annuity starting date.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5.6.5 to the contrary, if the value of a Participant’s
vested Account as of the applicable Valuation Date is not greater than $5,000 (or, if selected in
the Adoption Agreement, a lower amount), no notification is required as provided in Code Section
417(a)(3).

Part VIII. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to replace Section 5.8.2. Section 5.8.2 shall
say:

Conditions for Loans:

If approved, each such loan shall comply with the following conditions:

     (A) it shall be evidenced by a promissory note;

     (B) it shall bear a reasonable rate of interest;

     (C) the Participant must obtain the consent of his or her Spouse, if any, to the use of his or
her Account Balance as security for the loan. Spousal consent shall be obtained no earlier than
the beginning of the 180-day period that ends on the date on which the loan is to be so secured.
If the Plan is a profit sharing plan that meets the requirements in Section 6.1.2 of the Plan (a
“Non-QJSA Profit Sharing Plan”), however, the consent of the Participant’s Spouse shall not be
required unless elected otherwise by the Plan Administrator. Any required spousal consent must be
in writing, must acknowledge the effect of the loan, and must be witnessed by a Plan representative
or notary public. Such consent shall thereafter be binding with respect to the consenting Spouse
or any subsequent Spouse with respect to that loan. A new consent shall be required if the Account
Balance is used for renegotiation, extension, renewal, or other revision of the loan. A new consent
shall be required if an Account is used for any increase in the amount of security. If a valid
spousal consent has been obtained in accordance with this subparagraph, then notwithstanding any
other provision of this Plan to the contrary, the portion of the Participant’s vested Account
Balance that is used as a security interest held by the Plan by reason of an outstanding loan to
the Participant shall be taken into account for purposes of determining the amount of the Account
Balance payable at the time of death or distribution, but only if the reduction is used as
repayment of the loan. If less than 100% of the Participant’s vested Account Balance (determined
without regard to the preceding sentence) is payable to the Surviving Spouse, then the Account
Balance shall be adjusted by first reducing the vested Account Balance by the amount of the
security used as repayment of the loan, and then determining the benefit payable to the Surviving
Spouse;

     (D) the loan, by its terms, must require repayment (principal and interest) be amortized in
level payments, not less frequently than quarterly, over a period not extending beyond five years
from the date of the loan; provided, however, that if the proceeds of the loan are used to acquire
a dwelling unit which within a reasonable time (determined at the time the loan is made) will be
used as the principal residence of the Participant, the repayment schedule may be for a term in
excess of five years; and

     (E) the loan shall be adequately secured and may be secured by no more than 50% of the
Participant’s vested interest in his or her Account.

102

 

Part IX. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to replace Section 6.2.1. Section 6.2.1 shall
say:

6.2.1 QJSA Explanation:

Unless Section 6.1.2 applies, within a reasonable period, but in any event no less than 30 and no
more than 180 days prior to a Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date, the Plan Administrator shall
provide to the Participant a written explanation of the terms and conditions of a Qualified Joint
and Survivor Annuity. Such written explanation shall consist of:

     (A) the terms and conditions of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity;

     (B) the Participant’s right to make, and the effect of, an election to waive the Qualified
Joint and Survivor Annuity;

     (C) the rights of the Participant’s Spouse under Section 6.2.3;

     (D) the right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of a previous election to waive the
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; and

     (E) the financial effect of the various optional forms of benefit under the Plan.

The Benefit Commencement Date for a distribution in a form other than a Qualified Joint and
Survivor Annuity may be less than 30 days after receipt of the written explanation described in the
preceding paragraph provided: (1) the Participant has been provided with information that clearly
indicates that the Participant has at least 30 days to consider whether to waive the Qualified
Joint and Survivor Annuity and elect (with spousal consent) to a form of distribution other than a
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; (2) the Participant is permitted to revoke any affirmative
distribution election at least until the Benefit Commencement Date or, if later, at any time prior
to the expiration of the seven-day period that begins the day after the explanation of the
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant; and (3) the Benefit
Commencement Date is a date after the date that the written explanation was provided to the
Participant.

The Plan Administrator may provide for such other notices, information or election periods or take
such other action as the Plan Administrator considers necessary or appropriate to implement the
provisions of this Section 6.2.1.

Part X. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to create Section 10.15. Section 10.15 shall say:

10.15 Diversification Requirements: 

10.15.1 Applicability. Effective for all plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2007,
This Section 10.15 shall apply to any plan (i) which holds any Employer Securities (within the
meaning of Section 407(d)(1) of ERISA) that are readily tradeable on an established securities
market, or (ii) which is treated as holding such Employer Securities pursuant to Code Section
401(a)(35)F) (“Covered Employer Securities”), but excluding a one-participant plan.

10.15.2 Definitions.

(A) “Applicable Individual” means any Participant in the Plan, an alternate payee under a
qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of Code Section 414(p) and any
Beneficiary of a deceased Participant.

(B) “Diversified Investment Options” means not less than three (3) investment options, other
than Covered Employer Securities, to which an Applicable Individual may direct the proceeds
from the divestment of Covered Employer Securities, each of which is diversified and has
materially different risk and return characteristics.

10.15.3 Elective Deferral Contributions and Employee After-Tax Contributions Invested in
Employer Securities. An Applicable Individual may direct the divestment of any Covered
Employer Securities

103

 

 attributable
to Employee After-Tax Contributions (as defined in Section 1.37) or Elective Deferral Contributions
(as defined in Section 1.31) and reinvest an equivalent amount into Diversified Investment Options.

10.15.4 Employer Contributions Invested in Employer Securities. An Applicable Individual
who is (i) a Participant with at least three (3) Years of Service, (ii) an alternate payee under a
qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of Code Section 414(p) with respect to a
Participant with at least three (3) Years of Service, or (iii) a Beneficiary may elect to direct
the divestment of any Covered Employer Securities attributable to any Employer contributions and
reinvest an equivalent amount into Diversified Investment Options.

10.15.5 Investment Limitations. The Plan may limit the time for divestment and
reinvestment under this Section 10.15 to periodic, reasonable opportunities occurring no less
frequently than quarterly. The Plan shall not impose restrictions or conditions with respect to
the investment of Covered Employer Securities which are not imposed on the investment of other
assets of the Plan, excepting restrictions or conditions imposed by reason of the application of
securities laws.

10.15.6 Transition Rules.

     (A) As applicable to that portion of an Account to which this Section 10.15 applies and which
consists of Covered Employer Securities acquired in a Plan Year beginning before January 1, 2007,
Section 10.15 shall only apply to the Applicable Percentage, as defined below, of such Covered
Employer Securities (applied separately with respect to each class of Covered Employer Securities).

     (B) Paragraph (A) shall not apply to an Applicable Individual who is a Participant who has
attained age 55 and completed at least three (3) Years of Service before the first Plan Year
beginning after December 31, 2005. “Applicable Percentage” means:

	 	 	 	 	 
	Plan Year to which	 	The Applicable
	Section 10.15 Applies	 	Percentage is
	1st
	 	 	33	%
	2nd
	 	 	66	%
	3rd  and following
	 	 	100	%

Part XI. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to add a sentence to Section 5.1.2. The sentence
shall say:

Elective Deferral Contributions may be distributed in the event a Participant requests a Qualified
Reservist Distribution as described in Section 5.13.

Part XII. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to add Section 5.13. Section 5.13 shall say:

5.13 Qualified Reservist Distributions

A Qualified Reservist Distribution means a distribution:

(A) to a Participant who by reason of being a member of a reserve component (as defined in
section 101 of title 37, United States Code) was ordered or called to active duty after
September 11, 2001 for a period in excess of one hundred seventy-nine (179) days or for an
indefinite period;

(B) Such Distribution is made during the period beginning on the date of the Participant’s
order or call to active duty and ending at the close of their active duty period; and

(C) Such distribution is permitted from Elective Deferral Contribution accounts only.

104

 

Part XIII. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to add a paragraph to Section 6.1.1. The
additional paragraph shall say:

Effective for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, in addition to the optional forms
of payment set forth above, a Participant in a money purchase pension plan or profit sharing plan
that is not a Non-QJSA Profit Sharing Plan, may at any time prior to his or her Benefit
Commencement Date elect, in accordance with Section 6.2 a joint and 75% survivor annuity with a
contingent annuitant. Notwithstanding the effective date listed above, if the Plan is maintained
pursuant to one or more collective bargaining agreements ratified on or before August 17, 2006, the
effective date of this paragraph shall be the earlier of (1) the later of (a) January 1, 2008 or
(b) the date on which the last collective bargaining agreement related to the Plan terminates
(determined without regard to any extension thereof after August 17, 2006), or (2) January 1, 2009.

Part XIV. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to add a sentence to the last paragraph of
Section 3.4.2(D)(3). The additional sentence shall say:

Income or loss allocable to the period between the end of the Plan Year in which the Excess
Contributions occurred and the date of distribution (gap earnings) shall also be disregarded in
determining income or loss for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2008.

Part XV. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to add a sentence to the last paragraph of Section
3.5(C)(3). The additional sentence shall say:

Income or loss allocable to the period between the end of the Plan Year in which the Excess
Aggregate Contributions occurred and the date of distribution (gap earnings) shall also be
disregarded in determining income or loss for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2008.

Part XVI. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to add Section 3.20. Section 3.20 shall say:

3.20 Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement (“EACA”)

3.20.1 Definitions

	 	(A)	 	EACA means an Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement as defined under IRC
Section 414(w)(3).
	 
	 	(B)	 	Unwind Withdrawal means a Permissible Withdrawal under Treasury Regulation
1.414(w)-(1)(c).
	 
	 	(C)	 	Automatic Contribution means Elective Deferrals made to the plan through an
automatic enrollment procedure as permitted under Section 3.4.1(B).

3.20.2 Applicability

This section 3.20 shall apply to all plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2008 in which the
Plan meets the requirements listed below:

	 	(A)	 	The Plan places an automatic enrollment procedure into effect as permitted
under Section 3.4.1(B) and that meets the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section
1.414(w)-1(e)(2);
	 
	 	(B)	 	The Plan satisfies the uniformity requirement of Treasury Regulation
1.414(w)-1(b)(2); and
	 
	 	(C)	 	The Plan satisfies the notice requirement of Treasury Regulation
1.414(w)-1(b)(3).

3.20.3 Unwind Withdrawals

	 	(A)	 	Applicability. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant who
has an automatic deferral election in place under the EACA may elect an Unwind
Withdrawal of their automatic deferrals (and earnings attributable thereto).

105

 

	 	(B)	 	Timing. A Participant’s Unwind Withdrawal election must be made no
later than ninety (90) days after the date of their first Automatic Contribution.
	 
	 	(C)	 	Balance Subject to Distribution. If an Unwind Withdrawal is elected by
a Participant, the balance to be distributed will be all Automatic Contributions made
to the plan beginning on the date that that Automatic Contributions were made and
ending with Automatic Contributions made to the plan that is the earlier of the second
payroll period beginning after the election of the Unwind Withdrawal and the first pay
date that occurs at least thirty (30) days after the election of the Unwind Withdrawal
is made.
	 
	 	(D)	 	Matching Contributions Forfeited. If Matching Contributions have been
allocated to a Participant’s account due to an Automatic Contribution, and the
Participant elects an Unwind Withdrawal of that Automatic Contribution, the Matching
Contribution (and earnings thereto) applicable to the Automatic Contribution that has
been distributed shall be forfeited.
	 
	 	(E)	 	Unwind Withdrawal not counted toward non-discrimination testing. All
Elective Deferrals withdrawn under this section and Matching Contributions forfeited
under this Section 3.20.3, shall not be taken into account for purposes of the ADP Test
(as defined in Section 1.8), the ACP Test (as defined in Section 1.4), the Code Section
402(g) limit (as set forth in Section 3.4.2(A)), or as Annual Additions (as defined in
Section 3.7.1(A)).

3.20.4 Re-Hired Employees

For plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2010, if the plan satisfies the EACA requirements,
a re-hired employee, who for an entire plan year did not make any Elective Deferrals into the Plan
shall be treated as never having been a Participant in the Plan for purposes of this Section 3.20.

Part XVII. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to add two sentences to the last paragraph of
footnotes seven (7) and twelve (12). The additional sentence shall say:

However, if the Plan meets the requirements under Section 3.20.2, the ten percent (10%) excise tax
described here only applies to Excess Contributions distributed six (6) months after the plan year
rather than two and a half (2 1/2) months. Effective for plan years beginning on or after January 1,
2010, this provision will only apply if all eligible employees covered under the Plan (as defined
in Treasury Regulation 1.401(k)-2(a)(6)) are covered Employees under the EACA for the entire Plan
Year (or the portion of the Plan Year that such employees are eligible under the Plan).

Part XVIII. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to add Section 3.19.11. Section 3.19.11 shall say:

3.19.11 Suspended Deferrals

For plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2010, If a Participant is subject to QACA Automatic
Deferrals under Section 3.19.4 and has his or her rights to contribute Elective Deferrals suspended
under Section 5.9.3, when the Participant is eligible to resume Elective Deferrals, their QACA
Automatic Deferrals will resume at the same level they would have been had the suspension not
occurred.

Part XIX. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to add Section 3.19.12. Section 3.19.12 shall
say:

3.19.12 Re-Hired Employees

For plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2010, if the plan satisfies the QACA requirements,
a re-hired employee, who for an entire plan year did not make any Elective Deferrals into the Plan
shall be treated as never having been a Participant in the Plan for purposes of this Section 3.19.

106

 

Amendment #4 to the Merrill Lynch Special/Flexible Prototype

Defined Contribution Plan and Trust

Base Document #03

(Good Faith Amendment for the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief Tax Act of 2008)

     Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Incorporated hereby amends the Merrill
Lynch Prototype Defined Contribution Plan and Trust (Base Document #03) (“Prototype Plan”). This
amendment includes provisions to address the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief Tax Act of 2008
and is intended as good faith compliance. This amendment supersedes any contrary provisions of the
Prototype Plan.

This amendment is an important legal instrument with legal and tax implications. Merrill Lynch,
Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated does not provide legal and tax advice to the adopting employers
of the Prototype Plan. Each adopting employer is urged to consult with its own attorney with
regard to the Prototype Plan and the suitability of the Prototype Plan to its circumstances.

 

Pursuant to Article 11.1.1 of the Plan, the Sponsor hereby adopts this Amendment on behalf of all
Primary Employers. Except as otherwise noted below, this amendment is effective beginning for plan
years beginning on or after January 1, 2007. This amendment supersedes any provisions of the Plan
to the extent to which they are inconsistent with the provisions of this Amendment. Each section
in the Base Plan Document #03 referenced below shall be amended as indicated. Any other section
below shall be a general amendment to the Prototype Plan.

Part I. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to add a sentence to Section 4.1.2. The additional
sentence shall say:

Notwithstanding anything in the plan to the contrary, effective on or after January 1, 2007, a
Participant who dies while performing qualified military service (within the meaning of Code
Section 414(u)) shall receive any additional benefits (other than benefit accruals relating to the
period such qualified military service) provided under the Plan had the Participant resumed and
then terminated employment on account of death.

Part II. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to add Section 3.1.12. Section 3.1.12 shall say:

3.1.12 Benefit Accruals for Participants who die or become Disabled During Qualified Military Services

Effective for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2007, a Participant who dies or becomes
Disabled while performing qualified military service (within the meaning of Code Section 414(u))
shall be treated as having resumed employment in accordance with his or her reemployment rights
under chapter 43, of title 8, United States Code, on the date preceding death or Disability (as the
case may be) and terminated employment on the actual date of death or Disability and shall be
entitled to the benefits set forth in Code Section 414(u)(8). For this purpose, the amount of the
Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions and Employee After-Tax Contributions shall be
determined on the basis of the average actual Elective Deferral Contributions and Employee
After-Tax Contributions for the lesser of (i) the 12-month period of service with the Employer and
its Affiliates immediately prior to qualified military service, or (ii) the actual length of
continuous service with the Employer and its Affiliates.

Part III. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to add Section 1.20(J). Section 1.20(J) shall
say:

(J) Differential Wage Payments Included in Plan Compensation. Effective January 1, 2009, a
Participant who receives a Differential Wage Payment (as defined below) shall be treated as an
Employee and such Differential Wage Payment shall be treated as Compensation. A Participant who is
performing service in the uniformed services described in Code Section 3401(h)(2)(A) shall be
treated as having been severed from employment with the Employer and its Affiliates during such
service, notwithstanding his or her receipt of Differential Wage Payments, provided, however, that
if such Participant receives a distribution on the basis of

107

 

such severance from employment, such Participant shall not make an Elective Deferral Contribution
or Employee After-Tax Contribution during the six-month period beginning on the date of such
distribution.

Differential Wage Payment is defined as any payment made by the Employer or an Affiliate to a
Participant with respect to any period during with the Participant is performing in the uniformed
services (as defined in chapter 43 of title 38, United States Code) while on active duty for a
period of more than 30 days that represents all or a portion of the wages the Participant would
have received from the Employer or an Affiliate if the Participant were performing service for the
Employer or an Affiliate.

108

 

Amendment #5 to the Merrill Lynch Special/Flexible Prototype

Defined Contribution Plan and Trust

Base Document #03

(Good Faith Amendment for the Worker, Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act of 2008)

     Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Incorporated hereby amends the Merrill
Lynch Prototype Defined Contribution Plan and Trust (Base Document #03) (“Prototype Plan”). This
amendment includes provisions to address the Worker, Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act of 2008 and
is intended as good faith compliance. This amendment supersedes any contrary provisions of the
Prototype Plan.

This amendment is an important legal instrument with legal and tax implications. Merrill Lynch,
Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated does not provide legal and tax advice to the adopting employers
of the Prototype Plan. Each adopting employer is urged to consult with its own attorney with
regard to the Prototype Plan and the suitability of the Prototype Plan to its circumstances.

 

Pursuant to Article 11.1.1 of the Plan, the Sponsor hereby adopts this Amendment on behalf of all
Primary Employers. Except as otherwise noted below, this amendment is effective January 1, 2009.
This amendment supersedes any provisions of the Plan to the extent to which they are inconsistent
with the provisions of this Amendment. Each section in the Base Plan Document #03 referenced below
shall be amended as indicated. Any other section below shall be a general amendment to the
Prototype Plan.

Part I. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to add Section 5.11.7. Section 5.11.7 shall say:

5.11.7 Required Minimum Distribution Not Required For Calendar Year 2009

Notwithstanding this Section 5.11, a Participant or Beneficiary who would have been required to
receive required minimum distributions for 2009 but for the enactment of section 401(a)(9)(H) of
the Code (“2009 RMDs”), and who would have satisfied that requirement by receiving distributions
that are (1) equal to 2009 RMDs or (2) one or more payments in a series of substantially equal
distributions (that include the 2009 RMDs) made at least annually and expected to last for the life
(or life expectancy) of the Participant, the joint lives (or joint life expectancy of the
Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, or for a period of at least ten (10)
years (“Extended 2009 RMDs”), will not receive those distributions for 2009 unless the Participant
or Beneficiary chooses to receive such distributions. Participants and Beneficiaries described in
the preceding sentence will be given the opportunity to elect to receive the distributions
described in the preceding sentence. In addition, notwithstanding Section 1.35 of the plan, and
solely for purposes of applying the direct rollover provisions of the plan, certain additional
distributions in 2009 will be treated as eligible rollover distributions.

Part II. The Base Document #03 shall be amended to add a sentence to Section 1.35. The additional
sentence shall say:

For purposes of the direct rollover provisions of the plan, 2009 RMDs and Extended 2009 RMDs (both
as defined in Section 5.11.7), will also be treated as eligible rollover distributions in 2009.

109

 

Amendment #6 to the Merrill Lynch Special/Flexible Prototype

Defined Contribution Plan and Trust

Base Document #03

(Good Faith Amendment to the Normal Retirement Age Regulations of 2007)

     Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Incorporated hereby amends the Merrill Lynch
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan and Trust (Base Document #03) (“Prototype Plan”). This
amendment includes provisions to address the final Normal Retirement Age Regulations issued by the
Internal Revenue Service on May 22, 2007 (Treasury Regulation Sections 1.401(a)-1(b)(1)(i) and
1.411(d)-4 (Q&A 12). This amendment supersedes any contrary provisions of the Prototype Plan.

This amendment is an important legal instrument with legal and tax implications. Merrill Lynch,
Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated does not provide legal and tax advice to the adopting employers
of the Prototype Plan. Each adopting employer is urged to consult with its own attorney with
regard to the Prototype Plan and the suitability of the Prototype Plan to its circumstances.

 

Pursuant to Article 11.1.1 of the Plan, the Sponsor hereby adopts this Amendment on behalf of all
Primary Employers. This amendment is effective the first day of the plan year beginning on or
after July 1, 2008. This amendment supersedes any provisions of the Plan to the extent to which
they are inconsistent with the provisions of this Amendment. Each section in the Base Plan
Document #03 referenced below shall be amended as indicated.

The Base Document #03 shall be amended to add a section 12.17. Section 12.17 shall say:

12.17 Normal Retirement Age Regulations:

12.17.1 Applicability:

This section 12.17 shall apply to any Plan that is a Money Purchase Plan.

12.72.2 Normal Retirement Age Amended:

The Normal Retirement Age specified in the Adoption Agreement may be no earlier than the earlier of
(i) age 62 or (ii) the earliest age that is reasonably representative of the typical retirement age
for the industry in which the covered workforce is employed, based on all of the relevant facts and
circumstances. If the Normal Retirement Age specified in the Adoption Agreement is less than age
55, the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service must determine that under the facts and
circumstances the Normal Retirement Age is permissible. If a Normal Retirement Age has been
amended as a result of this paragraph, and the previous Normal Retirement Age required a number of
years of service to attain that Normal Retirement Age, the same number of years shall be required
to attain Normal Retirement Age in addition to attainment of Normal Retirement Age.

12.17.3 Vesting:

Any Participant who had their Normal Retirement Age altered as a result of this section 12.17 shall
continue to become fully vested upon attainment of the Normal Retirement Age in effect prior to the
effective date of this amendment.

110

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00175-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00175-of-00352.parquet"}]]